d/freebsd-dev
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r17721,

Browse Source 
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
This commit is contained in:
Peter Wemm 1996-08-20 23:46:10 +00:00
commit f202848207
Notes: svn2git 2020-12-20 02:59:44 +00:00 
svn path=/head/; revision=17722
177 changed files with 93736 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

262
contrib/cvs/BUGS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
To report bugs send mail to bug-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu, or run the "cvsbug"
program and fill out the template:
$ cvsbug
The "cvsbug" program is installed in the same location as the "cvs"
program. If your installation failed, you may need to run "cvsbug"
directly out of the "src" directory as "src/cvsbug.sh". This is also
the procedure for submitting suggested changes to CVS--note that all
submitted changes may be distributed under the terms of the GNU Public
License, so if you don't like this, don't submit them.
* `cvs checkout -d nested/dir/path <module>' just doesn't work. The
simpler version -- `cvs checkout -d single-dir <module>' works,
however.
* CVS leaves .#mumble files around when a conflict occurs. (Note:
this is intentional and is documented in doc/cvs.texinfo. Of course
whether it is a good idea is a separate question).
* pcl-cvs doesn't like it when you try to check in a file which isn't
up-to-date. The messages produced by the server perhaps don't match
what pcl-cvs is looking for.
* From: Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
To: Cyclic CVS Hackers <info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu>
Subject: weird bug
Date: Sat, 25 Mar 1995 16:41:41 -0500
X-Windows: Even your dog won't like it.
I just noticed some droppings on my disk from what must be a pretty weird
bug in remote CVS.
In my home directory on a repository machine I use, I find:
drwxr-xr-x 4 roland staff 512 Mar 7 14:08 cvs-serv28962
drwxr-xr-x 4 roland staff 512 Mar 7 14:11 cvs-serv28978
drwxr-xr-x 4 roland staff 512 Mar 7 15:13 cvs-serv29141
OK, so these are leftover cruft from some cvs run that got aborted.
Well, it should clean up after itself, but so what.
The last one is pretty dull; the real weirdness is the contents of the
first two directories.
duality 77 # ls -RF cvs-serv28978/
CVS/ cvs-serv28978/
cvs-serv28978/CVS:
Entries Repository
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978:
arpa/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa:
CVS/ cvs-serv28978/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/CVS:
Entries Repository
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978:
assert/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert:
CVS/ cvs-serv28978/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/CVS:
Entries Repository
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978:
bare/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare:
CVS/ cvs-serv28978/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/CVS:
Entries Repository
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978:
conf/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf:
CVS/ cvs-serv28978/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/CVS:
Entries Repository
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978:
crypt/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt:
CVS/ cvs-serv28978/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt/CVS:
Entries Repository
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt/cvs-serv28978:
csu/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt/cvs-serv28978/csu:
CVS/ cvs-serv28978/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt/cvs-serv28978/csu/CVS:
Entries Repository
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt/cvs-serv28978/csu/cvs-serv28978:
ctype/
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt/cvs-serv28978/csu/cvs-serv28978/ctype:
CVS/ cvs-serv28978/
[...]
ls: cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt/cvs-serv28978/csu/cvs-serv28978/ctype/cvs-serv28978/dirent/cvs-serv28978/elf/cvs-serv28978/gnu/cvs-serv28978/gnulib/cvs-serv28978/grp/cvs-serv28978/hurd/cvs-serv28978/hurd/hurd/cvs-serv28978/inet/cvs-serv28978/inet/arpa/cvs-serv28978/inet/netinet[...]/cvs-serv28978/posix/cvs-serv28978/posix/glob/cvs-serv28978/posix/gnu/cvs-serv28978/posix/sys/cvs-serv28978/protocols/cvs-serv28978/pwd/cvs-serv28978/resolv/cvs-serv28978/resolv/arpa/cvs-serv28978/resolv/sys/cvs-serv28978/resource/cvs-serv28978/resource/sys/cvs-serv28978/rpc/cvs-serv28978/setjmp/cvs-serv28978/signal/cvs-serv28978/signal/sys/cvs-serv28978/socket/cvs-serv28978/socket: File name too long
cvs-serv28978/cvs-serv28978/arpa/cvs-serv28978/assert/cvs-serv28978/bare/cvs-serv28978/conf/cvs-serv28978/crypt/cvs-serv28978/csu/cvs-serv28978/ctype/cvs-serv28978/dirent/cvs-serv28978/elf/cvs-serv28978/gnu/cvs-serv28978/gnulib/cvs-serv28978/grp/cvs-serv28978/hurd/cvs-serv28978/hurd/hurd/cvs-serv28978/inet/cvs-serv28978/inet/arpa/cvs-serv28978/inet/netinet[...]/cvs-serv28978/posix/glob/cvs-serv28978/posix/gnu/cvs-serv28978/posix/sys/cvs-serv28978/protocols/cvs-serv28978/pwd/cvs-serv28978/resolv/cvs-serv28978/resolv/arpa/cvs-serv28978/resolv/sys/cvs-serv28978/resource/cvs-serv28978/resource/sys/cvs-serv28978/rpc/cvs-serv28978/setjmp/cvs-serv28978/signal/cvs-serv28978/signal/sys/cvs-serv28978/socket/cvs-serv28978:
* From: billr@mpd.tandem.com (Bill Robertson)
Subject: Problem with rtag and the -D option
Date: Fri, 17 Mar 1995 10:53:29 -0600 (CST)
I have been trying to use the -D option to specify a date for tagging, but
rtag does not recognize the -D option. It is documented to do so and I've
tested the use of -D with cvs update and cvs diff and it works fine there.
* We need some version numbers really badly. Are there some
(and Charles Hannum is just not including them in his reports), or do
we simply have no reliable way to distinguish between the various
versions of rCVS people on the list are running?
Now that I think of it, version numbers present a problem when
people can update their sources anytime and rebuild. I think the
solution is to increment a minor version number *every* time a bug is
fixed, so we can identify uniquely what someone is running when they
submit a report. This implies recording the version increments in the
ChangeLog; that way we can just look to see where a particular version
lies in relation to the flow of changing code.
Should we be doing same with Guppy? I guess not -- it's only
important when you have people who are updating directly from your
development tree, which is the case with the remote-cvs folks.
Thoughts?
* (Charles Hannum <mycroft@ai.mit.edu>) has these bugs:
I just tossed remote CVS at a fairly large source tree that I already
had, and noticed a few problems:
1) server.c assumes that /usr/tmp is a valid default for the place to
store files uploaded from the client. There are a number of systems
that now use /var/tmp. These should probably be detected by autoconf.
2) The server deals rather ungracefully with the tmp directory
becoming full.
3) There's some oddness with relative paths in Repository files that
causes the directory prefix to be added twice; e.g. if I have CVSROOT
set to `machine:/this/dir', and I try to update in a directory whose
Repository file says `src/bin', the server looks in
`/this/dir/machine:/this/dir/src/bin'.
* From: "Charles M. Hannum" <mycroft@ai.mit.edu>
To: jimb@duality.gnu.ai.mit.edu, roland@duality.gnu.ai.mit.edu
Subject: Serious flaw in remote CVS
Date: Wed, 22 Feb 1995 20:54:36 -0500
I just found a major flaw in the current implementation. Because the
sockets are not changed to non-blocking mode, write(2)s can hang. In
some cases, this happens on both sides at the same time, with the
socket buffers full in both directions. This causes a deadlock,
because both processes are stuck in I/O wait and thus never drain
their input queues.
Until this is fixed, I can't use it. I'll look at the problem myself
at some point, but I don't know when.
From: "Charles M. Hannum" <mycroft@ai.mit.edu>
To: info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu
Cc: jimb@totoro.bio.indiana.edu
Subject: Re: forwarded message from Charles M. Hannum
Date: Wed, 22 Feb 1995 22:07:07 -0500
FYI, this happened because the tmp directory on the server became
full. Somehow the server started interpreting the files the client
was sending as commands, and started spewing tons of errors.
Apparently the errors are sent with blocking I/O, or something, and
thus allowed the deadlock to happen.
* From: "Charles M. Hannum" <mycroft@ai.mit.edu>
To: info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu
Subject: Regarding that relative path problem
Date: Thu, 23 Feb 1995 02:41:51 -0500
This is actually more serious. If you have `bar.com:/foo' as your CVS
root directory, then:
1) When you check things out, the Repository files will contain
`/foo/...' (i.e. without the machine name), which makes little sense.
2) If you instead have a relative path, when the Repository file is
read, `bar.com:/foo' is prepended. This is sent to the server, but
confuses it, because it's not expecting the machine name to be
prepended.
A slightly klugy fix would be to have the client prepend the machine
name when writing a new Repository file, and strip it off before
sending one to the server. This would be backward-compatible with the
current arrangement.
* From: "Charles M. Hannum" <mycroft@ai.mit.edu>
To: info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu
Subject: Still one more bug
Date: Sat, 25 Feb 1995 17:01:15 -0500
mycroft@duality [1]; cd /usr/src/lib/libc
mycroft@duality [1]; cvs diff -c2 '-D1 day ago' -Dnow
cvs server: Diffing .
cvs server: Diffing DB
cvs [server aborted]: could not chdir to DB: No such file or directory
mycroft@duality [1];
`DB' is an old directory, which no longer has files in it, and is
removed automatically when I use the `-P' option to checkout.
This error doesn't occur when run locally.
P.S. Is anyone working on fixing these bugs?
* From: Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
To: Cyclic CVS Hackers <info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu>
Subject: bizarre failure mode
Date: Tue, 7 Mar 95 14:17:28 -0500
This is pretty weird:
CVS_SERVER='TMPDIR=. /usr/local/bin/cvs' ../cvs-build/src/cvs update -q
cvs [server aborted]: could not get working directory: Result too large
[Exit 1]
asylum 29 % grep 'Result too large' /usr/include/sys/errno.h
#define ERANGE 34 /* Result too large */
Now, getcwd fails with ERANGE when the buffer is too small. But I don't
know why that would be the case; I don't think there are exceptionally long
directory names involved. It would be robust to notice ERANGE and use a
bigger buffer. But I suspect something weirder is going on.
The repository in question in duality.gnu.ai.mit.edu:/gd4/gnu/cvsroot/libc.
Send me a PGP-signed message if you want the password to use the machine
where the problem showed up.

249
contrib/cvs/COPYING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 1, February 1989
Copyright (C) 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The license agreements of most software companies try to keep users
at the mercy of those companies. By contrast, our General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. The
General Public License applies to the Free Software Foundation's
software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.
You can use it for your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Specifically, the General Public License is designed to make
sure that you have the freedom to give away or sell copies of free
software, that you receive source code or can get it if you want it,
that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free
programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of a such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must tell them their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any program or other work which
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be
distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based
on the Program" means either the Program or any work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications. Each
licensee is addressed as "you".
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
General Public License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any
other recipients of the Program a copy of this General Public License
along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of
transferring a copy.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of
it, and copy and distribute such modifications under the terms of Paragraph
1 above, provided that you also do the following:
a) cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
you changed the files and the date of any change; and
b) cause the whole of any work that you distribute or publish, that
in whole or in part contains the Program or any part thereof, either
with or without modifications, to be licensed at no charge to all
third parties under the terms of this General Public License (except
that you may choose to grant warranty protection to some or all
third parties, at your option).
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when
run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use
in the simplest and most usual way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice
that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these
conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this General
Public License.
d) You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a
copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in
exchange for a fee.
Mere aggregation of another independent work with the Program (or its
derivative) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring
the other work under the scope of these terms.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a portion or derivative of
it, under Paragraph 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Paragraphs 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,
b) accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party free (except for a nominal charge
for the cost of distribution) a complete machine-readable copy of the
corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of
Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,
c) accompany it with the information you received as to where the
corresponding source code may be obtained. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form alone.)
Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
modifications to it. For an executable file, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains; but, as a special
exception, it need not include source code for modules which are standard
libraries that accompany the operating system on which the executable
file runs, or for standard header files or definitions files that
accompany that operating system.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer the
Program except as expressly provided under this General Public License.
Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer
the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights to use
the Program under this License. However, parties who have received
copies, or rights to use copies, from you under this General Public
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties
remain in full compliance.
5. By copying, distributing or modifying the Program (or any work based
on the Program) you indicate your acceptance of this license to do so,
and all its terms and conditions.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original
licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these
terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the
recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
7. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of the license which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
the license, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
8. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
9. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
10. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to humanity, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to
attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey
the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19xx name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the
appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show
c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your
program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
program `Gnomovision' (a program to direct compilers to make passes
at assemblers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

481
contrib/cvs/COPYING.LIB Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
your libraries, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
free use or not licensed at all.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
the same as in the ordinary license.
The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
treats it as such.
Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
will lead to faster development of free libraries.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
works together with the library.
Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
General Public License rather than by this special one.
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

1162
contrib/cvs/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

700
contrib/cvs/ChangeLog.zoo Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
Thu Sep 15 14:19:21 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn <zoo@monad.armadillo.com>
* Makefile.in: define TEXI2DVI, add it to FLAGS_TO_PASS; remove
old comments about parameters for DEFS
Wed Jul 13 21:54:46 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* contrib/rcs-to-cvs: rewritten for Bourne shell (thanks to David
MacKenzie <djm@cygnus.com>)
Wed Jul 13 21:48:38 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: Deleted line consisting of only whitespace; it
confuses some versions of make.
Mon Jan 24 12:26:47 1994 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* configure.in: check for <sys/select.h> and <ndbm.h>
* Makefile.in: define YACC and not BISON
Sat Dec 18 00:52:04 1993 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* config.h.in: handle HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H, HAVE_ERRNO_H
* configure.in: check for memmove, <errno.h>
* Makefile.in (VPATH): don't use $(srcdir), but @srcdir@ instead
* configure.in (AC_HAVE_HEADERS): check for <sys/wait.h>
Mon Nov 29 15:05:43 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* lib/Makefile.in, src/Makefile.in (CFLAGS): default to -g.
* src/log.c (log_fileproc): if a file has been added, but not
committed, then say so rather than reporting that nothing is
known.
* src/sanity.el: update for emacs-19.
* src/RCS-patches, src/README-rm-add: update for rcs-5.6.6.
* src/Makefile.in: removed some gratuitous diffs from cvs-1.3.
* src/cvsrc.c: strdup -> xstrdup, malloc -> xmalloc, comment about
fgets lossage.
* configure, configure.in, Makefile.in: support man and doc
directories and info and dvi targets.
* doc/cvs.texinfo: comment out include of gpl.texinfo.
* doc/Makefile.in: added dvi & info targets.
* doc/cvsclient.texi: added @setfilename.
* lib/Makefile.in: remove some extraneous diffs against the
patched cvs-1.3.
* doc/Makefile.in, man/Makefile.in: update for autoconf.
Fri Nov 19 12:56:34 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* Many files: added configure.in, updated configure based on
autoconf.
Tue Jun 1 17:02:41 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* configure: add support for alloca and sys/select.h
Wed May 19 19:34:48 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvs-format.el: Don't set c-tab-always-indent.
Mon Mar 22 23:25:33 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: installcheck: recurse into src directory to run tests
Mon Jan 18 17:21:16 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (check): recur into src directory in order to pick
up the sanity check.
Thu Dec 17 19:41:22 1992 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: added blank 'dvi' target
Tue Apr 7 15:55:25 1992 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes between CVS 1.3 Beta-3 and official CVS 1.3!
* A new shell script is provided, "./cvsinit", which can be run at
install time to help setup your $CVSROOT area. This can greatly
ease your entry into CVS usage.
* The INSTALL file has been updated to include the machines on
which CVS has compiled successfully. I think CVS 1.3 is finally
portable. Thanks to all the Beta testers!
* Support for the "editinfo" file was contributed. This file
(located in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT) can be used to specify a special
"editor" to run on a per-directory basis within the repository,
instead of the usual user's editor. As such, it can verify that
the log message entered by the user is of the appropriate form
(contains a bugid and test validation, for example).
* The manual pages cvs(1) and cvs(5) have been updated.
* The "mkmodules" command now informs you when your modules file
has duplicate entries.
* The "add" command now preserves any per-directory sticky tag when
you add a new directory to your checked-out sources.
* The "admin" command is now a fully recursive interface to the
"rcs" program which operates on your checked-out sources. It no
longer requires you to specify the full path to the RCS file.
* The per-file sticky tags can now be effectively removed with
"cvs update -A file", even if you had checked out the whole
directory with a per-directory sticky tag. This allows a great
deal of flexibility in managing the revisions that your checked-out
sources are based upon (both per-directory and per-file sticky
tags).
* The "cvs -n commit" command now works, to show which files are
out-of-date and will cause the real commit to fail, or which files
will fail any pre-commit checks. Also, the "cvs -n import ..."
command will now show you what it would've done without actually
doing it.
* Doing "cvs commit modules" to checkin the modules file will no
properly run the "mkmodules" program (assuming you have setup your
$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/modules file to do so).
* The -t option in the modules file (which specifies a program to
run when you do a "cvs rtag" operation on a module) now gets the
symbolic tag as the second argument when invoked.
* When the source repository is locked by another user, that user's
login name will be displayed as the holder of the lock.
* Doing "cvs checkout module/file.c" now works even if
module/file.c is in the Attic (has been removed from main-line
development).
* Doing "cvs commit */Makefile" now works as one would expect.
Rather than trying to commit everything recursively, it will now
commit just the files specified.
* The "cvs remove" command is now fully recursive. To schedule a
file for removal, all you have to do is "rm file" and "cvs rm".
With no arguments, "cvs rm" will schedule all files that have been
physically removed for removal from the source repository at the
next "cvs commit".
* The "cvs tag" command now prints "T file" for each file that was
tagged by this invocation and "D file" for each file that had the
tag removed (as with "cvs tag -d").
* The -a option has been added to "cvs rtag" to force it to clean
up any old, matching tags for files that have been removed (in the
Attic) that may not have been touched by this tag operation. This
can help keep a consistent view with your tag, even if you re-use
it frequently.
Sat Feb 29 16:02:05 1992 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes between CVS 1.3 Beta-2 and CVS 1.3 Beta-3
* Many portability fixes, thanks to all the Beta testers! With any
luck, this Beta release will compile correctly on most anything.
Hey, what are we without our dreams.
* CVS finally has support for doing isolated development on a
branch off the current (or previous!) revisions. This is also
extremely nice for generating patches for previously released
software while development is progressing on the next release.
Here's an example of creating a branch to fix a patch with the 2.0
version of the "foo" module, even though we are already well into
the 3.0 release. Do:
% cvs rtag -b -rFOO_2_0 FOO_2_0_Patch foo
% cvs checkout -rFOO_2_0_Patch foo
% cd foo
[[ hack away ]]
% cvs commit
A physical branch will be created in the RCS file only when you
actually commit the change. As such, forking development at some
random point in time is extremely light-weight -- requiring just a
symbolic tag in each file until a commit is done. To fork
development at the currently checked out sources, do:
% cvs tag -b Personal_Hack
% cvs update -rPersonal_Hack
[[ hack away ]]
% cvs commit
Now, if you decide you want the changes made in the Personal_Hack
branch to be merged in with other changes made in the main-line
development, you could do:
% cvs commit # to make Personal_Hack complete
% cvs update -A # to update sources to main-line
% cvs update -jPersonal_Hack # to merge Personal_Hack
to update your checked-out sources, or:
% cvs checkout -jPersonal_Hack module
to checkout a fresh copy.
To support this notion of forked development, CVS reserves
all even-numbered branches for its own use. In addition, CVS
reserves the ".0" and ".1" branches. So, if you intend to do your
own branches by hand with RCS, you should use odd-numbered branches
starting with ".3", as in "1.1.3", "1.1.5", 1.2.9", ....
* The "cvs commit" command now supports a fully functional -r
option, allowing you to commit your changes to a specific numeric
revision or symbolic tag with full consistency checks. Numeric
tags are useful for bringing your sources all up to some revision
level:
% cvs commit -r2.0
For symbolic tags, you can only commit to a tag that references a
branch in the RCS file. One created by "cvs rtag -b" or from
"cvs tag -b" is appropriate (see below).
* Roland Pesch <pesch@cygnus.com> and K. Richard Pixley
<rich@cygnus.com> were kind enough to contribute two new manual
pages for CVS: cvs(1) and cvs(5). Most of the new CVS 1.3 features
are now documented, with the exception of the new branch support
added to commit/rtag/tag/checkout/update.
* The -j options of checkout/update have been added. The "cvs join"
command has been removed.
With one -j option, CVS will merge the changes made between the
resulting revision and the revision that it is based on (e.g., if
the tag refers to a branch, CVS will merge all changes made in
that branch into your working file).
With two -j options, CVS will merge in the changes between the two
respective revisions. This can be used to "remove" a certain delta
from your working file. E.g., If the file foo.c is based on
revision 1.6 and I want to remove the changes made between 1.3 and
1.5, I might do:
% cvs update -j1.5 -j1.3 foo.c # note the order...
In addition, each -j option can contain on optional date
specification which, when used with branches, can limit the chosen
revision to one within a specific date. An optional date is
specified by adding a colon (:) to the tag, as in:
-jSymbolic_Tag:Date_Specifier
An example might be what "cvs import" tells you to do when you have
just imported sources that have conflicts with local changes:
% cvs checkout -jTAG:yesterday -jTAG module
which tells CVS to merge in the changes made to the branch
specified by TAG in the last 24 hours. If this is not what is
intended, substitute "yesterday" for whatever format of date that
is appropriate, like:
% cvs checkout -jTAG:'1 week ago' -jTAG module
* "cvs diff" now supports the special tags "BASE" and "HEAD". So,
the command:
% cvs diff -u -rBASE -rHEAD
will effectively show the changes made by others (in unidiff
format) that will be merged into your working sources with your
next "cvs update" command. "-rBASE" resolves to the revision that
your working file is based on. "-rHEAD" resolves to the current
head of the branch or trunk that you are working on.
* The -P option of "cvs checkout" now means to Prune empty
directories, as with "update". The default is to not remove empty
directories. However, if you do "checkout" with any -r options, -P
will be implied. I.e., checking out with a tag will cause empty
directories to be pruned automatically.
* The new file INSTALL describes how to install CVS, including
detailed descriptions of interfaces to "configure".
* The example loginfo file in examples/loginfo has been updated to
use the perl script included in contrib/log.pl. The nice thing
about this log program is that it records the revision numbers of
your change in the log message.
Example files for commitinfo and rcsinfo are now included in the
examples directory.
* All "#if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ == 1" lines have been
changed to be "#if __STDC__" to fix some problems with the former.
* The lib/regex.[ch] files have been updated to the 1.3 release of
the GNU regex package.
* The ndbm emulation routines included with CVS 1.3 Beta-2 in the
src/ndbm.[ch] files has been moved into the src/myndbm.[ch] files
to avoid any conflict with the system <ndbm.h> header file. If
you had a previous CVS 1.3 Beta release, you will want to "cvs
remove ndbm.[ch]" form your copy of CVS as well.
* "cvs add" and "cvs remove" are a bit more verbose, telling you
what to do to add/remove your file permanently.
* We no longer mess with /dev/tty in "commit" and "add".
* More things are quiet with the -Q option set.
* New src/config.h option: If CVS_BADROOT is set, CVS will not
allow people really logged in as "root" to commit changes.
* "cvs diff" exits with a status of 0 if there were no diffs, 1 if
there were diffs, and 2 if there were errors.
* "cvs -n diff" is now supported so that you can still run diffs
even while in the middle of committing files.
* Handling of the CVS/Entries file is now much more robust.
* The default file ignore list now includes "*.so".
* "cvs import" did not expand '@' in the log message correctly. It
does now. Also, import now uses the ignore file facility
correctly.
Import will now tell you whether there were conflicts that need to
be resolved, and how to resolve them.
* "cvs log" has been changed so that you can "log" things that are
not a part of the current release (in the Attic).
* If you don't change the editor message on commit, CVS now prompts
you with the choice:
!)reuse this message unchanged for remaining dirs
which allows you to tell CVS that you have no intention of changing
the log message for the remainder of the commit.
* It is no longer necessary to have CVSROOT set if you are using
the -H option to get Usage information on the commands.
* Command argument changes:
checkout: -P handling changed as described above.
New -j option (up to 2 can be specified)
for doing rcsmerge kind of things on
checkout.
commit: -r option now supports committing to a
numeric or symbolic tags, with some
restrictions. Full consistency checks will
be done.
Added "-f logfile" option, which tells
commit to glean the log message from the
specified file, rather than invoking the
editor.
rtag: Added -b option to create a branch tag,
useful for creating a patch for a previous
release, or for forking development.
tag: Added -b option to create a branch tag,
useful for creating a patch for a previous
release, or for forking development.
update: New -j option (up to 2 can be specified)
for doing rcsmerge kind of things on
update.
Thu Jan 9 10:51:35 MST 1992 Jeff Polk (polk at BSDI.COM)
* Changes between CVS 1.3 Beta-1 and CVS 1.3 Beta-2
* Thanks to K. Richard Pixley at Cygnus we now have function
prototypes in all the files
* Some small changes to configure for portability. There have
been other portability problems submitted that have not been fixed
(Brian will be working on those). Additionally all __STDC__
tests have been modified to check __STDC__ against the constant 1
(this is what the Second edition of K&R says must be true).
* Lots of additional error checking for forked processes (run_exec)
(thanks again to K. Richard Pixley)
* Lots of miscellaneous bug fixes - including but certainly not
limited to:
various commit core dumps
various update core dumps
bogus results from status with numeric sticky tags
commitprog used freed memory
Entries file corruption caused by No_Difference
commit to revision broken (now works if branch exists)
ignore file processing broken for * and !
ignore processing didn't handle memory reasonably
miscellaneous bugs in the recursion processor
file descriptor leak in ParseInfo
CVSROOT.adm->CVSROOT rename bug
lots of lint fixes
* Reformatted all the code in src (with GNU indent) and then
went back and fixed prototypes, etc since indent gets confused. The
rationale is that it is better to do it sooner than later and now
everything is consistent and will hopefully stay that way.
The basic options to indent were: "-bad -bbb -bap -cdb -d0 -bl -bli0
-nce -pcs -cs -cli4 -di1 -nbc -psl -lp -i4 -ip4 -c41" and then
miscellaneous formatting fixes were applied. Note also that the
"-nfc1" or "-nfca" may be appropriate in files where comments have
been carefully formatted (e.g, modules.c).
Sat Dec 14 20:35:22 1991 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes between CVS 1.2 and CVS 1.3 Beta are described here.
* Lots of portability work. CVS now uses the GNU "configure"
script to dynamically determine the features provided by your
system. It probably is not foolproof, but it is better than
nothing. Please let me know of any portability problems. Some
file names were changed to fit within 14-characters.
* CVS has a new RCS parser that is much more flexible and
extensible. It should read all known RCS ",v" format files.
* Most of the commands now are fully recursive, rather than just
operating on the current directory alone. This includes "commit",
which makes it real easy to do an "atomic" commit of all the
changes made to a CVS hierarchy of sources. Most of the commands
also correctly handle file names that are in directories other than
".", including absolute path names. Commands now accept the "-R"
option to force recursion on (though it is always the default now)
and the "-l" option to force recursion off, doing just "." and not
any sub-directories.
* CVS supports many of the features provided with the RCS 5.x
distribution - including the new "-k" keyword expansion options. I
recommend using RCS 5.x (5.6 is the current official RCS version)
and GNU diff 1.15 (or later) distributions with CVS.
* Checking out files with symbolic tags/dates is now "sticky", in
that CVS remembers the tag/date used for each file (and directory)
and will use that tag/date automatically on the next "update" call.
This stickyness also holds for files checked out with the the new
RCS 5.x "-k" options.
* The "cvs diff" command now recognizes all of the rcsdiff 5.x
options. Unidiff format is available by installing the GNU
diff 1.15 distribution.
* The old "CVS.adm" directories created on checkout are now called
"CVS" directories, to look more like "RCS" and "SCCS". Old CVS.adm
directories are automagically converted to CVS directories. The
old "CVSROOT.adm" directory within the source repository is
automagically changed into a "CVSROOT" directory as well.
* Symbolic links in the source repository are fully supported ONLY
if you use RCS 5.6 or later and (of course) your system supports
symlinks.
* A history database has been contributed which maintains the
history of certain CVS operations, as well as providing a wide array
of querying options.
* The "cvs" program has a "-n" option which can be used with the
"update" command to show what would be updated without actually
doing the update, like: "cvs -n update". All usage statements
have been cleaned up and made more verbose.
* The module database parsing has been rewritten. The new format
is compatible with the old format, but with much more
functionality. It allows modules to be created that grab pieces or
whole directories from various different parts of your source
repository. Module-relative specifications are also correctly
recognized now, like "cvs checkout module/file.c".
* A configurable template can be specified such that on a "commit",
certain directories can supply a template that the user must fill
before completing the commit operation.
* A configurable pre-commit checking program can be specified which
will run to verify that a "commit" can happen. This feature can be
used to restrict certain users from changing certain pieces of the
source repository, or denying commits to the entire source
repository.
* The new "cvs export" command is much like "checkout", but
establishes defaults suitable for exporting code to others (expands
out keywords, forces the use of a symbolic tag, and does not create
"CVS" directories within the checked out sources.
* The new "cvs import" command replaces the deprecated "checkin"
shell script and is used to import sources into CVS control. It is
also much faster for the first-time import. Some algorithmic
improvements have also been made to reduce the number of
conflicting files on next-time imports.
* The new "cvs admin" command is basically an interface to the
"rcs" program. (Not yet implemented very well).
* Signal handling (on systems with BSD or POSIX signals) is much
improved. Interrupting CVS now works with a single interrupt!
* CVS now invokes RCS commands by direct fork/exec rather than
calling system(3). This improves performance by removing a call to
the shell to parse the arguments.
* Support for the .cvsignore file has been contributed. CVS will
now show "unknown" files as "? filename" as the result of an "update"
command. The .cvsignore file can be used to add files to the
current list of ignored files so that they won't show up as unknown.
* Command argument changes:
cvs: Added -l to turn off history logging.
Added -n to show what would be done without actually
doing anything.
Added -q/-Q for quiet and really quiet settings.
Added -t to show debugging trace.
add: Added -k to allow RCS 5.x -k options to be specified.
admin: New command; an interface to rcs(1).
checkout: Added -A to reset sticky tags/date/options.
Added -N to not shorten module paths.
Added -R option to force recursion.
Changed -p (prune empty directories) to -P option.
Changed -f option; forcing tags match is now default.
Added -p option to checkout module to standard output.
Added -s option to cat the modules db with status.
Added -d option to checkout in the specified directory.
Added -k option to use RCS 5.x -k support.
commit: Removed -a option; use -l instead.
Removed -f option.
Added -l option to disable recursion.
Added -R option to force recursion.
If no files specified, commit is recursive.
diff: Now recognizes all RCS 5.x rcsdiff options.
Added -l option to disable recursion.
Added -R option to force recursion.
history: New command; displays info about CVS usage.
import: Replaces "checkin" shell script; imports sources
under CVS control. Ignores files on the ignore
list (see -I option or .cvsignore description above).
export: New command; like "checkout", but w/special options
turned on by default to facilitate exporting sources.
join: Added -B option to join from base of the branch;
join now defaults to only joining with the top two
revisions on the branch.
Added -k option for RCS 5.x -k support.
log: Supports all RCS 5.x options.
Added -l option to disable recursion.
Added -R option to force recursion.
patch: Changed -f option; forcing tags match is now default.
Added -c option to force context-style diffs.
Added -u option to support unidiff-style diffs.
Added -V option to support RCS specific-version
keyword expansion formats.
Added -R option to force recursion.
remove: No option changes. It's a bit more verbose.
rtag: Equivalent to the old "cvs tag" command.
No option changes. It's a lot faster for re-tag.
status: New output formats with more information.
Added -l option to disable recursion.
Added -R option to force recursion.
Added -v option to show symbolic tags for files.
tag: Functionality changed to tag checked out files
rather than modules; use "rtag" command to get the
old "cvs tag" behaviour.
update: Added -A to reset sticky tags/date/options.
Changed -p (prune empty directories) to -P option.
Changed -f option; forcing tags match is now default.
Added -p option to checkout module to standard output.
Added -I option to add files to the ignore list.
Added -R option to force recursion.
Major Contributors:
* Jeff Polk <polk@bsdi.com> rewrote most of the grody code of CVS
1.2. He made just about everything dynamic (by using malloc),
added a generic hashed list manager, re-wrote the modules database
parsing in a compatible - but extended way, generalized directory
hierarchy recursion for virtually all the commands (including
commit!), generalized the loginfo file to be used for pre-commit
checks and commit templates, wrote a new and flexible RCS parser,
fixed an uncountable number of bugs, and helped in the design of
future CVS features. If there's anything gross left in CVS, it's
probably my fault!
* David G. Grubbs <dgg@ksr.com> contributed the CVS "history" and
"release" commands. As well as the ever-so-useful "-n" option of
CVS which tells CVS to show what it would do, without actually
doing it. He also contributed support for the .cvsignore file.
* Paul Sander, HaL Computer Systems, Inc. <paul@hal.com> wrote and
contributed the code in lib/sighandle.c. I added support for
POSIX, BSD, and non-POSIX/non-BSD systems.
* Free Software Foundation contributed the "configure" script and
other compatibility support in the "lib" directory, which will help
make CVS much more portable.
* Many others have contributed bug reports and enhancement requests.
Some have even submitted actual code which I have not had time yet
to integrate into CVS. Maybe for the next release.
* Thanks to you all!
Wed Feb 6 10:10:58 1991 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes from CVS 1.0 Patchlevel 1 to CVS 1.0 Patchlevel 2; also
known as "Changes from CVS 1.1 to CVS 1.2".
* Major new support with this release is the ability to use the
recently-posted RCS 5.5 distribution with CVS 1.2. See below for
other assorted bug-fixes that have been thrown in.
* ChangeLog (new): Added Emacs-style change-log file to CVS 1.2
release. Chronological description of changes between release.
* README: Small fixes to installation instructions. My email
address is now "berliner@sun.com".
* src/Makefile: Removed "rcstime.h". Removed "depend" rule.
* src/partime.c: Updated to RCS 5.5 version with hooks for CVS.
* src/maketime.c: Updated to RCS 5.5 version with hooks for CVS.
* src/rcstime.h: Removed from the CVS 1.2 distribution.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for these changes.
* src/checkin.csh: Support for RCS 5.5 parsing.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for this change.
* src/collect_sets.c (Collect_Sets): Be quieter if "-f" option is
specified. When checking out files on-top-of other files that CVS
doesn't know about, run a diff in the hopes that they are really
the same file before aborting.
* src/commit.c (branch_number): Fix for RCS 5.5 parsing.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for this change.
* src/commit.c (do_editor): Bug fix - fprintf missing argument
which sometimes caused core dumps.
* src/modules.c (process_module): Properly NULL-terminate
update_dir[] in all cases.
* src/no_difference.c (No_Difference): The wrong RCS revision was
being registered in certain (strange) cases.
* src/patch.c (get_rcsdate): New algorithm. No need to call
maketime() any longer.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for this change.
* src/patchlevel.h: Increased patch level to "2".
* src/subr.c (isdir, islink): Changed to compare stat mode bits
correctly.
* src/tag.c (tag_file): Added support for following symbolic links
that are in the master source repository when tagging. Made tag
somewhat quieter in certain cases.
* src/update.c (update_process_lists): Unlink the user's file if it
was put on the Wlist, meaning that the user's file is not modified
and its RCS file has been removed by someone else.
* src/update.c (update): Support for "cvs update dir" to correctly
just update the argument directory "dir".
* src/cvs.h: Fixes for RCS 5.5 parsing.
* src/version_number.c (Version_Number): Fixes for parsing RCS 5.5
and older RCS-format files.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for these changes.
* src/version_number.c (Version_Number): Bug fixes for "-f" option.
Bug fixes for parsing with certain branch numbers. RCS
revision/symbol parsing is much more solid now.
Wed Feb 14 10:01:33 1990 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes from CVS 1.0 Patchlevel 0 to CVS 1.0 Patchlevel 1; also
known as "Changes from CVS 1.0 to CVS 1.1".
* src/patch.c (get_rcsdate): Portability fix. Replaced call to
timelocal() with call to maketime().
Mon Nov 19 23:15:11 1990 Brian Berliner (berliner at prisma.com)
* Sent CVS 1.0 release to comp.sources.unix moderator and FSF.
* Special thanks to Dick Grune <dick@cs.vu.nl> for his work on the
1986 version of CVS and making it available to the world. Dick's
version is available on uunet.uu.net in the
comp.sources.unix/volume6/cvs directory.
@(#)ChangeLog 1.17 92/04/10

14
contrib/cvs/FAQ Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
This file formerly contained a CVS FAQ, maintained by David Grubbs.
However, it has been out of date for a long time, he officially gave up
maintaining it in the fall of 1995, and noone else has taken it over.
Most of the information which used to be in it can be found in the CVS
manual, doc/cvs.texinfo in this distribution. For information on
questions like "what is the latest version of CVS?" and "what about GUIs
for CVS?", see the CVS web site,
http://www.loria.fr/~molli/cvs-index.html. There are many web sites on
Configuration Management packages (of which CVS is an example); for
example see
http://www.yahoo.com/Computers_and_Internet/Software/Software_Engineering/Configuration_Management/index.html
or http://www.iac.honeywell.com/Pub/Tech/CM/index.html.

102
contrib/cvs/HACKING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
How to write code for CVS
* Compiler options
If you are using GCC, you'll want to configure with -Wall, which can
detect many programming errors. This is not the default because it
might cause spurious warnings, but at least on some machines, there
should be no spurious warnings. For example:
$ CFLAGS="-g -Wall" ./configure
Configure is not very good at remembering this setting; it will get
wiped out whenever you do a ./config.status --recheck, so you'll need
to use:
$ CFLAGS="-g -Wall" ./config.status --recheck
* Indentation style
CVS mostly uses a consistent indentation style which looks like this:
void
foo (arg)
char *arg;
{
if (arg != NULL)
{
bar (arg);
baz (arg);
}
}
The file cvs-format.el contains settings for emacs and the NEWS file
contains a set of options for the indent program which I haven't tried
but which are correct as far as I know. You will find some code which
does not conform to this indentation style; the plan is to reindent it
as those sections of the code are changed (one function at a time,
perhaps).
In a submitted patch it is acceptable to refrain from changing the
indentation of large blocks of code to minimize the size of the patch;
the person checking in such a patch should reindent it.
* Portability
If it is in ANSI C and it is in SunOS4 (using /bin/cc), generally it
is OK to use it without ifdefs (for example, assert() and void * as
long as you add more casts to and from void * than ANSI requires. But
not function prototypes). Such constructs are generally portable
enough, including to NT, OS/2, VMS, etc.
* Run-time behaviors
Use assert() to check "can't happen" conditions internal to CVS. We
realize that there are functions in CVS which instead return NULL or
some such value (thus confusing the meaning of such a returned value),
but we want to fix that code. Of course, bad input data, a corrupt
repository, bad options, etc., should always print a real error
message instead.
* Coding standards in general
Generally speaking the GNU coding standards are mostly used by CVS
(but see the exceptions mentioned above, such as indentation style,
and perhaps an exception or two we haven't mentioned). This is the
file standards.text at the GNU FTP sites.
* Submitting patches
Please include a ChangeLog entry (see the GNU coding standards for
information on writing one) with patches. Include a description of
what the patch does (sometimes the ChangeLog entry and/or comments in
the code are appropriate for this, but not always)--patches should not
be checked in unless there is some reason for them, and the
description may be helpful if there is a better way to solve the
problem. In addition to the ChangeLog entry, there should be a change
to the NEWS file in the case of a new feature.
If you solve several unrelated problems, submit a separate
patch for each one. Patches should be tested before submission. Use
context diffs or unidiffs for patches.
Note that all submitted changes may be distributed under the terms of
the GNU Public License, so if you don't like this, don't submit them.
Submit changes to bug-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu.
Generally speaking if you follow the guidelines in this file you can
expect a yes or no answer about whether your patch is accepted. But
even in this case there is no guarantee because wading through a bunch
of submissions can be time consuming, and noone has volunteered to
offer any such guarantee. If you don't receive an answer one way or
another within a month, feel free to ask what the status is. You can,
if you wish, distribute your patch on mailing lists or newsgroups, if
you want to make it available before it gets merged.
* What is the schedule for the next release?
There isn't one. That is, upcoming releases are not announced (or
even hinted at, really) until the feature freeze which is
approximately 2 weeks before the final release (at this time test
releases start appearing and are announced on info-cvs). This is
intentional, to avoid a last minute rush to get new features in.

344
contrib/cvs/INSTALL Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
#ident "$CVSid$"
First, read the README file. If you're still happy...
CVS has been tested on the following platforms. The most recent
version of CVS reported to have been tested is indicated, but more
recent versions of CVS probably will work too. Please send updates to
this list to bug-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu (doing so in the form of a diff
to this file is encouraged).
Alpha:
DEC Alpha running OSF/1 version 1.3 using cc (about 1.4A2)
DEC Alpha running OSF/1 version 2.0 (1.4.90)
DEC Alpha running OSF/1 version 2.1 (about 1.4A2)
DEC Alpha running OSF/1 version 3.0 (1.5.95) (footnote 7)
DEC Alpha running OSF/1 version 3.2 (1.7+obvious patch)
HPPA:
HP 9000/710 running HP-UX 8.07A using gcc (about 1.4A2)
HP 9000/715 running HP-UX 9.01 (1.6)
HPPA running HP-UX 10.01 (1.7)
HPPA 1.1 running HP-UX A.09.03 (1.5.95) (footnote 8)
HPPA 1.1 running HP-UX A.09.04 (1.7.1)
NextSTEP 3.3 (1.6.86)
i386 family:
Solaris 2.4 using gcc (about 1.4A2)
UnixWare v1.1.1 using gcc (about 1.4A2)
ISC 4.0.1 (1.5.94)
Linux (kernel 1.2.x) (1.7.1)
BSDI 2.0 (1.4.93) (footnote 5)
FreeBSD 2.0.5, i486, gcc (1.5.95)
NextSTEP 3.3 (1.6.86)
NeXTSTEP 3.3 (1.7), (footnote 10)
SCO Unix 3.2.4.2 (1.4.93) (footnote 4)
SCO OpenServer 5.0.0, "CC='cc -b elf' configure"
Lynx 2.3.0 080695 (1.6.86) (footnote 9)
Windows NT 3.51 (1.7.87 client-only)
QNX 4 (1.7 + obvious patches)
OS/2 Version 3 using IBM C/C++ Tools 2.01 (1.7.86 with patches)
m68k:
Sun 3 running SunOS 4.1.1_U1 w/ bundled K&R /usr/5bin/cc (1.6)
NextSTEP 3.3 (1.6.86)
NeXTSTEP 3.3 (1.7), (footnote 10)
Lynx 2.3.0 062695 (1.6.86) (footnote 9)
m88k:
Data General AViiON running dgux 5.4R2.10 (1.5)
Data General AViiON running dgux 5.4R3.10 (1.7.1)
Harris Nighthawk 5800 running CX/UX 7.1 (1.5) (footnote 6)
MIPS:
DECstation running Ultrix 4.2a (1.4.90)
DECstation running Ultrix 4.3 (1.6.86)
SGI running Irix 4.0.5H using gcc and cc (about 1.4A2) (footnote 2)
SGI running Irix 5.3 (1.7)
SGI running Irix-6 (about 1.4.90) (footnote 3)
Siemens-Nixdorf RM600 running SINIX-Y (1.6)
PowerPC or RS/6000:
IBM RS/6000 running AIX 3.1 using gcc and cc (1.6.86)
IBM RS/6000 running AIX 3.2.5 (1.7.87)
IBM RS/6000 running AIX 4.1 using gcc and cc (about 1.4A2) (footnote 1)
Lynx 2.3.1 120495 (1.6.86) (footnote 9)
SPARC:
Sun SPARC running SunOS 4.1.x (1.6.86)
Sun SPARCstation 10 running Solaris 2.3 using gcc and cc (about 1.4A2)
Sun SPARCstation running Solaris 2.4 using gcc and cc (about 1.5.91)
Sun SPARC running Solaris 2.5 (2.5 beta?) (1.6.4)
NextSTEP 3.3 (1.6.86)
NeXTSTEP 3.3 (1.7), (footnote 10)
(footnote 1)
AIX 4.1 systems fail to run "configure" due to bugs in their
"/bin/sh" implementation. You might want to try feeding the
configure script to "bash" ported to AIX 4.1. (about 1.4A2).
(footnote 2)
Some Irix 4.0 systems may core dump in malloc while running
CVS. We believe this is a bug in the Irix malloc. You can
workaround this bug by linking with "-lmalloc" if necessary.
(about 1.4A2).
(footnote 3)
There are some warnings about pointer casts which can safely be
ignored. (about 1.4.90).
(footnote 4) Comment out the include of sys/time.h in src/server.c. (1.4.93)
You also may have to make sure TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME is undef'ed.
(footnote 5) Change /usr/tmp to /var/tmp in src/server.c (2 places) (1.4.93).
(footnote 6) Build in ucb universe with COFF compiler tools. Put
/usr/local/bin first in PATH while doing a configure, make
and install of GNU diffutils-2.7, rcs-5.7, then cvs-1.5.
(footnote 7) Manoj Srivastava <srivasta@pilgrim.umass.edu> reports
success with this configure command:
CC=cc CFLAGS='-O2 -Olimit 2000 -std1' ./configure --verbose alpha-dec-osf
(footnote 8) Manoj Srivastava <srivasta@pilgrim.umass.edu> reports
success with this configure command:
CC=cc CFLAGS='+O2 -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE' ./configure --verbose hppa1.1-hp-hpux
(footnote 9)
Had to configure with ./configure --host=<arch>-lynx.
In src/cvs.h, protected the waitpid prototype with ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE.
(I might try building with gcc -mposix -D_POSIX_SOURCE.)
LynxOS has <dirent.h>, but you don't want to use it.
You want to use <sys/dir.h> instead.
So after running configure I had to undef HAVE_DIRENT_H and
define HAVE_SYS_DIR_H.
(footnote 10) Ralf E. Stranzenbach <ralf@reswi.ruhr.de>
I've made some modifications to "filesubr.c" to deal with NFS
mounted directories (and those funny .nfs* files). This patch
should be used whenever the programmers "sandbox" is located on
a NFS mounted device --- at least on NeXTSTEP.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Installation under Unix:
1) Run "configure":
$ ./configure
You can specify an alternate destination to override the default with
the --prefix option:
$ ./configure --prefix=/usr/local/gnu
or some path that is more appropriate for your site. The default prefix
value is "/usr/local", with binaries in sub-directory "bin", manual
pages in sub-directory "man", and libraries in sub-directory "lib".
If you are using server or local CVS, RCS needs to be installed in
the user's PATH (or a path you have configured in src/options.h,
or a path specified with the -b option). If you don't have RCS,
you will need to get it from GNU as well. It is best to get the
version 5.7 (or later) version of RCS, available from
prep.ai.mit.edu in the file pub/gnu/rcs-5.7.tar.gz.
If you want version control of files with binary data, make sure
that the RCS configure script finds GNU diff 1.15 or later and
notices that diff supports the -a option. CVS itself is much less
picky about which version of diff it uses, and you shouldn't need
to worry about that.
NOTE: The configure program will cache the results of the previous
configure execution. If you need to re-run configure from scratch, you
may need to run "make distclean" first to remove the cached
configuration information.
If you are using gcc and are planning to modify CVS, you may want to
configure with -Wall; see the file HACKING for details.
Try './configure --help' for further information on its usage.
NOTE ON CVS's USE OF NDBM:
By default, CVS uses some built-in ndbm emulation code to allow
CVS to work in a heterogeneous environment. However, if you have
a very large modules database, this may not work well. You will
need to edit src/options.h to turn off the MY_NDBM #define and
re-run configure. If you do this, the following comments apply.
If not, you may safely skip these comments.
If you configure CVS to use the real ndbm(3) libraries and
you do not have them installed in a "normal" place, you will
probably want to get the GNU version of ndbm (gdbm) and install
that before running the CVS configure script. Be aware that the
GDBM 1.5 release does NOT install the <ndbm.h> header file included
with the release automatically. You may have to install it by hand.
If you configure CVS to use the ndbm(3) libraries, you cannot
compile CVS with GNU cc (gcc) on Sun-4 SPARC systems. However, gcc
2.0 may have fixed this limitation if -fpcc-struct-return is
defined. When using gcc on other systems to compile CVS, you *may*
need to specify the -fpcc-struct-return option to gcc (you will
*know* you have to if "cvs checkout" core dumps in some ndbm
function). You can do this as follows:
$ CC='gcc -fpcc-struct-return' ./configure
for sh, bash, and ksh users and:
% setenv CC 'gcc -fpcc-struct-return'
% ./configure
for csh and tcsh users.
END OF NOTE FOR NDBM GUNK.
2) Edit src/options.h. Appropriate things to look at may be the
invocation locations of programs like DIFF and GREP.
Also glance at the default values for the environment variables
that CVS uses, in particular, the RCSBIN variable, which holds the
path to where the RCS programs live on your system.
3) Try to build it:
$ make
This will (hopefully) make the needed CVS binaries within the
"src" directory. If something fails for your system, and you want
to submit a bug report, you may wish to include your
"config.status" file, your host type, operating system and
compiler information, make output, and anything else you think
will be helpful.
3a) Run the regression tests (optional).
You may also wish to validate the correctness of the new binary by
running the regression tests:
$ make check
Note that if your /bin/sh doesn't support shell functions, you'll
have to try something like this, where "/bin/sh5" is replaced by the
pathname of a shell which handles normal shell functions:
$ make SHELL=/bin/sh5 check
WARNING: This test can take quite a while to run, esp. if your
disks are slow or over-loaded.
If you receive any un-expected output from the regression tests,
it may indicate a bug in CVS (or might just indicate a problem
running the tests). If you choose to submit a bug report,
be aware that, as with all bug reports, you may or may not get a
response, and your odds might be better if you include enough information
to reproduce the bug, an analysis of what is going wrong (if you have
the time and ability to provide one), etc. The check.log file is the
first place to look.
4) Install the binaries/documentation:
$ make install
Depending on your installation's configuration, you may need to be
root to do this.
5) Take a look at the CVS documentation.
$ man cvs
and
$ info cvs
See what it can do for you, and if it fits your environment (or can
possibly be made to fit your environment). If things look good,
continue on...
6) Set up the master source repository. See the "Setting up the repository"
section of cvs.texinfo for details; the one-line summary is (if you
are putting the repository in /src/master):
$ cvs -d /src/master init
7) Have all users of the CVS system set the CVSROOT environment
variable appropriately to reflect the placement of your source
repository. If the above example is used, the following commands
can be placed in user's ~/.profile, ~/.bash_profile file; or in the
site-wide /etc/profile:
CVSROOT=/src/master; export CVSROOT
for sh/bash/ksh users, or place the following commands in the user's
~/.cshrc, ~/.login, or /etc/chsrc file:
setenv CVSROOT /src/master
for csh/tcsh users. If these environment variables are not already set
in your current shell, set them now (or source the login script you
just edited). You will need to have the CVSROOT environment variable
set to continue on to the next step.
8) It might be a good idea to jump right in and put the CVS distribution
directly under CVS control. From within the top-level directory of the
CVS distribution (the one that contains this README file) do the
following commands:
$ make distclean
$ cvs import -m 'CVS 1.6 distribution' cvs CVS_DIST CVS-1_6
9) Having done step 8, one should be able to checkout a fresh copy of the
CVS distribution and hack away at the sources with the following command:
$ cd
$ cvs checkout cvs
This will make the directory "cvs" in your current directory and
populate it with the appropriate CVS files and directories.
10) You may wish to customize the various administrative files, in particular
modules. See cvs.texinfo for details.
11) Read the NEWS file to see what's new.
12) Hack away.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Detailed information about your interaction with "configure":
The "configure" script and its interaction with its options and the
environment is described here. For more detailed documentation about
"configure", please refer to the GNU Autoconf documentation.
Supported options are:
--srcdir=DIR Useful for compiling on many different
machines sharing one source tree.
--prefix=DIR The root of where to install the
various pieces of CVS (/usr/local).
--exec_prefix=DIR If you want executables in a
host-dependent place and shared
things in a host-independent place.
The following environment variables override configure's default
behaviour:
CC If not set, tries to use gcc first,
then cc. Also tries to use "-g -O"
as options, backing down to -g
alone if that doesn't work.
INSTALL If not set, tries to use "install", then
"./install-sh" as a final choice.
RANLIB If not set, tries to determine if "ranlib"
is available, choosing "echo" if it doesn't
appear to be.
YACC If not set, tries to determine if "bison"
is available, choosing "yacc" if it doesn't
appear to be.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Installation under Windows NT:
You may find interesting information in windows-NT/README.
1) Using Microsoft Visual C++ version 2.1, open the project `cvsnt.mak',
in the top directory of the CVS distribution.
2) Choose "Build cvs.exe" from the "Project" menu.
3) MSVC will place the executable file cvs.exe in WinDebug, or whatever
your target directory is.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

60
contrib/cvs/MINOR-BUGS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
Low-priority bugs go here. We don't have many yet -- everything is
high-priority at the moment. :-)
* From: Jeff Johnson <jbj@brewster.JBJ.ORG>
To: cyclic-cvs@cyclic.com
Subject: Named_Root assumes . on server
Date: Wed, 17 May 1995 11:04:53 -0400 (EDT)
Problem:
On server, Name_Root() attempts (aggressively) to set CVSADM_Root.
If ~/CVS/Root exists (wrto rsh login), then CVSADM_Root will be
initialized from that file. The sanity check between the root
repository and the invocation will fail if the two values are not
coincidentally the same.
Workaround:
There's a zillion ways to fix this bugture/featurelet. My current
workaround is to remove ~/CVS/Root on the server. I shall attempt
a better fix as soon as I can determine what appears politically
correct. IMHO, the CVS/Root stuff (and getenv("CVSROOT") also) is
a bit fragile and tedious in an rcmd() driven CCVS environment.
* (Jeff Johnson <jbj@jbj.org>)
I tried a "cvs status -v" and received the following:
? CVS
? programs/CVS
? tests/CVS
cvs server: Examining .
===================================================================
File: Install.dec Status: Up-to-date
...
I claim that CVS dirs should be ignored.
* I sometimes get this message:
Could not look up address for your host. Permission denied.
cvs [update aborted]: premature end of file from server
The client's response should be cleaned up.
* In the gb-grep module, update-ChangeLog (and therefore, I assume,
rcs2log) truncates file names --- I get entries for things called
ring/lenstring.h instead of lenstring/lenstring.h.
* On remote checkout, files don't have the right time/date stamps in
the CVS/Entries files. Doesn't look like the C/S protocol has any
way to send this information along (according to cvsclient.texi).
Perhaps we can spiff it up a bit by using the conflict field for the
stamp on the checkout/update command. Please note that this really
doesn't do very much for us even if we get it done.
* Does the function that lists the available modules in the repository
belong under the "checkout" function? Perhaps it is more logically
grouped with the "history" function or we should create a new "info"
function?

264
contrib/cvs/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
# Master Makefile for the GNU Concurrent Versions System.
# Copyright (C) 1986, 1988-1992, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# $CVSid: @(#)Makefile.in 1.30 94/10/22 $
SHELL = /bin/sh
#### Start of system configuration section. ####
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
# If you use gcc, you should either run the fixincludes script that
# comes with it or else use gcc with the -traditional option. Otherwise
# ioctl calls will be compiled incorrectly on some systems.
CC = @CC@
AR = ar
@SET_MAKE@
# Set RANLIB = echo if your system doesn't have or need ranlib.
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
# Set YACC = bison or yacc, depending on which you have on your system
YACC = @YACC@
# Use cp if you don't have install.
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
DEFS = @DEFS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
INCLUDES = -I. -I../lib @includeopt@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
MAKEINFO = makeinfo
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
# Where to install the executables.
bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
# Where to put the system-wide .cvsrc file
libdir = $(prefix)/lib
# Where to put the Info files
infodir = $(prefix)/info
# Where to put the manual pages.
mandir = $(prefix)/man
#### End of system configuration section. ####
FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
AR='$(AR)' \
CC='$(CC)' \
CFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)' \
LDFLAGS='$(LDFLAGS)' \
LIBPROGS='$(LIBPROGS)' \
LIBS='$(LIBS)' \
MAKE='$(MAKE)' \
MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO)' \
RANLIB='$(RANLIB)' \
TEXI2DVI='$(TEXI2DVI)' \
YACC='$(YACC)' \
bindir='$(bindir)' \
infodir='$(infodir)' \
libdir='$(libdir)' \
mandir='$(mandir)' \
prefix='$(prefix)' \
exec_prefix='$(exec_prefix)'
DISTFILES = \
COPYING COPYING.LIB INSTALL README TODO PROJECTS \
BUGS MINOR-BUGS FAQ HACKING \
ChangeLog NEWS ChangeLog.zoo \
configure configure.in stamp-h.in config.h.in Makefile.in acconfig.h \
cvs-format.el mkinstalldirs install-sh \
cvsnt.mak \
.cvsignore
### Subdirectories to run make in for the primary targets.
# Unix source subdirs, where we'll want to run lint and etags:
USOURCE_SUBDIRS = lib src
# All other subdirs:
SUBDIRS = ${USOURCE_SUBDIRS} man doc contrib tools windows-NT os2 macintosh
# Only make TAGS/tags files in these directories, in this order
# [Why in this order? If we didn't have to stick to this order, we
# could make "TSUBDIRS = ${USOURCE_SUBDIRS}". -Karl]
TSUBDIRS= src lib
# Set default target.
all:
.PHONY: all install uninstall
all install uninstall: config.h Makefile all-local
@for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
echo "making $@ in $$subdir"; \
( cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ ) || exit 1; \
done
install: all install-local install-info
.PHONY: all-local
all-local:
.PHONY: info dvi clean-info install-info
info dvi clean-info install-info:
cd doc && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ || exit 1
.PHONY: install-local
install-local: all-local
@: nothing to do locally
.PHONY: tags
tags:
@for dir in $(TSUBDIRS); do echo making $@ in $$dir; cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ || exit 1; cd ..; done
@echo making $@ in .
@ctags `for i in \`$(MAKE) SUBDIRS="$(TSUBDIRS)" ls\` ; do echo $(srcdir)/$$i ; done`
.PHONY: TAGS
TAGS:
@for dir in $(TSUBDIRS); do echo making $@ in $$dir; cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ || exit 1; cd ..; done
@echo making $@ in .
@etags `for i in \`$(MAKE) SUBDIRS="$(TSUBDIRS)" ls | grep -v 'make\[[0-9]\]'\` ; do echo $(srcdir)/$$i ; done`
.PHONY: ls
ls:
@echo $(DISTFILES)
@for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
for i in `cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ | grep -v 'make\[[0-9]\]'` ; do \
echo $$dir/$$i ; \
done ; \
done
.PHONY: clean
clean: clean-local
@for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do echo making $@ in $$dir; cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ || exit 1; cd ..; done
.PHONY: distclean
distclean: distclean-local
@for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do echo making $@ in $$dir; cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ || exit 1; cd ..; done
rm -f config.status
.PHONY: realclean
realclean: realclean-local
@for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do echo making $@ in $$dir; cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ || exit 1; cd ..; done
rm -f config.status
.PHONY: mostlyclean-local
mostlyclean-local:
rm -f *~
.PHONY: clean-local
clean-local: mostlyclean-local
.PHONY: distclean-local
distclean-local: clean-local
rm -f Makefile config.cache config.h config.log stamp-h
rm -f tags TAGS
.PHONY: realclean-local
realclean-local: distclean-local
.PHONY: saber
saber:
@for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@ || exit 1; cd ..; done
.PHONY: check
check:
cd lib ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
cd src ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) check
.PHONY: remotecheck
remotecheck:
cd lib ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
cd src ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) remotecheck
.PHONY: installcheck
installcheck:
cd lib ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
cd src ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) installcheck
.PHONY: lint
lint:
@for dir in $(USOURCE_SUBDIRS); do cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) xlint || exit 1; cd ..; done
.PHONY: dist
GZIP=gzip --best
GZIP_EXT=.gz
TAR_VERBOSE=
dist:
echo > .fname \
cvs-`sed < $(srcdir)/src/version.c \
-e '/version_string/!d' \
-e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' \
-e q`
rm -rf `cat .fname`
${MAKE} dist-dir DISTDIR="`cat .fname`"
for dir in ${SUBDIRS}; do \
( DISTDIR="../`cat .fname`/$${dir}"; \
cd $${dir} && \
${MAKE} dist-dir DISTDIR="$${DISTDIR}" \
); \
done
tar chf${TAR_VERBOSE} - `cat .fname` | ${GZIP} > "`cat .fname`.tar${GZIP_EXT}"
rm -rf `cat .fname` .fname
.PHONY: dist-dir
dist-dir:
mkdir ${DISTDIR}
for i in ${DISTFILES}; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$${i} ${DISTDIR}; \
done
# For the justification of the following Makefile rules, see node
# `Automatic Remaking' in GNU Autoconf documentation.
Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
config.status: configure
./config.status --recheck
# The rules to run autoconf and autoheader are commented out. This is because
# when the user unpacks a tarfile, configure.in might end up newer than
# configure, but the user might not have (and does not need to have) autoconf
# installed.
#configure: configure.in #aclocal.m4
# cd $(srcdir); autoconf
config.h: stamp-h
# This used to do a ./config.status --recheck, to update config.status with
# any new #defines from config.h.in. The problem was that the rule itself
# depends on config.status, so that the --recheck would get run several
# times, which is bad if the user was trying to specify CFLAGS manually.
# It was a big pain in the neck.
stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status
#config.h.in: stamp-h.in
#stamp-h.in: configure.in #aclocal.m4 acconfig.h
# cd $(srcdir); autoheader
# date > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

907
contrib/cvs/NEWS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
Changes since 1.7:
* New "cvs annotate" command to display the last modification for each
line of a file, with the revision number, user checking in the
modification, and date of the modification. For more information see
the `annotate' node in cvs.texinfo.
* The cvsinit shell script has been replaced by a cvs init command.
The cvs init command creates some example administrative files which
are similar to the files found in the examples directory (and copied
by cvsinit) in previous releases.
* Added the patterns *.olb *.exe _$* *$ to default ignore list.
* There is now a $USER internal variable for *info files.
* There is no longer a separate `mkmodules' program; the functionality
is now built into `cvs'. If upgrading an old repository, it is OK to
leave in the lines in the modules file which run mkmodules (the
mkmodules actions will get done twice, but that is harmless); you will
probably want to remove them once you are no longer using the old CVS.
* One can now specify user variables in *info files via the
${=varname} syntax; there is a -s global option to set them. See the
Variables node in cvs.texinfo for details.
Changes from 1.6 to 1.7:
* The default ignore list has changed slightly: *.obj has been added
and CVS* has been changed to CVS CVS.adm.
* CVS now supports password authentication when accessing remote
repositories; this is useful for sites that can't use rsh (because of
a firewall, for example), and also don't have kerberos. See node
"Password authenticated" (in "Remote repositories", in
doc/cvs.texinfo) for more details. Note: This feature requires both
the client and server to be upgraded.
* Using the -kb option to specify binary files now works--most cases
did not work before. See the "Binary files" section of
doc/cvs.texinfo for details.
* New developer communication features. See the "Watches" section of
doc/cvs.texinfo for details.
* RCS keyword "Name" supported for "cvs update -r <tag>" and "cvs
checkout -r <tag>".
* If there is a group whose name matches a compiled in value which
defaults to "cvsadmin", only members of that group can use "cvs
admin". This replaces the CVS_NOADMIN option.
* CVS now sets the modes of files in the repository based on the
CVSUMASK environment variable or a compiled in value defaulting to
002. This way other developers will be able to access the files in
the repository regardless of the umask of the developer creating them.
* The command names in .cvsrc now match the official name of the
command, not the one (possibly an alias) by which it was invoked. If
you had previously relied on "cvs di" and "cvs diff" using different
options, instead use a shell function or alias (for example "alias
cvsdi='cvs diff -u'"). You also can specify global CVS options (like
"-z") using the command name "cvs".
Changes from 1.5 to 1.6:
* Del updated the man page to include all of the new features
of CVS 1.6.
* "cvs tag" now supports a "-r | -D" option for tagging an already
tagged revision / specific revision of a file.
* There is a "taginfo" file in CVSROOT that supports filtering and
recording of tag operations.
* Long options support added, including --help and --version options.
* "cvs release" no longer cares whether or not the directory being
released has an entry in the `modules' file.
* The modules file now takes a -e option which is used instead of -o
for "cvs export". If your modules file has a -o option which you want
to be used for "cvs export", change it to specify -e as well as -o.
* "cvs export" now takes a -k option to set RCS keyword expansion.
This way you can export binary files. If you want the old behavior,
you need to specify -kv.
* "cvs update", "cvs rdiff", "cvs checkout", "cvs import", "cvs
release", "cvs rtag", and "cvs tag" used to take -q and -Q options
after the command name (e.g. "cvs update -q"). This was confusing
because other commands, such as "cvs ci", did not. So the options
after the command name have been removed and you must now specify, for
example, "cvs -q update", which has been supported since CVS 1.3.
* New "wrappers" feature. This allows you to set a hook which
transforms files on their way in and out of cvs (apparently on the
NeXT there is some particular usefulness in tarring things up in the
repository). It also allows you to declare files as merge-by-copy
which means that instead of trying to merge the file, CVS will merely
copy the new version. There is a CVSROOT/cvswrappers file and an
optionsl ~/.cvswrappers file to support this feature.
* You can set CVSROOT to user@host:dir, not just host:dir, if your
username on the server host is different than on the client host.
* VISUAL is accepted as well as EDITOR.
* $CVSROOT is expanded in *info files.
Changes from 1.4A2 to 1.5:
* Remote implementation. This is very helpful when collaborating on a
project with someone across a wide-area network. This release can
also be used locally, like other CVS versions, if you have no need for
remote access.
Here are some of the features of the remote implementation:
- It uses reliable transport protocols (TCP/IP) for remote repository
access, not NFS. NFS is unusable over long distances (and sometimes
over short distances)
- It transfers only those files that have changed in the repository or
the working directory. To save transmission time, it will transfer
patches when appropriate, and can compress data for transmission.
- The server never holds CVS locks while waiting for a reply from the client;
this makes the system robust when used over flaky networks.
The remote features are documented in doc/cvsclient.texi in the CVS
distribution, but the main doc file, cvs.texinfo, has not yet been
updated to include the remote features.
* Death support. See src/README-rm-add for more information on this.
* Many speedups, especially from jtc@cygnus.com.
* CVS 1.2 compatibility code has been removed as a speedup. If you
have working directories checked out by CVS 1.2, CVS 1.3 or 1.4A2 will
try to convert them, but CVS 1.5 and later will not (if the working
directory is up to date and contains no extraneous files, you can just
remove it, and then check out a new working directory). Likewise if
your repository contains a CVSROOT.adm directory instead of a CVSROOT
directory, you need to rename it.
Fri Oct 21 20:58:54 1994 Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com>
* Changes between CVS 1.3 and CVS 1.4 Alpha-2
* A new program, "cvsbug", is provided to let you send bug reports
directly to the CVS maintainers. Please use it instead of sending
mail to the info-cvs mailing list. If your build fails, you may
have to invoke "cvsbug" directly from the "src" directory as
"src/cvsbug.sh".
* A new User's Guide and Tutorial, written by Per Cederqvist
<ceder@signum.se> of Signum Support. See the "doc" directory. A
PostScript version is included as "doc/cvs.ps".
* The Frequesntly Asked Questions file, FAQ, has been added to the
release. Unfortunately, its contents are likely out-of-date.
* The "cvsinit" shell script is now installed in the $prefix/bin
directory like the other programs. You can now create new
CVS repositories with great ease.
* Index: lines are now printed on output from 'diff' and 'rdiff',
in order to facilitate application of patches to multiple subdirs.
* Support for a ~/.cvsrc file, which allows you to specify options
that are always supposed to be given to a specific command. This
feature shows the non-orthogonality of the option set, since while
there may be an option to turn something on, the option to turn
that same thing off may not exist.
* You can now list subdirectories that you wish to ignore in a
modules listing, such as:
gcc -a gnu/gcc, !gnu/gcc/testsuites
which will check out everything underneath gnu/gcc, except
everything underneath gnu/gcc/testsuites.
* It is now much harder to accidentally overwrite an existing tag
name, since attempting to move a tag name will result in a error,
unless the -F (force) flag is given to the tag subcommands.
* Better error checking on matching of the repository used to
check code out from against the repository the current cvs
commnands would use. (Thanks to Mark Baushke <mdb@cisco.com>)
* Better support for sites with multiple CVSROOT repositories has
been contributed. The file "CVS/Root" in your working directory
is created to hold the full path to the CVS repository and a
simple check is made against your current CVSROOT setting.
* You can now specify an RCS keyword substitution value when you
import files into the repository.
* Uses a much newer version of Autoconf, and conforms to the GNU
coding standards much more closely. No, it still doesn't have
long option names.
* Code cleanup. Many passes through gcc -Wall helped to identify
a number of questionable constructs. Most arbitrary length limits
were removed.
* Profiling to determine bottlenecks helped to identify the best
places to spend time speeding up the code, which was then done. A
number of performance enhancements in filename matching have sped
up checkouts.
* Many more contributions have been added to the "contrib"
directory. See the README file in that directory for more
information.
* "cvs commit" will try harder to not change the file's
modification time after the commit. If the file does not change
as a result of the commit operation, CVS will preserve the
original modification time, thus speeding up future make-type
builds.
* "cvs commit" now includes any removed files in the (optional)
pre-commit checking program that may be invoked. Previously, only
added and modified files were included.
* It is now possible to commit a file directly onto the trunk at a
specific revision level by doing "cvs commit -r3.0 file.c", where
"3.0" specifies the revision you wish to create. The file must be
up-to-date with the current head of the trunk for this to succeed.
* "cvs commit" will now function with a pre-commit program that
has arguments specified in the "commitinfo" file.
* The "mkmodules" program will now look within the
$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/checkoutlist" file for any additional files that
should be automatically checked out within CVSROOT; mkmodules also
tries harder to preserve any execute bits the files may have
originally had.
* "cvs diff" is much more accurate about its exit status now. It
now returns the maximum exit status of any invoked diff.
* The "-I !" option is now supported for the import and update
commands correctly. It will properly clear the ignore list now.
* Some problems with "cvs import" handling of .cvsignore have been
fixed; as well, some rampant recursion problems with import have
also been fixed.
* "cvs rdiff" (aka "cvs patch") now tries to set the modify time
of any temporary files it uses to match those specified for the
particular revision. This allows a more accurate patch image to
be created.
* "cvs status" has improved revision descriptions. "Working
revision" is used for the revision of the working file that you
edit directly; "Repository revision" is the revision of the file
with the $CVSROOT source repository. Also, the output is clearer
with regard to sticky and branch revisions.
* CVS no longer dumps core when given a mixture of directories and
files in sub-directories (as in "cvs ci file1 dir1/file2").
Instead, arguments are now clumped into their respective directory
and operated on in chunks, together.
* If the CVSEDITOR environment variable is set, that editor is
used for log messages instead of the EDITOR environment variable.
This makes it easy to substitute intelligent programs to make more
elaborate log messages. Contributed by Mark D Baushke
(mdb@cisco.com).
* Command argument changes:
cvs: The "-f" option has been added to ignore
the ~/.cvsrc file.
commit: Renamed the "-f logfile" option to the
"-F logfile" option. Added the "-f"
option to force a commit of the specified
files (this disables recursion).
history: Added "-t timezone" option to force any
date-specific output into the specified
timezone.
import: Added "-d" option to use the file's
modification time as the time of the
import. Added "-k sub" option to set the
default RCS keyword substitution mode for
newly-created files.
remove: Added "-f" option to force the file's
automatic removal if it still exists in
the working directory (use with caution).
rtag: Added "-F" option to move the tag if it
already exists -- new default is to NOT
move tags automatically.
tag: Added "-F" option to move the tag if it
already exists -- new default is to NOT
move tags automatically.
Tue Apr 7 15:55:25 1992 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes between CVS 1.3 Beta-3 and official CVS 1.3!
* A new shell script is provided, "./cvsinit", which can be run at
install time to help setup your $CVSROOT area. This can greatly
ease your entry into CVS usage.
* The INSTALL file has been updated to include the machines on
which CVS has compiled successfully. I think CVS 1.3 is finally
portable. Thanks to all the Beta testers!
* Support for the "editinfo" file was contributed. This file
(located in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT) can be used to specify a special
"editor" to run on a per-directory basis within the repository,
instead of the usual user's editor. As such, it can verify that
the log message entered by the user is of the appropriate form
(contains a bugid and test validation, for example).
* The manual pages cvs(1) and cvs(5) have been updated.
* The "mkmodules" command now informs you when your modules file
has duplicate entries.
* The "add" command now preserves any per-directory sticky tag when
you add a new directory to your checked-out sources.
* The "admin" command is now a fully recursive interface to the
"rcs" program which operates on your checked-out sources. It no
longer requires you to specify the full path to the RCS file.
* The per-file sticky tags can now be effectively removed with
"cvs update -A file", even if you had checked out the whole
directory with a per-directory sticky tag. This allows a great
deal of flexibility in managing the revisions that your checked-out
sources are based upon (both per-directory and per-file sticky
tags).
* The "cvs -n commit" command now works, to show which files are
out-of-date and will cause the real commit to fail, or which files
will fail any pre-commit checks. Also, the "cvs -n import ..."
command will now show you what it would've done without actually
doing it.
* Doing "cvs commit modules" to checkin the modules file will no
properly run the "mkmodules" program (assuming you have setup your
$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/modules file to do so).
* The -t option in the modules file (which specifies a program to
run when you do a "cvs rtag" operation on a module) now gets the
symbolic tag as the second argument when invoked.
* When the source repository is locked by another user, that user's
login name will be displayed as the holder of the lock.
* Doing "cvs checkout module/file.c" now works even if
module/file.c is in the Attic (has been removed from main-line
development).
* Doing "cvs commit */Makefile" now works as one would expect.
Rather than trying to commit everything recursively, it will now
commit just the files specified.
* The "cvs remove" command is now fully recursive. To schedule a
file for removal, all you have to do is "rm file" and "cvs rm".
With no arguments, "cvs rm" will schedule all files that have been
physically removed for removal from the source repository at the
next "cvs commit".
* The "cvs tag" command now prints "T file" for each file that was
tagged by this invocation and "D file" for each file that had the
tag removed (as with "cvs tag -d").
* The -a option has been added to "cvs rtag" to force it to clean
up any old, matching tags for files that have been removed (in the
Attic) that may not have been touched by this tag operation. This
can help keep a consistent view with your tag, even if you re-use
it frequently.
Sat Feb 29 16:02:05 1992 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes between CVS 1.3 Beta-2 and CVS 1.3 Beta-3
* Many portability fixes, thanks to all the Beta testers! With any
luck, this Beta release will compile correctly on most anything.
Hey, what are we without our dreams.
* CVS finally has support for doing isolated development on a
branch off the current (or previous!) revisions. This is also
extremely nice for generating patches for previously released
software while development is progressing on the next release.
Here's an example of creating a branch to fix a patch with the 2.0
version of the "foo" module, even though we are already well into
the 3.0 release. Do:
% cvs rtag -b -rFOO_2_0 FOO_2_0_Patch foo
% cvs checkout -rFOO_2_0_Patch foo
% cd foo
[[ hack away ]]
% cvs commit
A physical branch will be created in the RCS file only when you
actually commit the change. As such, forking development at some
random point in time is extremely light-weight -- requiring just a
symbolic tag in each file until a commit is done. To fork
development at the currently checked out sources, do:
% cvs tag -b Personal_Hack
% cvs update -rPersonal_Hack
[[ hack away ]]
% cvs commit
Now, if you decide you want the changes made in the Personal_Hack
branch to be merged in with other changes made in the main-line
development, you could do:
% cvs commit # to make Personal_Hack complete
% cvs update -A # to update sources to main-line
% cvs update -jPersonal_Hack # to merge Personal_Hack
to update your checked-out sources, or:
% cvs checkout -jPersonal_Hack module
to checkout a fresh copy.
To support this notion of forked development, CVS reserves
all even-numbered branches for its own use. In addition, CVS
reserves the ".0" and ".1" branches. So, if you intend to do your
own branches by hand with RCS, you should use odd-numbered branches
starting with ".3", as in "1.1.3", "1.1.5", 1.2.9", ....
* The "cvs commit" command now supports a fully functional -r
option, allowing you to commit your changes to a specific numeric
revision or symbolic tag with full consistency checks. Numeric
tags are useful for bringing your sources all up to some revision
level:
% cvs commit -r2.0
For symbolic tags, you can only commit to a tag that references a
branch in the RCS file. One created by "cvs rtag -b" or from
"cvs tag -b" is appropriate (see below).
* Roland Pesch <pesch@cygnus.com> and K. Richard Pixley
<rich@cygnus.com> were kind enough to contribute two new manual
pages for CVS: cvs(1) and cvs(5). Most of the new CVS 1.3 features
are now documented, with the exception of the new branch support
added to commit/rtag/tag/checkout/update.
* The -j options of checkout/update have been added. The "cvs join"
command has been removed.
With one -j option, CVS will merge the changes made between the
resulting revision and the revision that it is based on (e.g., if
the tag refers to a branch, CVS will merge all changes made in
that branch into your working file).
With two -j options, CVS will merge in the changes between the two
respective revisions. This can be used to "remove" a certain delta
from your working file. E.g., If the file foo.c is based on
revision 1.6 and I want to remove the changes made between 1.3 and
1.5, I might do:
% cvs update -j1.5 -j1.3 foo.c # note the order...
In addition, each -j option can contain on optional date
specification which, when used with branches, can limit the chosen
revision to one within a specific date. An optional date is
specified by adding a colon (:) to the tag, as in:
-jSymbolic_Tag:Date_Specifier
An example might be what "cvs import" tells you to do when you have
just imported sources that have conflicts with local changes:
% cvs checkout -jTAG:yesterday -jTAG module
which tells CVS to merge in the changes made to the branch
specified by TAG in the last 24 hours. If this is not what is
intended, substitute "yesterday" for whatever format of date that
is appropriate, like:
% cvs checkout -jTAG:'1 week ago' -jTAG module
* "cvs diff" now supports the special tags "BASE" and "HEAD". So,
the command:
% cvs diff -u -rBASE -rHEAD
will effectively show the changes made by others (in unidiff
format) that will be merged into your working sources with your
next "cvs update" command. "-rBASE" resolves to the revision that
your working file is based on. "-rHEAD" resolves to the current
head of the branch or trunk that you are working on.
* The -P option of "cvs checkout" now means to Prune empty
directories, as with "update". The default is to not remove empty
directories. However, if you do "checkout" with any -r options, -P
will be implied. I.e., checking out with a tag will cause empty
directories to be pruned automatically.
* The new file INSTALL describes how to install CVS, including
detailed descriptions of interfaces to "configure".
* The example loginfo file in examples/loginfo has been updated to
use the perl script included in contrib/log.pl. The nice thing
about this log program is that it records the revision numbers of
your change in the log message.
Example files for commitinfo and rcsinfo are now included in the
examples directory.
* All "#if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ == 1" lines have been
changed to be "#if __STDC__" to fix some problems with the former.
* The lib/regex.[ch] files have been updated to the 1.3 release of
the GNU regex package.
* The ndbm emulation routines included with CVS 1.3 Beta-2 in the
src/ndbm.[ch] files has been moved into the src/myndbm.[ch] files
to avoid any conflict with the system <ndbm.h> header file. If
you had a previous CVS 1.3 Beta release, you will want to "cvs
remove ndbm.[ch]" form your copy of CVS as well.
* "cvs add" and "cvs remove" are a bit more verbose, telling you
what to do to add/remove your file permanently.
* We no longer mess with /dev/tty in "commit" and "add".
* More things are quiet with the -Q option set.
* New src/config.h option: If CVS_BADROOT is set, CVS will not
allow people really logged in as "root" to commit changes.
* "cvs diff" exits with a status of 0 if there were no diffs, 1 if
there were diffs, and 2 if there were errors.
* "cvs -n diff" is now supported so that you can still run diffs
even while in the middle of committing files.
* Handling of the CVS/Entries file is now much more robust.
* The default file ignore list now includes "*.so".
* "cvs import" did not expand '@' in the log message correctly. It
does now. Also, import now uses the ignore file facility
correctly.
Import will now tell you whether there were conflicts that need to
be resolved, and how to resolve them.
* "cvs log" has been changed so that you can "log" things that are
not a part of the current release (in the Attic).
* If you don't change the editor message on commit, CVS now prompts
you with the choice:
!)reuse this message unchanged for remaining dirs
which allows you to tell CVS that you have no intention of changing
the log message for the remainder of the commit.
* It is no longer necessary to have CVSROOT set if you are using
the -H option to get Usage information on the commands.
* Command argument changes:
checkout: -P handling changed as described above.
New -j option (up to 2 can be specified)
for doing rcsmerge kind of things on
checkout.
commit: -r option now supports committing to a
numeric or symbolic tags, with some
restrictions. Full consistency checks will
be done.
Added "-f logfile" option, which tells
commit to glean the log message from the
specified file, rather than invoking the
editor.
rtag: Added -b option to create a branch tag,
useful for creating a patch for a previous
release, or for forking development.
tag: Added -b option to create a branch tag,
useful for creating a patch for a previous
release, or for forking development.
update: New -j option (up to 2 can be specified)
for doing rcsmerge kind of things on
update.
Thu Jan 9 10:51:35 MST 1992 Jeff Polk (polk at BSDI.COM)
* Changes between CVS 1.3 Beta-1 and CVS 1.3 Beta-2
* Thanks to K. Richard Pixley at Cygnus we now have function
prototypes in all the files
* Some small changes to configure for portability. There have
been other portability problems submitted that have not been fixed
(Brian will be working on those). Additionally all __STDC__
tests have been modified to check __STDC__ against the constant 1
(this is what the Second edition of K&R says must be true).
* Lots of additional error checking for forked processes (run_exec)
(thanks again to K. Richard Pixley)
* Lots of miscellaneous bug fixes - including but certainly not
limited to:
various commit core dumps
various update core dumps
bogus results from status with numeric sticky tags
commitprog used freed memory
Entries file corruption caused by No_Difference
commit to revision broken (now works if branch exists)
ignore file processing broken for * and !
ignore processing didn't handle memory reasonably
miscellaneous bugs in the recursion processor
file descriptor leak in ParseInfo
CVSROOT.adm->CVSROOT rename bug
lots of lint fixes
* Reformatted all the code in src (with GNU indent) and then
went back and fixed prototypes, etc since indent gets confused. The
rationale is that it is better to do it sooner than later and now
everything is consistent and will hopefully stay that way.
The basic options to indent were: "-bad -bbb -bap -cdb -d0 -bl -bli0
-nce -pcs -cs -cli4 -di1 -nbc -psl -lp -i4 -ip4 -c41" and then
miscellaneous formatting fixes were applied. Note also that the
"-nfc1" or "-nfca" may be appropriate in files where comments have
been carefully formatted (e.g, modules.c).
Sat Dec 14 20:35:22 1991 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes between CVS 1.2 and CVS 1.3 Beta are described here.
* Lots of portability work. CVS now uses the GNU "configure"
script to dynamically determine the features provided by your
system. It probably is not foolproof, but it is better than
nothing. Please let me know of any portability problems. Some
file names were changed to fit within 14-characters.
* CVS has a new RCS parser that is much more flexible and
extensible. It should read all known RCS ",v" format files.
* Most of the commands now are fully recursive, rather than just
operating on the current directory alone. This includes "commit",
which makes it real easy to do an "atomic" commit of all the
changes made to a CVS hierarchy of sources. Most of the commands
also correctly handle file names that are in directories other than
".", including absolute path names. Commands now accept the "-R"
option to force recursion on (though it is always the default now)
and the "-l" option to force recursion off, doing just "." and not
any sub-directories.
* CVS supports many of the features provided with the RCS 5.x
distribution - including the new "-k" keyword expansion options. I
recommend using RCS 5.x (5.6 is the current official RCS version)
and GNU diff 1.15 (or later) distributions with CVS.
* Checking out files with symbolic tags/dates is now "sticky", in
that CVS remembers the tag/date used for each file (and directory)
and will use that tag/date automatically on the next "update" call.
This stickyness also holds for files checked out with the the new
RCS 5.x "-k" options.
* The "cvs diff" command now recognizes all of the rcsdiff 5.x
options. Unidiff format is available by installing the GNU
diff 1.15 distribution.
* The old "CVS.adm" directories created on checkout are now called
"CVS" directories, to look more like "RCS" and "SCCS". Old CVS.adm
directories are automagically converted to CVS directories. The
old "CVSROOT.adm" directory within the source repository is
automagically changed into a "CVSROOT" directory as well.
* Symbolic links in the source repository are fully supported ONLY
if you use RCS 5.6 or later and (of course) your system supports
symlinks.
* A history database has been contributed which maintains the
history of certain CVS operations, as well as providing a wide array
of querying options.
* The "cvs" program has a "-n" option which can be used with the
"update" command to show what would be updated without actually
doing the update, like: "cvs -n update". All usage statements
have been cleaned up and made more verbose.
* The module database parsing has been rewritten. The new format
is compatible with the old format, but with much more
functionality. It allows modules to be created that grab pieces or
whole directories from various different parts of your source
repository. Module-relative specifications are also correctly
recognized now, like "cvs checkout module/file.c".
* A configurable template can be specified such that on a "commit",
certain directories can supply a template that the user must fill
before completing the commit operation.
* A configurable pre-commit checking program can be specified which
will run to verify that a "commit" can happen. This feature can be
used to restrict certain users from changing certain pieces of the
source repository, or denying commits to the entire source
repository.
* The new "cvs export" command is much like "checkout", but
establishes defaults suitable for exporting code to others (expands
out keywords, forces the use of a symbolic tag, and does not create
"CVS" directories within the checked out sources.
* The new "cvs import" command replaces the deprecated "checkin"
shell script and is used to import sources into CVS control. It is
also much faster for the first-time import. Some algorithmic
improvements have also been made to reduce the number of
conflicting files on next-time imports.
* The new "cvs admin" command is basically an interface to the
"rcs" program. (Not yet implemented very well).
* Signal handling (on systems with BSD or POSIX signals) is much
improved. Interrupting CVS now works with a single interrupt!
* CVS now invokes RCS commands by direct fork/exec rather than
calling system(3). This improves performance by removing a call to
the shell to parse the arguments.
* Support for the .cvsignore file has been contributed. CVS will
now show "unknown" files as "? filename" as the result of an "update"
command. The .cvsignore file can be used to add files to the
current list of ignored files so that they won't show up as unknown.
* Command argument changes:
cvs: Added -l to turn off history logging.
Added -n to show what would be done without actually
doing anything.
Added -q/-Q for quiet and really quiet settings.
Added -t to show debugging trace.
add: Added -k to allow RCS 5.x -k options to be specified.
admin: New command; an interface to rcs(1).
checkout: Added -A to reset sticky tags/date/options.
Added -N to not shorten module paths.
Added -R option to force recursion.
Changed -p (prune empty directories) to -P option.
Changed -f option; forcing tags match is now default.
Added -p option to checkout module to standard output.
Added -s option to cat the modules db with status.
Added -d option to checkout in the specified directory.
Added -k option to use RCS 5.x -k support.
commit: Removed -a option; use -l instead.
Removed -f option.
Added -l option to disable recursion.
Added -R option to force recursion.
If no files specified, commit is recursive.
diff: Now recognizes all RCS 5.x rcsdiff options.
Added -l option to disable recursion.
Added -R option to force recursion.
history: New command; displays info about CVS usage.
import: Replaces "checkin" shell script; imports sources
under CVS control. Ignores files on the ignore
list (see -I option or .cvsignore description above).
export: New command; like "checkout", but w/special options
turned on by default to facilitate exporting sources.
join: Added -B option to join from base of the branch;
join now defaults to only joining with the top two
revisions on the branch.
Added -k option for RCS 5.x -k support.
log: Supports all RCS 5.x options.
Added -l option to disable recursion.
Added -R option to force recursion.
patch: Changed -f option; forcing tags match is now default.
Added -c option to force context-style diffs.
Added -u option to support unidiff-style diffs.
Added -V option to support RCS specific-version
keyword expansion formats.
Added -R option to force recursion.
remove: No option changes. It's a bit more verbose.
rtag: Equivalent to the old "cvs tag" command.
No option changes. It's a lot faster for re-tag.
status: New output formats with more information.
Added -l option to disable recursion.
Added -R option to force recursion.
Added -v option to show symbolic tags for files.
tag: Functionality changed to tag checked out files
rather than modules; use "rtag" command to get the
old "cvs tag" behaviour.
update: Added -A to reset sticky tags/date/options.
Changed -p (prune empty directories) to -P option.
Changed -f option; forcing tags match is now default.
Added -p option to checkout module to standard output.
Added -I option to add files to the ignore list.
Added -R option to force recursion.
Major Contributors:
* Jeff Polk <polk@bsdi.com> rewrote most of the grody code of CVS
1.2. He made just about everything dynamic (by using malloc),
added a generic hashed list manager, re-wrote the modules database
parsing in a compatible - but extended way, generalized directory
hierarchy recursion for virtually all the commands (including
commit!), generalized the loginfo file to be used for pre-commit
checks and commit templates, wrote a new and flexible RCS parser,
fixed an uncountable number of bugs, and helped in the design of
future CVS features. If there's anything gross left in CVS, it's
probably my fault!
* David G. Grubbs <dgg@odi.com> contributed the CVS "history" and
"release" commands. As well as the ever-so-useful "-n" option of
CVS which tells CVS to show what it would do, without actually
doing it. He also contributed support for the .cvsignore file.
* Paul Sander, HaL Computer Systems, Inc. <paul@hal.com> wrote and
contributed the code in lib/sighandle.c. I added support for
POSIX, BSD, and non-POSIX/non-BSD systems.
* Free Software Foundation contributed the "configure" script and
other compatibility support in the "lib" directory, which will help
make CVS much more portable.
* Many others have contributed bug reports and enhancement requests.
Some have even submitted actual code which I have not had time yet
to integrate into CVS. Maybe for the next release.
* Thanks to you all!
Wed Feb 6 10:10:58 1991 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes from CVS 1.0 Patchlevel 1 to CVS 1.0 Patchlevel 2; also
known as "Changes from CVS 1.1 to CVS 1.2".
* Major new support with this release is the ability to use the
recently-posted RCS 5.5 distribution with CVS 1.2. See below for
other assorted bug-fixes that have been thrown in.
* ChangeLog (new): Added Emacs-style change-log file to CVS 1.2
release. Chronological description of changes between release.
* README: Small fixes to installation instructions. My email
address is now "berliner@sun.com".
* src/Makefile: Removed "rcstime.h". Removed "depend" rule.
* src/partime.c: Updated to RCS 5.5 version with hooks for CVS.
* src/maketime.c: Updated to RCS 5.5 version with hooks for CVS.
* src/rcstime.h: Removed from the CVS 1.2 distribution.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for these changes.
* src/checkin.csh: Support for RCS 5.5 parsing.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for this change.
* src/collect_sets.c (Collect_Sets): Be quieter if "-f" option is
specified. When checking out files on-top-of other files that CVS
doesn't know about, run a diff in the hopes that they are really
the same file before aborting.
* src/commit.c (branch_number): Fix for RCS 5.5 parsing.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for this change.
* src/commit.c (do_editor): Bug fix - fprintf missing argument
which sometimes caused core dumps.
* src/modules.c (process_module): Properly NULL-terminate
update_dir[] in all cases.
* src/no_difference.c (No_Difference): The wrong RCS revision was
being registered in certain (strange) cases.
* src/patch.c (get_rcsdate): New algorithm. No need to call
maketime() any longer.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for this change.
* src/patchlevel.h: Increased patch level to "2".
* src/subr.c (isdir, islink): Changed to compare stat mode bits
correctly.
* src/tag.c (tag_file): Added support for following symbolic links
that are in the master source repository when tagging. Made tag
somewhat quieter in certain cases.
* src/update.c (update_process_lists): Unlink the user's file if it
was put on the Wlist, meaning that the user's file is not modified
and its RCS file has been removed by someone else.
* src/update.c (update): Support for "cvs update dir" to correctly
just update the argument directory "dir".
* src/cvs.h: Fixes for RCS 5.5 parsing.
* src/version_number.c (Version_Number): Fixes for parsing RCS 5.5
and older RCS-format files.
Thanks to Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> for these changes.
* src/version_number.c (Version_Number): Bug fixes for "-f" option.
Bug fixes for parsing with certain branch numbers. RCS
revision/symbol parsing is much more solid now.
Wed Feb 14 10:01:33 1990 Brian Berliner (berliner at sun.com)
* Changes from CVS 1.0 Patchlevel 0 to CVS 1.0 Patchlevel 1; also
known as "Changes from CVS 1.0 to CVS 1.1".
* src/patch.c (get_rcsdate): Portability fix. Replaced call to
timelocal() with call to maketime().
Mon Nov 19 23:15:11 1990 Brian Berliner (berliner at prisma.com)
* Sent CVS 1.0 release to comp.sources.unix moderator and FSF.
* Special thanks to Dick Grune <dick@cs.vu.nl> for his work on the
1986 version of CVS and making it available to the world. Dick's
version is available on uunet.uu.net in the
comp.sources.unix/volume6/cvs directory.
$CVSid: @(#)ChangeLog 1.35 94/10/22 $

59
contrib/cvs/PROJECTS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
This is a list of projects for CVS. In general, unlike the things in
the TODO file, these need more analysis to determine if and how
worthwhile each task is.
I haven't gone through TODO, but it's likely that it has entries that
are actually more appropriate for this list.
0. Improved Efficency
* CVS uses a single doubly linked list/hash table data structure for
all of its lists. Since the back links are only used for deleting
list nodes it might be beneficial to use singly linked lists or a
tree structure. Most likely, a single list implementation will not
be appropriate for all uses.
One easy change would be to remove the "type" field out of the list
and node structures. I have found it to be of very little use when
debugging, and each instance eats up a word of memory. This can add
up and be a problem on memory-starved machines.
Profiles have shown that on fast machines like the Alpha, fsortcmp()
is one of the hot spots.
* Dynamically allocated character strings are created, copied, and
destroyed throughout CVS. The overhead of malloc()/strcpy()/free()
needs to be measured. If significant, it could be minimized by using a
reference counted string "class".
* File modification time is stored as a character string. It might be
worthwile to use a time_t internally if the time to convert a time_t
(from struct stat) to a string is greater that the time to convert a
ctime style string (from the entries file) to a time_t. time_t is
an machine-dependant type (although it's pretty standard on UN*X
systems), so we would have to have different conversion routines.
Profiles show that both operations are called about the same number
of times.
* stat() is one of the largest performance bottlenecks on systems
without the 4.4BSD filesystem. By spliting information out of
the filesystem (perhaps the "rename database") we should be
able to improve performance.
* Parsing RCS files is very expensive. This might be unnecessary if
RCS files are only used as containers for revisions, and tag,
revision, and date information was available in easy to read
(and modify) indexes. This becomes very apparent with files
with several hundred revisions.
* A RCS "library", so CVS could operate on RCS files directly.
CVS parses RCS files in order to determine if work needs to be done,
and then RCS parses the files again when it is performing the work.
This would be much faster if CVS could do whatever is necessary
by itself.
1. Improved testsuite/sanity check script
* Need to use a code coverage tool to determine how much the sanity
script tests, and fill in the holes.

222
contrib/cvs/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
$CVSid: @(#)README 1.32 94/10/22 $
CVS Kit
Copyright (c) 1993-1994 Brian Berliner
Copyright (c) 1992 Brian Berliner and Jeff Polk
Copyright (c) 1989-1992, Brian Berliner
All Rights Reserved
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Welcome to CVS!
Bug reports are accepted, however note that someone may or may not
feel like taking care of your bug report. Support contracts are
available from Cyclic Software (http://www.cyclic.com or
info@cyclic.com).
To report bugs send mail to bug-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu, or run the "cvsbug"
program and fill out the template:
$ cvsbug
The "cvsbug" program is installed in the same location as the "cvs"
program. If your installation failed, you may need to run "cvsbug"
directly out of the "src" directory as "src/cvsbug.sh". This is also
the procedure for submitting suggested changes to CVS (see the file
HACKING for more details). Note that all submitted changes may be
distributed under the terms of the GNU Public License, so if you don't
like this, don't submit them.
Please consult the INSTALL file for information on tested
configurations. If you have a comment about an already tested
configuration, or have tried CVS on a new configuration, please write
to the above address and let us know! Free software only works if we
all help out.
Finally, we cannot guarantee that this release will not completely wipe out
all of your work from your system. We do some simple testing before each
release, but you are completely on your own. We recommend testing this
release on a source repository that is not critical to your work. THIS
SOFTWARE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETELY "AS IS". NO WARRANTY....
Thanks for your support!
-The CVS Team
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CVS is a freely available collection of programs that provide for software
release and revision control functions in a UNIX environment. It is
designed to work on top of the RCS distribution, V4 and later. CVS does
understand how to parse older RCS formats, but cannot do any of the fancier
features (like vendor branch support) without RCS branch support.
Short blurb from the manual page (larger blurb is included there):
cvs is a front end to the rcs(1) revision control system
which extends the notion of revision control from a collec-
tion of files in a single directory to a hierarchical col-
lection of directories consisting of revision controlled
files. These directories and files can be combined together
to form a software release. cvs provides the functions
necessary to manage these software releases and to control
the concurrent editing of source files among multiple
software developers.
And a whole lot more. See the doc/cvs.texinfo file for more information.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to people upgrading from a previous release of CVS:
See the NEWS file for a description of features new in this version.
The repository format is compatible going back to CVS 1.3. But see
the "Watches compatibility" section of doc/cvs.texinfo if you have
copies of CVS 1.6 or older and you want to use the optional developer
communication features.
The working directory format is compatible going back to CVS 1.5. It
did change between CVS 1.3 and CVS 1.5. If you run CVS 1.5 or newer
on a working directory checked out with CVS 1.3, CVS will convert it,
but to go back to CVS 1.3 you need to check out a new working
directory with CVS 1.3.
The remote protocol is interoperable going back to CVS 1.5. Using a
client or server older than 1.5 is deprecated and may fail to work at
some point in the future (1.5 was the first official release with the
remote protocol, but some older versions might still be floating
around). In many cases you need to upgrade both the client and the
server to take advantage of new features and bugfixes, however.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Installation:
Please read the INSTALL file for installation instructions. Brief summary:
$ ./configure
$ make
$ make check # optional, long-running, step
$ make install
$ cvsinit
The documentation is in the doc subdirectory. cvs.texinfo is the main
manual; cvs.info* and cvs.ps are the info and postscript versions,
respectively, generated from cvs.texinfo. The postscript version is
for A4 paper; if you want US letter size, you need to remove the line
@afourpaper from cvs.texinfo and re-generate cvs.ps using TeX.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* How do I get up-to-date information and information about other
versions of CVS?
On the web, http://www.loria.fr/~molli/cvs-index.html.
The mailing list for CVS is info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu. Send
subscription and removal requests for that list to
info-cvs-request@prep.ai.mit.edu.
The newsgroup for CVS (and other configuration management systems) is
comp.software.config-mgmt. There is not yet a CVS-specific newsgroup,
but perhaps if comp.software.config-mgmt gets enough CVS discussion,
then it will be possible to create one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credits:
The conflict-resolution algorithms and much of the administrative file
definitions of CVS were based on the original package written by Dick Grune
at Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam <dick@cs.vu.nl>, and posted to
comp.sources.unix in the volume 6 release sometime in 1986. This original
version was a collection of shell scripts. I am thankful that Dick made
his work available.
Brian Berliner from Prisma, Inc. (now at Sun Microsystems, Inc.)
<berliner@sun.com> converted the original CVS shell scripts into reasonably
fast C and added many, many features to support software release control
functions. See the manual page in the "man" directory. A copy of the
USENIX article presented at the Winter 1990 USENIX Conference, Washington
D.C., is included in the "doc" directory.
Jeff Polk from BSDI <polk@bsdi.com> converted the CVS 1.2
sources into much more readable and maintainable C code. He also added a
whole lot of functionality and modularity to the code in the process.
See the ChangeLog file.
david d `zoo' zuhn <zoo@armadillo.com> contributed the working base code
for CVS 1.4 Alpha. His work carries on from work done by K. Richard Pixley
and others at Cygnus Support. The CVS 1.4 upgrade is due in large part to
Zoo's efforts.
David G. Grubbs <dgg@odi.com> contributed the CVS "history" and "release"
commands. As well as the ever-so-useful "-n" option of CVS which tells CVS
to show what it would do, without actually doing it. He also contributed
support for the .cvsignore file.
The Free Software Foundation (GNU) contributed most of the portability
framework that CVS now uses. This can be found in the "configure" script,
the Makefile's, and basically most of the "lib" directory.
K. Richard Pixley, Cygnus Support <rich@cygnus.com> contributed many bug
fixes/enhancement as well as completing early reviews of the CVS 1.3 manual
pages.
Roland Pesch, then of Cygnus Support <roland@wrs.com> contributed brand new
cvs(1) and cvs(5) manual pages. We should all thank him for saving us from
my poor use of our language!
Paul Sander, HaL Computer Systems, Inc. <paul@hal.com> wrote and
contributed the code in lib/sighandle.c. I added support for POSIX, BSD,
and non-POSIX/non-BSD systems.
Jim Kingdon and others at Cygnus Support <info@cygnus.com> wrote the
remote repository access code.
In addition to the above contributors, the following Beta testers deserve
special mention for their support. If I have left off your name, I
apologize. Just write to me and let me know!
Mark D. Baushke <mdb@cisco.com>
Per Cederqvist <ceder@signum.se>
J.T. Conklin (jtc@cygnus.com>
Vince DeMarco <vdemarco@fdcsrvr.cs.mci.com>
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
Lal George <george@research.att.com>
Dean E. Hardi <Dean.E.Hardi@ccmail.jpl.nasa.gov>
Mike Heath <mike@pencom.com>
Jim Kingdon <kingdon@cygnus.com>
Bernd Leibing <bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de>
Benedict Lofstedt <benedict@tusc.com.au>
Dave Love <d.love@dl.ac.uk>
Robert Lupton the Good <rhl@astro.princeton.edu>
Tom McAliney <tom@hilco.com>
Eberhard Mattes <mattes@azu.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>
Jim Meyering <meyering@comco.com>
Thomas Mohr <mohr@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
Thomas Nilsson <thoni@softlab.se>
Raye Raskin <raye.raskin@lia.com>
Harlan Stenn <harlan@landmark.com>
Gunnar Tornblom <gunnar.tornblom@senet.abb.se>
Greg A. Woods <woods@planix.com>
Many contributors have added code to the "contrib" directory. See the
README file there for a list of what is available. There is also a
contributed GNU Emacs CVS-mode in contrib/pcl-cvs.

423
contrib/cvs/TODO Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
$CVSid: @(#)TODO 1.26 94/09/21 $
14. Pathname stripper, for checkout, as well as for writing the
Repository file.
[[ I have a simple one, but need to make sure to call it at all the
appropriate points ]]
(I'm not sure what this means -kingdon, Jun 1995).
22. Catch signals for cleanup when "add"ing files.
24. Insist on a log message.
(This should be configurable via commitinfo or some new config file
-kingdon, Jun 1995).
30. Add "patch" program option to the modules database.
31. Think hard about ^C recovery.
35. Add "admin" command as an interface to "rcs".
[[ a cheesy version is there, but it should be re-done ]]
38. Think hard about using RCS state information to allow one to checkin
a new vendor release without having it be accessed until it has been
integrated into the local changes.
39. Think about allowing parallel source trees that can easily track
each other.
[[ sort of solved with the automagic branch support, but I want more ]]
45. Consider enhancing the "patch" and "tag" command support in the module
database -- they seem hard to use since these commands deal directly
with the RCS ,v files.
46. Perhaps checkout/checkin/tag/patch commands should be imbedded in the
file system directly, using special known command names?
49. cvs xxx commands should be able to deal with files in other
directories. I want to do a cvs add foo/bar.c.
[[ most commands now use the generic recursion processor, but not all;
this note is left here to remind me to fix the others ]]
52. SCCS has a feature that I would *love* to see in CVS, as it is very
useful. One may make a private copy of SCCS suid to a particular user,
so other users in the authentication list may check files in and out of
a project directory without mucking about with groups. Is there any
plan to provide a similar functionality to CVS? Our site (and, I'd
imagine, many other sites with large user bases) has decided against
having the user-groups feature of unix available to the users, due to
perceived administrative, technical and performance headaches. A tool
such as CVS with features that provide group-like functionality would
be a huge help.
62. Consider using revision controlled files and directories to handle the
new module format -- consider a cvs command front-end to
add/delete/modify module contents, maybe.
63. The "import" and vendor support commands (co -j) need to be documented
better.
64. Need to greatly increase the performance of an initial checkout.
[[ it got better, then we added functionality, making it worse again ]]
66. Length of the CVS temporary files must be limited to 14 characters for
System-V stupid support. As well as the length on the CVS.adm files.
67. cvs import should populate the vendor sources with CVS.adm files so
that one could use the vendor sources directly without having the check
them out.
69. Consider enhacing import to add a module automatically to the module
database. Perhaps with a new option, or perhaps with an editor.
72. Consider re-design of the module -o, -i, -t options to use the file
system more intuitively.
73. Consider an option (in .cvsrc?) to automatically add files that are new
and specified to commit.
76. Consider adding a layer of abstraction so that CVS can work with both
RCS and SCCS files. Larry says this should be #ifdef'ed.
79. Might be nice to have some sort of interface to TFS and tagged
revisions.
82. Maybe the import stuff should allow an arbitrary revision to be
specified.
84. Improve the documentation about administration of the repository and
how to add/remove files and the use of symbolic links.
85. Add revision controlled symbolic links to CVS using one of the tag
fields in the RCS file.
91. Better document the format of the source repository and how one might
convert their current SCCS or RCS files into CVS format.
92. Look into this:
After a bit of soul searching via dbx, I realized my sin was that I'd
specified "echo" as the program to call from loginfo. The commit
procedure worked fine till it hit my echo, then silently aborted
leaving the lockfiles intact. Since I needn't use the loginfo
facility, I simply removed those commands and it all works.
93. Need to think hard about release and development environments. Think
about execsets as well.
98. If diff3 bombs out (too many differences) cvs then thinks that the file
has been updated and is OK to be commited even though the file
has not yet been merged.
100. Checked out files should have revision control support. Maybe.
102. Perhaps directory modes should be propagated on all import check-ins.
Not necessarily uid/gid changes.
103. setuid/setgid on files is suspect.
104. cvs should recover nicely on unreadable files/directories.
105. cvs should have administrative tools to allow for changing permissions
and modes and what not. In particular, this would make cvs a
more attractive alternative to rdist.
107. It should be possible to specify a list of symbolic revisions to
checkout such that the list is processed in reverse order looking for
matches within the RCS file for the symbolic revision. If there is
not a match, the next symbolic rev on the list is checked, and so on,
until all symbolic revs are exhausted. This would allow one to, say,
checkout "4.0" + "4.0.3" + "4.0.3Patch1" + "4.0.3Patch2" to get the
most recent 4.x stuff. This is usually handled by just specifying the
right release_tag, but most people forget to do this.
108. If someone creates a whole new directory (i.e. adds it to the cvs
repository) and you happen to have a directory in your source farm by
the same name, when you do your cvs update -d it SILENTLY does
*nothing* to that directory. At least, I think it was silent;
certainly, it did *not* abort my cvs update, as it would have if the
same thing had happened with a file instead of a directory.
109. I had gotten pieces of the sys directory in the past but not a
complete tree. I just did something like:
cvs get *
Where sys was in * and got the message
cvs get: Executing 'sys/tools/make_links sys'
sh: sys/tools/make_links: not found
I suspect this is because I didn't have the file in question,
but I do not understand how I could fool it into getting an
error. I think a later cvs get sys seemed to work so perhaps
something is amiss in handling multiple arguments to cvs get?
113. The "cvs update" command should tee its output to a log file in ".".
(why? What is wrong with piping stdout to "tee"? -kingdon, Jun 1995)
119. Consider an option to have import checkout the RCS or SCCS files
if necessary.
122. If Name_Repository fails, it currently causes CVS to die completely. It
should instead return NULL and have the caller do something reasonable.
123. Add a flag to import to not build vendor branches for local code.
124. Anyway, I thought you might want to add something like the following
to the cvs man pages:
BUGS
The sum of the sizes of a module key and its contents are
limited. See ndbm(3).
126. Do an analysis to see if CVS is forgetting to close file descriptors.
Especially when committing many files (more than the open file limit
for the particular UNIX).
127. Look at *info files; they should all be quiet if the files are not
there. Should be able to point at a RCS directory and go.
128. When I tag a file, the message tells me that I'm tagging a directory.
129. Something strange seems to have happened here. When I check this out,
the update lines (U CFTS/...) seem to report a bogus leading CFTS
(e.g. U CFTS/Medusa_TS/...) when the later files are checked out.
The directory structure doesn't seem to be botched, just the
messages. I don't recall seeing this before.
130. cvs diff with no -r arguments does not need to look up the current RCS
version number since it only cares about what's in the Entries file.
This should make it much faster.
It should ParseEntries itself and access the entries list much like
Version_TS does (sticky tags and sticky options may need to be
supported here as well). Then it should only diff the things that
have the wrong time stamp (the ones that look modified).
134. Make a statement about using hard NFS mounts to your source
repository. Look into checking NULL fgets() returns with ferror() to
see if an error had occurred.
135. The email CVS sends with each checkin, should include the version
number of each file it is checking in.
[[ Sort of solved by contrib/log.pl, which does a good job of this ]]
137. Some sites might want CVS to fsync() the RCS ,v file to protect
against nasty hardware errors. There is a slight performance hit with
doing so, though, so it should be configurable in the .cvsrc file.
Also, along with this, we should look at the places where CVS itself
could be a little more synchronous so as not to lose data.
[[ I've done some of this, but it could use much more ]]
138. Some people have suggested that CVS use a VPATH-like environment
variable to limit the amount of sources that need to be duplicated for
sites with giant source trees and no disk space.
141. Import should accept modules as its directory argument.
143. Update the documentation to show that the source repository is
something far away from the files that you work on.
144. Have cvs checkout look for the environment variable CVSPREFIX
(or CVSMODPREFIX or some such). If it's set, then when looking
up an alias in the modules database, first look it up with the
value of CVSPREFIX attached, and then look for the alias itself.
This would be useful when you have several projects in a single
repository. You could have aliases abc_src and xyz_src and
tell people working on project abc to put "setenv CVSPREFIX abc_"
in their .cshrc file (or equivalent for other shells).
Then they could do "cvs co src" to get a copy of their src
directory, not xyz's. (This should create a directory called
src, not abc_src.)
145. After you create revision 1.1.1.1 in the previous scenario, if
you do "cvs update -r1 filename" you get revision 1.1, not
1.1.1.1. It would be nice to get the later revision. Again,
this restriction comes from RCS and is probably hard to
change in CVS. Sigh.
|"cvs update -r1 filename" does not tell RCS to follow any branches. CVS
|tries to be consistent with RCS in this fashion, so I would not change
|this. Within CVS we do have the flexibility of extending things, like
|making a revision of the form "-r1HEAD" find the most recent revision
|(branch or not) with a "1." prefix in the RCS file. This would get what
|you want maybe.
This would be very useful. Though I would prefer an option
such as "-v1" rather than "-r1HEAD". This option might be
used quite often.
146. The merging of files should be controlled via a hook so that programs
other than "rcsmerge" can be used, like Sun's filemerge or emacs's
emerge.el. (but be careful in making this work client/server--it means
doing the interactive merging at the end after the server is done).
149. On Sun, 2 Feb 92 22:01:38 EST, rouilj@dl5000.bc.edu (John P. Rouillard)
said:
Maybe there should be an option to cvs admin that allows a user to
change the Repository file with some degree of error checking?
Something like "cvs admin reposmv /old/path /new/pretty/path". Before
it does the replace it check to see that the files
/new/pretty/path/<dir>/<files> exist.
150. I have a customer request for a way to specify log message per
file, non-interactively before the commit, such that a single, fully
recursive commit prompts for one commit message, and concatenates the
per file messages for each file. In short, one commit, one editor
session, log messages allowed to vary across files within the commit.
Also, the per file messages should be allowed to be written when the
files are changed, which may predate the commit considerably.
A new command seems appropriate for this. The state can be saved in the
CVS directory. I.e.,
% cvs msg foo.c
Enter log message for foo.c
>> fixed an uninitialized variable
>> ^D
The text is saved as CVS/foo.c,m (or some such name) and commit is
modified to append (prepend?) the text (if found) to the log message
specified at commit time. Easy enough.
151. Also, is there a flag I am missing that allows replacing Ulrtx_Build
by Ultrix_build? I.E. I would like a tag replacement to be a one step
operation rather than a two step "cvs rtag -r Ulrtx_Build Ultrix_Build"
followed by "cvs trag -d Ulrtx_Build"
152. The "cvs -n" option does not work as one would expect for all the
commands. In particular, for "commit" and "import", where one would
also like to see what it would do, without actually doing anything.
153. There should be some command (maybe I just haven't figured
out which one...) to import a source directory which is already
RCS-administered without losing all prior RCS gathered data. Thus, it
would have to examine the RCS files and choose a starting version and
branch higher than previous ones used.
154. When committing the modules file, a pre-commit check should be done to
verify the validity of the new modules file before allowing it to be
committed.
155. The options for "cvs history" are mutually exclusive, even though
useful queries can be done if they are not, as in specifying both a
module and a tag. A workaround is to specify the module, then run the
output through grep to only display lines that begin with T, which are
tag lines.
156. Also, how hard would it be to allow continuation lines in the
{commit,rcs,log}info files? It would probably be useful with all of
the various flags that are now available, or if somebody has a lot of
files to put into a module.
157. The "cvs release" command does not understand about module names with
the same flexibility that the "checkout" and "rdiff" commands do.
It should, though, since it's confusing right now.
158. If I do a recursive commit and find that the same RCS file is checked
out (and modified!) in two different places within my checked-out
files (but within the realm of a single "commit"), CVS will commit the
first change, then overwrite that change with the second change. We
should catch this (typically unusual) case and issue an appropriate
diagnostic and die.
159. On "update", when a merge is done, CVS should remember that your file
was merged into and should keep reminding you of this fact until you
actually look at the file (change its access time). Once you do this,
it should go back to being a normal, unmodified file. This way, after
a big update, you can run update again to see which files just got
merged and may need attention.
160. The checks that the commit command does should be extended to make
sure that the revision that we will lock is not already locked by
someone else. Maybe it should also lock the new revision if the old
revision was already locked by the user as well, thus moving the lock
forward after the commit.
161. The date parser included with CVS (lib/getdate.y) does not support
such RCS-supported dates as "1992/03/07". It probably should.
163. The rtag/tag commands should have an option that removes the specified
tag from any file that is in the attic. This allows one to re-use a
tag (like "Mon", "Tue", ...) all the time and still have it tag the
real main-line code.
164. The *info files should allow multiple ocurrences of $CVSROOT and/or
other cvs variables. They probably should *not* expand environment
variables, as their behavior probably should not depend on who is
running CVS.
165. The "import" command will create RCS files automatically, but will
screw-up when trying to create long file names on short file name
file systems. Perhaps import should be a bit more cautious.
166. There really needs to be a "Getting Started" document which describes
some of the new CVS philosophies. Folks coming straight from SCCS or
RCS might be confused by "cvs import". Also need to explain:
- How one might setup their $CVSROOT
- What all the tags mean in an "import" command
- Tags are important; revision numbers are not
167. "cvs log" doesn't understand about CVS magic branch numbers. As such,
the command:
cvs log -r1.63.2
cvs log -rC2
where "C2" is a magic branch that resolves to 1.63.2 do not print the
same things. Sigh.
169. We are using CVS as the configuration control for a software reuse library.
What we do is do system calls passing the needed arguments. In the next
release, it would be nice to see an option to put cvs .o files into a
archive library with an API. This enhancement would go nicely with the
notion of being able to integrate tools into a large software engineering
environment.
170. Is there an "info" file that can be invoked when a file is checked out, or
updated ? What I want to do is to advise users, particularly novices, of
the state of their working source whenever they check something out, as
a sanity check.
For example, I've written a perl script which tells you what branch you're
on, if any. Hopefully this will help guard against mistaken checkins to
the trunk, or to the wrong branch. I suppose I can do this in
"commitinfo", but it'd be nice to advise people before they edit their
files.
It would also be nice if there was some sort of "verboseness" switch to
the checkout and update commands that could turn this invocation of the
script off, for mature users.
173. We have a tagged branch in CVS. How do we get the version of that branch
(for an entire directory) that corresponds to the files on that branch on a
certain day? I'd like to specify BOTH -r and -D to 'cvs checkout', but I
can't. It looks like I can only specify the date for the main line (as
opposed to any branches). True? Any workarounds to get what I need?
174. I would like to see "cvs release" modified so that it only removes files
which are known to CVS - all the files in the repository, plus those which
are listed in .cvsignore. This way, if you do leave something valuable in
a source tree you can "cvs release -d" the tree and your non-CVS goodies
are still there. If a user is going to leave non-CVS files in their source
trees, they really should have to clean them up by hand.
175. And, in the feature request department, I'd dearly love a command-line
interface to adding a new module to the CVSROOT/modules file.
176. If you use the -i flag in the modules file, you can control access
to source code; this is a Good Thing under certain circumstances. I
just had a nasty thought, and on experiment discovered that the
filter specified by -i is _not_ run before a cvs admin command; as
this allows a user to go behind cvs's back and delete information
(cvs admin -o1.4 file) this seems like a serious problem.
177. We've got some external vendor source that sits under a source code
hierarchy, and when we do a cvs update, it gets wiped out because
its tag is different from the "main" distribution. I've tried to
use "-I" to ignore the directory, as well as .cvsignore, but this
doesn't work.
179. "cvs admin" does not log its actions with loginfo, nor does it check
whether the action is allowed with commitinfo. It should.

12
contrib/cvs/acconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
/* Define if you have MIT Kerberos version 4 available. */
#undef HAVE_KERBEROS
/* Define if you want CVS to be able to be a remote repository client. */
#undef CLIENT_SUPPORT
/* Define if you want CVS to be able to serve repositories to remote
clients. */
#undef SERVER_SUPPORT
/* Define if you want to use the password authenticated server. */
#undef AUTH_SERVER_SUPPORT

210
contrib/cvs/config.h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
/* Define if on AIX 3.
System headers sometimes define this.
We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
#undef _ALL_SOURCE
#endif
/* Define if type char is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */
#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
#undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
#endif
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
#undef const
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef gid_t
/* Define if you support file names longer than 14 characters. */
#undef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
/* Define if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
/* Define if utime(file, NULL) sets file's timestamp to the present. */
#undef HAVE_UTIME_NULL
/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
#undef inline
/* Define if on MINIX. */
#undef _MINIX
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef mode_t
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef pid_t
/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
with this defined. */
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */
#undef RETSIGTYPE
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef size_t
/* Define if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef uid_t
/* Define if you have MIT Kerberos version 4 available. */
#undef HAVE_KERBEROS
/* Define if you want CVS to be able to be a remote repository client. */
#undef CLIENT_SUPPORT
/* Define if you want CVS to be able to serve repositories to remote
clients. */
#undef SERVER_SUPPORT
/* Define if you want to use the password authenticated server. */
#undef AUTH_SERVER_SUPPORT
/* The number of bytes in a int. */
#undef SIZEOF_INT
/* The number of bytes in a long. */
#undef SIZEOF_LONG
/* Define if you have the connect function. */
#undef HAVE_CONNECT
/* Define if you have the fchdir function. */
#undef HAVE_FCHDIR
/* Define if you have the fchmod function. */
#undef HAVE_FCHMOD
/* Define if you have the fsync function. */
#undef HAVE_FSYNC
/* Define if you have the ftime function. */
#undef HAVE_FTIME
/* Define if you have the ftruncate function. */
#undef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define if you have the krb_get_err_text function. */
#undef HAVE_KRB_GET_ERR_TEXT
/* Define if you have the mkfifo function. */
#undef HAVE_MKFIFO
/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
/* Define if you have the setvbuf function. */
#undef HAVE_SETVBUF
/* Define if you have the sigaction function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGACTION
/* Define if you have the sigblock function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGBLOCK
/* Define if you have the sigprocmask function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGPROCMASK
/* Define if you have the sigsetmask function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGSETMASK
/* Define if you have the sigvec function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGVEC
/* Define if you have the timezone function. */
#undef HAVE_TIMEZONE
/* Define if you have the vfork function. */
#undef HAVE_VFORK
/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
/* Define if you have the <direct.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_DIRECT_H
/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
/* Define if you have the <errno.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ERRNO_H
/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
/* Define if you have the <io.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_IO_H
/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define if you have the <ndbm.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NDBM_H
/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/bsdtypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_BSDTYPES_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/timeb.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H
/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
/* Define if you have the inet library (-linet). */
#undef HAVE_LIBINET
/* Define if you have the nsl library (-lnsl). */
#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
/* Define if you have the nsl_s library (-lnsl_s). */
#undef HAVE_LIBNSL_S
/* Define if you have the socket library (-lsocket). */
#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET

3186
contrib/cvs/configure vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

191
contrib/cvs/configure.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
dnl configure.in for cvs
dnl "$CVSid$"
AC_INIT(src/cvs.h)
AC_PREREQ(2.4)dnl Required Autoconf version.
AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h src/options.h)
AC_PROG_CC
AC_AIX
AC_MINIX
AC_ISC_POSIX
if test "$ISC" = yes; then
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_SYSV3"
fi
AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM(cvs)
AC_C_CROSS
AC_C_CONST
AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
AC_C_INLINE
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_PROG_YACC
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
AC_PATH_PROG(perl_path, perl, no)
AC_PATH_PROG(csh_path, csh, no)
AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
if test X"$ac_cv_sys_interpreter" != X"yes" ; then
# silly trick to avoid problems in AC macros...
ac_msg='perl scripts using #! may not be invoked properly'
AC_MSG_WARN($ac_msg)
fi
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(errno.h unistd.h string.h memory.h utime.h fcntl.h ndbm.h \
sys/param.h sys/select.h sys/time.h sys/timeb.h \
io.h direct.h sys/bsdtypes.h sys/resource.h)
AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
AC_HEADER_STAT
AC_HEADER_TIME
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_TYPE_UID_T
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(getwd mkdir rename strdup strstr dup2 strerror valloc waitpid memmove vasprintf strtoul)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fchmod fsync ftime mkfifo putenv setvbuf vfork vprintf ftruncate timezone getpagesize initgroups fchdir sigaction sigprocmask sigvec sigsetmask sigblock)
AC_CHECK_FUNC(re_exec, :, LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS regex.o")
AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working fnmatch function])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ccvs_cv_sys_working_fnmatch,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
#include <fnmatch.h>
int
main ()
{
exit ((fnmatch ("a", "a", FNM_PATHNAME) == 0
&& fnmatch ("a", "b", FNM_PATHNAME) == FNM_NOMATCH)
? 0 : 1);
}],
ccvs_cv_sys_working_fnmatch=yes,
ccvs_cv_sys_working_fnmatch=no,
ccvs_cv_sys_working_fnmatch=no)])
if test $ccvs_cv_sys_working_fnmatch = no; then
LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT($ccvs_cv_sys_working_fnmatch)
dnl
dnl set $(KRB4) from --with-krb4=value -- WITH_KRB4
dnl
KRB4=/usr/kerberos
define(WITH_KRB4,[
AC_ARG_WITH([krb4],
[ --with-krb4=value set default \$(KRB4) from value],
[KRB4=$withval],
)dnl
echo "default place for krb4 is $KRB4"
AC_SUBST(KRB4)])dnl
WITH_KRB4
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
krb_h=
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for krb.h])
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <krb.h>],[int i;],
[krb_h=yes krb_incdir=],
[if test "$cross_compiling" != yes && test -r $KRB4/include/krb.h; then
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$KRB4/include"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <krb.h>],[int i;],
[krb_h=yes krb_incdir=$KRB4/include])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
fi])
if test -z "$krb_h"; then
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <krb.h>],[int i;],
[krb_h=yes krb_incdir=],
[if test "$cross_compiling" != yes && test -r $KRB4/include/kerberosIV/krb.h; then
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$KRB4/include/kerberosIV"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <krb.h>],[int i;],
[krb_h=yes krb_incdir=$KRB4/include/kerberosIV])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
fi])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT($krb_h)
if test -n "$krb_h"; then
krb_lib=
AC_CHECK_LIB(krb,printf,[krb_lib=yes krb_libdir=],
[if test "$cross_compiling" != yes && test -r $KRB4/lib/libkrb.a; then
krb_lib=yes krb_libdir=$KRB4/lib
fi])
if test -n "$krb_lib"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_KERBEROS)
test -n "${krb_libdir}" && LIBS="${LIBS} -L${krb_libdir}"
LIBS="${LIBS} -lkrb"
AC_CHECK_LIB(des,printf,[LIBS="${LIBS} -ldes"])
if test -n "$krb_incdir"; then
includeopt="${includeopt} -I$krb_incdir"
AC_SUBST(includeopt)
fi
fi
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(krb_get_err_text)
# If we can't find connect, try looking in -lsocket, -lnsl, and -linet.
# The Irix 5 libc.so has connect and gethostbyname, but Irix 5 also has
# libsocket.so which has a bad implementation of gethostbyname (it
# only looks in /etc/hosts), so we only look for -lsocket if we need
# it.
unset ac_cv_func_connect
AC_CHECK_FUNC(connect, :,
[case "$LIBS" in
*-lnsl*) ;;
*) AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl_s, printf) ;;
esac
case "$LIBS" in
*-lnsl*) ;;
*) AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, printf) ;;
esac
case "$LIBS" in
*-lsocket*) ;;
*) AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, connect) ;;
esac
case "$LIBS" in
*-linet*) ;;
*) AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, connect) ;;
esac
unset ac_cv_func_connect
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(connect)])
AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostname, :, LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS hostname.o")
# If we have connect(), we want the full client & server arrangement.
if test "$ac_cv_func_connect" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(CLIENT_SUPPORT)
AC_DEFINE(SERVER_SUPPORT)
# Define AUTH_SERVER_SUPPORT only if we could locate the crypt() function
unset ac_cv_func_crypt
AC_CHECK_FUNC(crypt, :,
[case "$LIBS" in
*-lcrypt*) ;;
*) AC_CHECK_LIB(crypt, crypt) ;;
esac
unset ac_cv_func_crypt
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(crypt)])
if test "$ac_cv_func_crypt" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(AUTH_SERVER_SUPPORT)
fi
fi
test -f src/options.h && (
AC_MSG_WARN(saving ./src/options.h in ./src/options.h-SAVED)
AC_MSG_WARN(You may wish to check that local options have not been lost.)
AC_MSG_WARN(Do not re-run ./configure or ./config.status until you have....)
cp ./src/options.h ./src/options.h-SAVED
)
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile \
man/Makefile tools/Makefile tools/pcl-cvs/Makefile \
contrib/Makefile contrib/elib/Makefile \
windows-NT/Makefile os2/Makefile macintosh/Makefile stamp-h)

193
contrib/cvs/contrib/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
Sun Apr 14 11:30:36 1996 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.red-bean.com>
* Removed pcl-cvs/ subdir; see tools/ subdir in the top-level from
now on.
Added elib/ subdir.
* Makefile.in (dist-dir): Removed all references to pcl-cvs/
subdir.
Wed Mar 6 10:20:28 1996 Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>
* log_accum.pl: ($MAILER): use sendmail directly to allow other
headers to be included
* log_accum.pl (mail_notification): add support to allow settting
of Reply-To and Date header fields in the sent mail; remove $mailto
argument and use the global variable (as with $replyto).
* log_accum.pl: add -R option for mail_notification()'s optional
Reply-To value [default to $login]
Fri Mar 1 01:51:56 1996 Benjamin J. Lee <benjamin@cyclic.com>
* listener.c: added as mentioned in ../README.VMS
Mon Feb 19 13:37:36 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* README: Don't just tell people "we don't want your script"; tell
them what to do instead.
Thu Feb 1 14:28:16 1996 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.red-bean.com>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): added `rcs2sccs.sh', as mentioned in
README.
Thu Jan 18 09:39:16 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* README: Talk about submitting changes to contrib directory.
Tue Nov 14 15:28:25 1995 Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>
* README: fix some spelling and other typos
* Makefile.in: if I need reminding to run cvsinit....
Tue Nov 14 13:47:40 1995 Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>
* log_accum.pl:
- Fix 'cvs status' to use global -Qq options
- fix up a couple of comments, incl., my proper address
* log.pl: add a CVSid and fix a couple of comments
Sun Oct 1 02:02:57 1995 Peter Wemm <peter@haywire.dialix.com>
* Makefile.in: supply a suffix rule to deal with .sh "source"
Sat Jul 29 17:29:13 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* log.pl: Use global options -Qq, not command options -Qq.
* Makefile.in (install): Look for $(PROGS) and
$(CONTRIB_PROGS) in build dir, not srcdir.
Fri Jul 28 19:48:45 1995 Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
* rcs2log.sh: Sync with latest Emacs snapshot.
Thu Jul 27 20:29:30 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* rcs2log.sh: import of initial WNT port work
Fri Jul 14 22:38:44 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* rcs-to-cvs.sh: Changes from David J. Mackenzie.
Set permissions on new repository files correctly.
Ignore *~ files.
Thu Jul 13 23:04:12 CDT 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* Makefile.in (.pl, .csh): *Never* redirect output directly to
the target (usu $@) of a rule. Instead, redirect to a temporary
file, and then move that temporary to the target. I chose to
name temporary files $@-t. Remember to be careful that the length
of the temporary file name not exceed the 14-character limit.
Sun Jul 9 21:16:53 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
These are actually Greg Woods' changes:
* clmerge.pl, cvscheck.sh, descend.sh, dirfns.shar, rcs-to-cvs.sh,
rcs2log.sh, sccs2rcs.csh: renamed from the corresponding files
sans extensions.
* rcs2sccs.sh: new file.
Sun Jul 9 19:03:00 1995 Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>
* rcs2log.sh: oops, one more thing that should not have been
there.
- fix interpreter file syntax.
- remove "fix" for separating filenames and comments
* Makefile.in: hmm... thought rcs2log was in RCS-5.7 for some
reason -- it's not, so we'll install it from here....
- fix typo -- that's what you get for re-doing changes by hand!
- updates to support proper transformation and installation of
renamed files (from previous local changes)
* .cvsignore: one more target noted...
* sccs2rcs.csh: set up the interpreter file for updating by
Makefile (from previous local changes)
* log_accum.pl, log.pl, commit_prep.pl:
- set up the interpreter file for updating by Makefile
- various modifications, updates, and enhancements
(from previous local changes)
* rcslock.pl, mfpipe.pl, cvs_acls.pl, cln_hist.pl, clmerge.pl:
- set up the interpreter file for updating by Makefile
(from previous local changes)
- include changes from 1.5 here too, if any
* README:
- remove extensions from filenames to match installed names
(from previous local changes)
* .cvsignore: - added $(CONTRIB_PROGS) (from previous local changes)
Thu Jun 29 10:43:07 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (distclean): Also remove pcl-cvs/Makefile.
Thu Jun 8 15:32:29 1995 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* intro.doc: Added.
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add intro.doc.
Sat May 27 08:46:00 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* Makefile.in (Makefile): Regenerate only Makefile in current
directory when Makefile.in is out of date. Depend on ../config.status.
Mon May 8 13:06:29 1995 Bryan O'Sullivan <bos@serpentine.com>
* README: added an entry for ccvs-rsh.pl.
Sun Apr 30 23:50:32 1995 Bryan O'Sullivan <bos@serpentine.com>
* ccvs-rsh.pl: fixed a typo and added more flexible use of
CVS_PROXY_USER.
Sun Apr 30 14:56:21 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.bio.indiana.edu>
* clmerge: Changes from Tom Tromey --- fix bug in date comparison
function.
Sat Apr 29 20:53:08 1995 Bryan O'Sullivan <bos@serpentine.com>
* ccvs-rsh.pl: created. See the file itself for documentation.
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): added ccvs-rsh.pl to the list of
files to install.
Fri Apr 28 22:32:45 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.bio.indiana.edu>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Brought up-to-date with current
directory contents.
(dist-dir): Renamed from dist-dir; use DISTDIR variable, passed
from parent.
Mon Feb 13 13:32:07 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.bio.indiana.edu>
* rcs2log: rcs2log was originally in this tree; how did it get
deleted? Anyway, this is the version distributed with Emacs
19.28, hacked to support CVS and Remote CVS.
Mon Jul 26 13:18:23 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
* rcs-to-cvs: Rewrite in sh.
Wed Jul 14 21:16:40 1993 David J. Mackenzie (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
* rcs-to-cvs: Don't source .cshrc or hardcode paths.
Make respository dir if needed. Don't suppress errors
(such as prompts) from co.
Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
-subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers. Forced
copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.

134
contrib/cvs/contrib/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
# Makefile for GNU CVS contributed sources.
# Do not use this makefile directly, but only from `../Makefile'.
# Copyright (C) 1986, 1988-1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# $CVSid: @(#)Makefile.in 1.6 94/10/22 $
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
# Where to install the executables.
bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
# Where to put the system-wide .cvsrc file
libdir = $(prefix)/lib
# Where to put the manual pages.
mandir = $(prefix)/man
# where to find command interpreters
perl_path = @perl_path@
csh_path = @csh_path@
# Use cp if you don't have install.
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
DISTFILES = \
ChangeLog README .cvsignore intro.doc \
Makefile.in clmerge.pl cln_hist.pl commit_prep.pl cvs_acls.pl \
cvscheck.sh cvscheck.man cvshelp.man descend.sh descend.man \
dirfns.shar log.pl log_accum.pl mfpipe.pl rcs-to-cvs.sh rcs2log.sh \
rcslock.pl sccs2rcs.csh rcs2sccs.sh
# files installed in $(libdir)/cvs/contrib
#
CONTRIB_FILES = README intro.doc cvscheck.man
# things we actually build and install....
#
PROGS = rcs2log
CONTRIB_PROGS = clmerge cln_hist commit_prep cvs_acls cvscheck log log_accum \
mfpipe rcs-to-cvs rcs2log rcslock sccs2rcs
.SUFFIXES: .pl .sh .csh
.pl:
rm -f $@
sed -e 's,xPERL_PATHx,$(perl_path),' $< > $@-t
mv $@-t $@
chmod +x $@
.csh:
rm -f $@
sed -e 's,xCSH_PATHx,$(csh_path),' $< > $@-t
mv $@-t $@
chmod +x $@
.sh:
rm -f $@
cp $< $@
chmod +x $@
all: Makefile $(PROGS) $(CONTRIB_PROGS)
.PHONY: all
install: all $(libdir)/cvs/contrib
for f in $(CONTRIB_FILES) ; do\
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$f $(libdir)/cvs/contrib/$$f; \
done
for f in $(CONTRIB_PROGS) ; do\
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$f $(libdir)/cvs/contrib/$$f; \
done
for f in $(PROGS) ; do\
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$f $(bindir)/$$f; \
done
@echo "You might consider running 'cvsinit' to upgrade your repository(s)...."
.PHONY: install
$(libdir)/cvs/contrib:
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir)/cvs/contrib
tags:
.PHONY: tags
TAGS:
.PHONY: TAGS
ls:
@echo $(DISTFILES)
.PHONY: ls
clean:
/bin/rm -f *.o core
.PHONY: clean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile elib/Makefile $(PROGS) $(CONTRIB_PROGS)
.PHONY: distclean
realclean: distclean
.PHONY: realclean
dist-dir:
mkdir ${DISTDIR}
for i in ${DISTFILES}; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$${i} ${DISTDIR}; \
done
cd elib; ${MAKE} dist-dir DISTDIR="../${DISTDIR}/elib"
.PHONY: dist-dir
subdir = contrib
Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status

106
contrib/cvs/contrib/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
$CVSid: @(#)README 1.12 94/09/25 $
This "contrib" directory is a place holder for code/scripts sent to
me by contributors around the world. This README file will be kept
up-to-date from release to release. BUT, I must point out that these
contributions are really, REALLY UNSUPPORTED. In fact, I probably
don't even know what they do. Nor do I guarantee to have tried them,
or ported them to work with this CVS distribution. If you have questions,
you might contact the author, but you should not necessarily expect
a reply. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK -- and all that stuff.
"Unsupported" also means that noone has volunteered to accept and
check in changes to this directory. So submissions for new scripts to
add here are unlikely to be accepted. Suggested changes to the
existing scripts here conceivably might, but that isn't clear either.
The exception is pcl-cvs; that is more actively maintained (see
pcl-cvs/README). If you have some software that works with CVS that
you wish to offer it is suggested that you make it available by FTP or
HTTP and then announce it on the info-cvs mailing list. There is also
a web page of software related to CVS at
http://www.loria.fr/~molli/cvs-index.html which would presumably be
willing to list your software.
Contents of this directory:
README This file.
log A perl script suitable for including in your
$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/loginfo file for logging commit
changes. Includes the RCS revision of the change
as part of the log.
Contributed by Kevin Samborn <samborn@sunrise.com>.
pcl-cvs A directory that contains GNU Emacs lisp code which
implements a CVS-mode for emacs.
Contributed by Per Cederqvist <ceder@lysator.liu.se>.
commit_prep A perl script, to be combined with log_accum.pl, to
log_accum provide for a way to combine the individual log
messages of a multi-directory "commit" into a
single log message, and mail the result somewhere.
Can also do other checks for $Id and that you are
committing the correct revision of the file.
Read the comments carefully.
Contributed by David Hampton <hampton@cisco.com>.
mfpipe Another perl script for logging. Allows you to
pipe the log message to a file and/or send mail
to some alias.
Contributed by John Clyne <clyne@niwot.scd.ucar.edu>.
rcs-to-cvs Script to import sources that may have been under
RCS control already.
Contributed by Per Cederqvist <ceder@lysator.liu.se>.
cvscheck Identifies files added, changed, or removed in a
cvscheck.man checked out CVS tree; also notices unknown files.
Contributed by Lowell Skoog <fluke!lowell@uunet.uu.net>
cvshelp.man An introductory manual page written by Lowell Skoog
<fluke!lowell@uunet.uu.net>. It is most likely
out-of-date relative to CVS 1.3, but still may be
useful.
dirfns A shar file which contains some code that might
help your system support opendir/readdir/closedir,
if it does not already.
Copied from the C-News distribution.
rcslock A perl script that can be added to your commitinfo
file that tries to determine if your RCS file is
currently locked by someone else, as might be the
case for a binary file.
Contributed by John Rouillard <rouilj@cs.umb.edu>.
ccvs-rsh A Perl script which allows "rsh pipelines" to
be built in order to use Cyclic CVS from
behind some varieties of firewall.
cvs_acls A perl script that implements Access Control Lists
by using the "commitinfo" hook provided with the
"cvs commit" command.
Contributed by David G. Grubbs <dgg@ksr.com>.
descend A shell script that can be used to recursively
descend.man descend through a directory. In CVS 1.2, this was
very useful, since many of the commands were not
recursive. In CVS 1.3 (and later), however, most of
the commands are recursive. However, this may still
come in handy.
Contributed by Lowell Skoog <fluke!lowell@uunet.uu.net>
cln_hist A perl script to compress your
$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history file, as it can grow quite
large after extended use.
Contributed by David G. Grubbs <dgg@ksr.com>
sccs2rcs A C-shell script that can convert (some) SCCS files
into RCS files, retaining the info contained in the
SCCS file (like dates, author, and log message).
Contributed by Ken Cox <kenstir@viewlogic.com>.
intro.doc A user's view of what you need to know to get
started with CVS.
Contributed by <Steven.Pemberton@cwi.nl>.
rcs2sccs A shell script to convert simple RCS files into
SCCS files, originally gleaned off the network
somewhere (originally by "kenc") and modified by
Jerry Jelinek <jerry@rmtc.Central.Sun.COM> and
Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com> to increase
robustness and add support for one-level of branches.
rcs2log A shell script to create a ChangeLog-format file
given only a set of RCS files.
Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.
clmerge A perl script to handle merge conflicts in GNU
style ChangeLog files .
Contributed by Tom Tromey <tromey@busco.lanl.gov>.
listener A program which listens to a TCP port, authenticates
by hostname, then runs a subprocess whose input/output
is redirected through the port.
Contributed by Benjamin J. Lee <benjamin@cyclic.com>

152
contrib/cvs/contrib/clmerge.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
#! xPERL_PATHx
# Merge conflicted ChangeLogs
# tromey Mon Aug 15 1994
# Usage is:
#
# cl-merge [-i] file ...
#
# With -i, it works in place (backups put in a ~ file). Otherwise the
# merged ChangeLog is printed to stdout.
# Please report any bugs to me. I wrote this yesterday, so there are no
# guarantees about its performance. I recommend checking its output
# carefully. If you do send a bug report, please include the failing
# ChangeLog, so I can include it in my test suite.
#
# Tom
# ---
# tromey@busco.lanl.gov Member, League for Programming Freedom
# Sadism and farce are always inexplicably linked.
# -- Alexander Theroux
# Month->number mapping. Used for sorting.
%months = ('Jan', 0,
'Feb', 1,
'Mar', 2,
'Apr', 3,
'May', 4,
'Jun', 5,
'Jul', 6,
'Aug', 7,
'Sep', 8,
'Oct', 9,
'Nov', 10,
'Dec', 11);
# If '-i' is given, do it in-place.
if ($ARGV[0] eq '-i') {
shift (@ARGV);
$^I = '~';
}
$lastkey = '';
$lastval = '';
$conf = 0;
%conflist = ();
$tjd = 0;
# Simple state machine. The states:
#
# 0 Not in conflict. Just copy input to output.
# 1 Beginning an entry. Next non-blank line is key.
# 2 In entry. Entry beginner transitions to state 1.
while (<>) {
if (/^<<<</ || /^====/) {
# Start of a conflict.
# Copy last key into array.
if ($lastkey ne '') {
$conflist{$lastkey} = $lastval;
$lastkey = '';
$lastval = '';
}
$conf = 1;
} elsif (/^>>>>/) {
# End of conflict. Output.
# Copy last key into array.
if ($lastkey ne '') {
$conflist{$lastkey} = $lastval;
$lastkey = '';
$lastval = '';
}
foreach (reverse sort clcmp keys %conflist) {
print STDERR "doing $_" if $tjd;
print $_;
print $conflist{$_};
}
$lastkey = '';
$lastval = '';
$conf = 0;
%conflist = ();
} elsif ($conf == 1) {
# Beginning an entry. Skip empty lines. Error if not a real
# beginner.
if (/^$/) {
# Empty line; just skip at this point.
} elsif (/^[MTWFS]/) {
# Looks like the name of a day; assume opener and move to
# "in entry" state.
$lastkey = $_;
$conf = 2;
print STDERR "found $_" if $tjd;
} else {
die ("conflict crosses entry boundaries: $_");
}
} elsif ($conf == 2) {
# In entry. Copy into variable until we see beginner line.
if (/^[MTWFS]/) {
# Entry beginner line.
# Copy last key into array.
if ($lastkey ne '') {
$conflist{$lastkey} = $lastval;
$lastkey = '';
$lastval = '';
}
$lastkey = $_;
print STDERR "found $_" if $tjd;
$lastval = '';
} else {
$lastval .= $_;
}
} else {
# Just copy.
print;
}
}
# Compare ChangeLog time strings like <=>.
#
# 0 1 2 3
# Thu Aug 11 13:22:42 1994 Tom Tromey (tromey@creche.colorado.edu)
# 0123456789012345678901234567890
#
sub clcmp {
# First check year.
$r = substr ($a, 20, 4) <=> substr ($b, 20, 4);
# Now check month.
$r = $months{substr ($a, 4, 3)} <=> $months{substr ($b, 4, 3)} if !$r;
# Now check day.
$r = substr ($a, 8, 2) <=> substr ($b, 8, 2) if !$r;
# Now check time (3 parts).
$r = substr ($a, 11, 2) <=> substr ($b, 11, 2) if !$r;
$r = substr ($a, 14, 2) <=> substr ($b, 14, 2) if !$r;
$r = substr ($a, 17, 2) <=> substr ($b, 17, 2) if !$r;
$r;
}

92
contrib/cvs/contrib/cln_hist.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
#! xPERL_PATHx
# -*-Perl-*-
#
# $Id: cln_hist.pl,v 1.2 1995/07/10 02:01:26 kfogel Exp $
# Contributed by David G. Grubbs <dgg@ksr.com>
#
# Clean up the history file. 10 Record types: MAR OFT WUCG
#
# WUCG records are thrown out.
# MAR records are retained.
# T records: retain only last tag with same combined tag/module.
#
# Two passes: Walk through the first time and remember the
# 1. Last Tag record with same "tag" and "module" names.
# 2. Last O record with unique user/module/directory, unless followed
# by a matching F record.
#
$r = $ENV{"CVSROOT"};
$c = "$r/CVSROOT";
$h = "$c/history";
eval "print STDERR \$die='Unknown parameter $1\n' if !defined \$$1; \$$1=\$';"
while ($ARGV[0] =~ /^(\w+)=/ && shift(@ARGV));
exit 255 if $die; # process any variable=value switches
%tags = ();
%outs = ();
#
# Move history file to safe place and re-initialize a new one.
#
rename($h, "$h.bak");
open(XX, ">$h");
close(XX);
#
# Pass1 -- remember last tag and checkout.
#
open(HIST, "$h.bak");
while (<HIST>) {
next if /^[MARWUCG]/;
# Save whole line keyed by tag|module
if (/^T/) {
@tmp = split(/\|/, $_);
$tags{$tmp[4] . '|' . $tmp[5]} = $_;
}
# Save whole line
if (/^[OF]/) {
@tmp = split(/\|/, $_);
$outs{$tmp[1] . '|' . $tmp[2] . '|' . $tmp[5]} = $_;
}
}
#
# Pass2 -- print out what we want to save.
#
open(SAVE, ">$h.work");
open(HIST, "$h.bak");
while (<HIST>) {
next if /^[FWUCG]/;
# If whole line matches saved (i.e. "last") one, print it.
if (/^T/) {
@tmp = split(/\|/, $_);
next if $tags{$tmp[4] . '|' . $tmp[5]} ne $_;
}
# Save whole line
if (/^O/) {
@tmp = split(/\|/, $_);
next if $outs{$tmp[1] . '|' . $tmp[2] . '|' . $tmp[5]} ne $_;
}
print SAVE $_;
}
#
# Put back the saved stuff
#
system "cat $h >> $h.work";
if (-s $h) {
rename ($h, "$h.interim");
print "history.interim has non-zero size.\n";
} else {
unlink($h);
}
rename ("$h.work", $h);
exit(0);

216
contrib/cvs/contrib/commit_prep.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
#! xPERL_PATHx
# -*-Perl-*-
#
#ident "@(#)cvs/contrib:$Name: $:$Id: commit_prep.pl,v 1.2 1995/07/10 02:01:29 kfogel Exp $"
#
# Perl filter to handle pre-commit checking of files. This program
# records the last directory where commits will be taking place for
# use by the log_accum.pl script. For new files, it forces the
# existence of a RCS "Id" keyword in the first ten lines of the file.
# For existing files, it checks version number in the "Id" line to
# prevent losing changes because an old version of a file was copied
# into the direcory.
#
# Possible future enhancements:
#
# Check for cruft left by unresolved conflicts. Search for
# "^<<<<<<<$", "^-------$", and "^>>>>>>>$".
#
# Look for a copyright and automagically update it to the
# current year. [[ bad idea! -- woods ]]
#
#
# Contributed by David Hampton <hampton@cisco.com>
#
# Hacked on lots by Greg A. Woods <woods@web.net>
#
# Configurable options
#
# Constants (remember to protect strings from RCS keyword substitution)
#
$LAST_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.lastdir"; # must match name in log_accum.pl
$ENTRIES = "CVS/Entries";
# Patterns to find $Log keywords in files
#
$LogString1 = "\\\$\\Log: .* \\\$";
$LogString2 = "\\\$\\Log\\\$";
$NoLog = "%s - contains an RCS \$Log keyword. It must not!\n";
# pattern to match an RCS Id keyword line with an existing ID
#
$IDstring = "\"@\\(#\\)[^:]*:.*\\\$\Id: .*\\\$\"";
$NoId = "
%s - Does not contain a properly formatted line with the keyword \"Id:\".
I.e. no lines match \"" . $IDstring . "\".
Please see the template files for an example.\n";
# pattern to match an RCS Id keyword line for a new file (i.e. un-expanded)
#
$NewId = "\"@(#)[^:]*:.*\\$\Id\\$\"";
$NoName = "
%s - The ID line should contain only \"@(#)module/path:\$Name\$:\$\Id\$\"
for a newly created file.\n";
$BadName = "
%s - The file name '%s' in the ID line does not match
the actual filename.\n";
$BadVersion = "
%s - How dare you!!! You replaced your copy of the file '%s',
which was based upon version %s, with an %s version based
upon %s. Please move your '%s' out of the way, perform an
update to get the current version, and them merge your changes
into that file, then try the commit again.\n";
#
# Subroutines
#
sub write_line {
local($filename, $line) = @_;
open(FILE, ">$filename") || die("Cannot open $filename, stopped");
print(FILE $line, "\n");
close(FILE);
}
sub check_version {
local($i, $id, $rname, $version);
local($filename, $cvsversion) = @_;
open(FILE, "<$filename") || return(0);
@all_lines = ();
$idpos = -1;
$newidpos = -1;
for ($i = 0; <FILE>; $i++) {
chop;
push(@all_lines, $_);
if ($_ =~ /$IDstring/) {
$idpos = $i;
}
if ($_ =~ /$NewId/) {
$newidpos = $i;
}
}
if (grep(/$LogString1/, @all_lines) || grep(/$LogString2/, @all_lines)) {
print STDERR sprintf($NoLog, $filename);
return(1);
}
if ($debug != 0) {
print STDERR sprintf("file = %s, version = %d.\n", $filename, $cvsversion{$filename});
}
if ($cvsversion{$filename} == 0) {
if ($newidpos != -1 && $all_lines[$newidpos] !~ /$NewId/) {
print STDERR sprintf($NoName, $filename);
return(1);
}
return(0);
}
if ($idpos == -1) {
print STDERR sprintf($NoId, $filename);
return(1);
}
$line = $all_lines[$idpos];
$pos = index($line, "Id: ");
if ($debug != 0) {
print STDERR sprintf("%d in '%s'.\n", $pos, $line);
}
($id, $rname, $version) = split(' ', substr($line, $pos));
if ($rname ne "$filename,v") {
print STDERR sprintf($BadName, $filename, substr($rname, 0, length($rname)-2));
return(1);
}
if ($cvsversion{$filename} < $version) {
print STDERR sprintf($BadVersion, $filename, $filename, $cvsversion{$filename},
"newer", $version, $filename);
return(1);
}
if ($cvsversion{$filename} > $version) {
print STDERR sprintf($BadVersion, $filename, $filename, $cvsversion{$filename},
"older", $version, $filename);
return(1);
}
return(0);
}
#
# Main Body
#
$id = getpgrp(); # You *must* use a shell that does setpgrp()!
# Check each file (except dot files) for an RCS "Id" keyword.
#
$check_id = 0;
# Record the directory for later use by the log_accumulate stript.
#
$record_directory = 0;
# parse command line arguments
#
while (@ARGV) {
$arg = shift @ARGV;
if ($arg eq '-d') {
$debug = 1;
print STDERR "Debug turned on...\n";
} elsif ($arg eq '-c') {
$check_id = 1;
} elsif ($arg eq '-r') {
$record_directory = 1;
} else {
push(@files, $arg);
}
}
$directory = shift @files;
if ($debug != 0) {
print STDERR "dir - ", $directory, "\n";
print STDERR "files - ", join(":", @files), "\n";
print STDERR "id - ", $id, "\n";
}
# Suck in the CVS/Entries file
#
open(ENTRIES, $ENTRIES) || die("Cannot open $ENTRIES.\n");
while (<ENTRIES>) {
local($filename, $version) = split('/', substr($_, 1));
$cvsversion{$filename} = $version;
}
# Now check each file name passed in, except for dot files. Dot files
# are considered to be administrative files by this script.
#
if ($check_id != 0) {
$failed = 0;
foreach $arg (@files) {
if (index($arg, ".") == 0) {
next;
}
$failed += &check_version($arg);
}
if ($failed) {
print STDERR "\n";
exit(1);
}
}
# Record this directory as the last one checked. This will be used
# by the log_accumulate script to determine when it is processing
# the final directory of a multi-directory commit.
#
if ($record_directory != 0) {
&write_line("$LAST_FILE.$id", $directory);
}
exit(0);

143
contrib/cvs/contrib/cvs_acls.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
#! xPERL_PATHx
# -*-Perl-*-
#
# $Id: cvs_acls.pl,v 1.2 1995/07/10 02:01:33 kfogel Exp $
#
# Access control lists for CVS. dgg@ksr.com (David G. Grubbs)
#
# CVS "commitinfo" for matching repository names, running the program it finds
# on the same line. More information is available in the CVS man pages.
#
# ==== INSTALLATION:
#
# To use this program as I intended, do the following four things:
#
# 0. Install PERL. :-)
#
# 1. Put one line, as the *only* non-comment line, in your commitinfo file:
#
# DEFAULT /usr/local/bin/cvs_acls
#
# 2. Install this file as /usr/local/bin/cvs_acls and make it executable.
#
# 3. Create a file named $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/avail.
#
# ==== FORMAT OF THE avail FILE:
#
# The avail file determines whether you may commit files. It contains lines
# read from top to bottom, keeping track of a single "bit". The "bit"
# defaults to "on". It can be turned "off" by "unavail" lines and "on" by
# "avail" lines. ==> Last one counts.
#
# Any line not beginning with "avail" or "unavail" is ignored.
#
# Lines beginning with "avail" or "unavail" are assumed to be '|'-separated
# triples: (All spaces and tabs are ignored in a line.)
#
# {avail.*,unavail.*} [| user,user,... [| repos,repos,...]]
#
# 1. String starting with "avail" or "unavail".
# 2. Optional, comma-separated list of usernames.
# 3. Optional, comma-separated list of repository pathnames.
# These are pathnames relative to $CVSROOT. They can be directories or
# filenames. A directory name allows access to all files and
# directories below it.
#
# Example: (Text from the ';;' rightward may not appear in the file.)
#
# unavail ;; Make whole repository unavailable.
# avail|dgg ;; Except for user "dgg".
# avail|fred, john|bin/ls ;; Except when "fred" or "john" commit to
# ;; the module whose repository is "bin/ls"
#
# PROGRAM LOGIC:
#
# CVS passes to @ARGV an absolute directory pathname (the repository
# appended to your $CVSROOT variable), followed by a list of filenames
# within that directory.
#
# We walk through the avail file looking for a line that matches both
# the username and repository.
#
# A username match is simply the user's name appearing in the second
# column of the avail line in a space-or-comma separate list.
#
# A repository match is either:
# - One element of the third column matches $ARGV[0], or some
# parent directory of $ARGV[0].
# - Otherwise *all* file arguments ($ARGV[1..$#ARGV]) must be
# in the file list in one avail line.
# - In other words, using directory names in the third column of
# the avail file allows committing of any file (or group of
# files in a single commit) in the tree below that directory.
# - If individual file names are used in the third column of
# the avail file, then files must be committed individually or
# all files specified in a single commit must all appear in
# third column of a single avail line.
#
$debug = 0;
$cvsroot = $ENV{'CVSROOT'};
$availfile = $cvsroot . "/CVSROOT/avail";
$myname = $ENV{"USER"} if !($myname = $ENV{"LOGNAME"});
eval "print STDERR \$die='Unknown parameter $1\n' if !defined \$$1; \$$1=\$';"
while ($ARGV[0] =~ /^(\w+)=/ && shift(@ARGV));
exit 255 if $die; # process any variable=value switches
die "Must set CVSROOT\n" if !$cvsroot;
($repos = shift) =~ s:^$cvsroot/::;
grep($_ = $repos . '/' . $_, @ARGV);
print "$$ Repos: $repos\n","$$ ==== ",join("\n$$ ==== ",@ARGV),"\n" if $debug;
$exit_val = 0; # Good Exit value
$universal_off = 0;
open (AVAIL, $availfile) || exit(0); # It is ok for avail file not to exist
while (<AVAIL>) {
chop;
next if /^\s*\#/;
next if /^\s*$/;
($flagstr, $u, $m) = split(/[\s,]*\|[\s,]*/, $_);
# Skip anything not starting with "avail" or "unavail" and complain.
(print "Bad avail line: $_\n"), next
if ($flagstr !~ /^avail/ && $flagstr !~ /^unavail/);
# Set which bit we are playing with. ('0' is OK == Available).
$flag = (($& eq "avail") ? 0 : 1);
# If we find a "universal off" flag (i.e. a simple "unavail") remember it
$universal_off = 1 if ($flag && !$u && !$m);
# $myname considered "in user list" if actually in list or is NULL
$in_user = (!$u || grep ($_ eq $myname, split(/[\s,]+/,$u)));
print "$$ \$myname($myname) in user list: $_\n" if $debug && $in_user;
# Module matches if it is a NULL module list in the avail line. If module
# list is not null, we check every argument combination.
if (!($in_repo = !$m)) {
@tmp = split(/[\s,]+/,$m);
for $j (@tmp) {
# If the repos from avail is a parent(or equal) dir of $repos, OK
$in_repo = 1, last if ($repos eq $j || $repos =~ /^$j\//);
}
if (!$in_repo) {
$in_repo = 1;
for $j (@ARGV) {
last if !($in_repo = grep ($_ eq $j, @tmp));
}
}
}
print "$$ \$repos($repos) in repository list: $_\n" if $debug && $in_repo;
$exit_val = $flag if ($in_user && $in_repo);
print "$$ ==== \$exit_val = $exit_val\n$$ ==== \$flag = $flag\n" if $debug;
}
close(AVAIL);
print "$$ ==== \$exit_val = $exit_val\n" if $debug;
print "**** Access denied: Insufficient Karma ($myname|$repos)\n" if $exit_val;
print "**** Access allowed: Personal Karma exceeds Environmental Karma.\n"
if $universal_off && !$exit_val;
exit($exit_val);

53
contrib/cvs/contrib/cvscheck.man Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
.\" $Id: cvscheck.man,v 1.1.1.3 1995/08/28 16:20:24 jimb Exp $
.\" Contributed by Lowell Skoog <fluke!lowell@uunet.uu.net>
.TH CVSCHECK LOCAL "4 March 1991" FLUKE
.SH NAME
cvscheck \- identify files added, changed, or removed in a CVS working
directory
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B cvscheck
.SH DESCRIPTION
This command is a housekeeping aid. It should be run in a working
directory that has been checked out using CVS. It identifies files
that have been added, changed, or removed in the working directory, but
not CVS
.BR commit ted.
It also determines whether the files have been CVS
.BR add ed
or CVS
.BR remove d.
For directories, this command determines only whether they have been
.BR add ed.
It operates in the current directory only.
.LP
This command provides information that is available using CVS
.B status
and CVS
.BR diff .
The advantage of
.B cvscheck
is that its output is very concise. It saves you the strain (and
potential error) of interpreting the output of CVS
.B status
and
.BR diff .
.LP
See
.BR cvs (local)
or
.BR cvshelp (local)
for instructions on how to add or remove a file or directory in a
CVS-controlled package.
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
The exit status is 0 if no files have been added, changed, or removed
from the current directory. Otherwise, the command returns a count of
the adds, changes, and deletes.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR cvs (local),
.BR cvshelp (local)
.SH AUTHOR
Lowell Skoog
.br
Software Technology Group
.br
Technical Computing

84
contrib/cvs/contrib/cvscheck.sh Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
#! /bin/sh
# $Id: cvscheck.sh,v 1.1 1995/07/10 02:26:29 kfogel Exp $
#
# cvscheck - identify files added, changed, or removed
# in CVS working directory
#
# Contributed by Lowell Skoog <fluke!lowell@uunet.uu.net>
#
# This program should be run in a working directory that has been
# checked out using CVS. It identifies files that have been added,
# changed, or removed in the working directory, but not "cvs
# committed". It also determines whether the files have been "cvs
# added" or "cvs removed". For directories, it is only practical to
# determine whether they have been added.
name=cvscheck
changes=0
# If we can't run CVS commands in this directory
cvs status . > /dev/null 2>&1
if [ $? != 0 ] ; then
# Bail out
echo "$name: there is no version here; bailing out" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Identify files added to working directory
for file in .* * ; do
# Skip '.' and '..'
if [ $file = '.' -o $file = '..' ] ; then
continue
fi
# If a regular file
if [ -f $file ] ; then
if cvs status $file | grep -s '^From:[ ]*New file' ; then
echo "file added: $file - not CVS committed"
changes=`expr $changes + 1`
elif cvs status $file | grep -s '^From:[ ]*no entry for' ; then
echo "file added: $file - not CVS added, not CVS committed"
changes=`expr $changes + 1`
fi
# Else if a directory
elif [ -d $file -a $file != CVS.adm ] ; then
# Move into it
cd $file
# If CVS commands don't work inside
cvs status . > /dev/null 2>&1
if [ $? != 0 ] ; then
echo "directory added: $file - not CVS added"
changes=`expr $changes + 1`
fi
# Move back up
cd ..
fi
done
# Identify changed files
changedfiles=`cvs diff | egrep '^diff' | awk '{print $3}'`
for file in $changedfiles ; do
echo "file changed: $file - not CVS committed"
changes=`expr $changes + 1`
done
# Identify files removed from working directory
removedfiles=`cvs status | egrep '^File:[ ]*no file' | awk '{print $4}'`
# Determine whether each file has been cvs removed
for file in $removedfiles ; do
if cvs status $file | grep -s '^From:[ ]*-' ; then
echo "file removed: $file - not CVS committed"
else
echo "file removed: $file - not CVS removed, not CVS committed"
fi
changes=`expr $changes + 1`
done
exit $changes

562
contrib/cvs/contrib/cvshelp.man Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
.\" $Id: cvshelp.man,v 1.1.1.3 1995/08/28 16:20:28 jimb Exp $
.\" Contributed by Lowell Skoog <fluke!lowell@uunet.uu.net>
.\" Full space in nroff; half space in troff
.de SP
.if n .sp
.if t .sp .5
..
.\" Start a command example
.de XS
.SP
.in +.5i
.ft B
.nf
..
.\" End a command example
.de XE
.fi
.ft P
.in -.5i
.SP
..
.TH CVSHELP LOCAL "17 March 1991" FLUKE
.SH NAME
cvshelp \- advice on using the Concurrent Versions System
.SH DESCRIPTION
This man page is based on experience using CVS.
It is bound to change as we gain more experience.
If you come up with better advice than is found here,
contact the Software Technology
Group and we will add it to this page.
.SS "Getting Started"
Use the following steps to prepare to use CVS:
.TP
\(bu
Take a look at the CVS manual page to see what it can do for you, and
if it fits your environment (or can possibly be made to fit your
environment).
.XS
man cvs
.XE
If things look good, continue on...
.TP
\(bu
Setup the master source repository. Choose a directory with
ample disk space available for source files. This is where the RCS
`,v' files will be stored. Say you choose
.B /src/master
as the root
of your source repository. Make the
.SB CVSROOT.adm
directory in the root of the source repository:
.XS
mkdir /src/master/CVSROOT.adm
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Populate this directory with the
.I loginfo
and
.I modules
files from the
.B "/usr/doc/local/cvs"
directory. Edit these files to reflect your local source repository
environment \- they may be quite small initially, but will grow as
sources are added to your source repository. Turn these files into
RCS controlled files:
.XS
cd /src/master/CVSROOT.adm
ci \-m'Initial loginfo file' loginfo
ci \-m'Initial modules file' modules
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Run the command:
.XS
mkmodules /src/master/CVSROOT.adm
.XE
This will build the
.BR ndbm (3)
file for the modules database.
.TP
\(bu
Remember to edit the
.I modules
file manually when sources are checked
in with
.B checkin
or CVS
.BR add .
A copy of the
.I modules
file for editing can be retrieved with the command:
.XS
cvs checkout CVSROOT.adm
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Have all users of the CVS system set the
.SM CVSROOT
environment variable appropriately to reflect the placement of your
source repository. If the above example is used, the following
commands can be placed in a
.I .login
or
.I .profile
file:
.XS
setenv CVSROOT /src/master
.XE
for csh users, and
.XS
CVSROOT=/src/master; export CVSROOT
.XE
for sh users.
.SS "Placing Locally Written Sources Under CVS Control"
Say you want to place the `whizbang' sources under
CVS control. Say further that the sources have never
been under revision control before.
.TP
\(bu
Move the source hierarchy (lock, stock, and barrel)
into the master source repository:
.XS
mv ~/whizbang $CVSROOT
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Clean out unwanted object files:
.XS
cd $CVSROOT/whizbang
make clean
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Turn every file in the hierarchy into an RCS controlled file:
.XS
descend \-f 'ci \-t/dev/null \-m"Placed under CVS control" \-nV\fR\fIx\fR\fB_\fR\fIy\fR\fB *'
.XE
In this example, the initial release tag is \fBV\fIx\fB_\fIy\fR,
representing version \fIx\fR.\fIy\fR.
.LP
You can use CVS on sources that are already under RCS control.
The following example shows how.
In this example, the source package is called `skunkworks'.
.TP
\(bu
Move the source hierarchy into the master source
repository:
.XS
mv ~/skunkworks $CVSROOT
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Clean out unwanted object files:
.XS
cd $CVSROOT/skunkworks
make clean
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Clean out unwanted working files, leaving only the RCS `,v' files:
.XS
descend \-r rcsclean
.XE
Note: If any working files have been checked out and changed,
.B rcsclean
will fail. Check in the modified working files
and run the command again.
.TP
\(bu
Get rid of
.SB RCS
subdirectories. CVS does not use them.
.XS
descend \-r \-f 'mv RCS/*,v .'
descend \-r \-f 'rmdir RCS'
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Delete any unwanted files that remain in the source hierarchy. Then
make sure all files are under RCS control:
.XS
descend \-f 'ci \-t/dev/null \-m"Placed under CVS control" \-n\fR\fItag\fR\fB *'
.XE
.I tag
is the latest symbolic revision tag that you applied to your package
(if any). Note: This command will probably generate lots of error
messages (for directories and existing RCS files) that you can
ignore.
.SS "Placing a Third-Party Source Distribution Under CVS Control"
The
.B checkin
command checks third-party sources into CVS. The
difference between third-party sources and locally
written sources is that third-party sources must be checked into a
separate branch (called the
.IR "vendor branch" )
of the RCS tree. This makes it possible to merge local changes to
the sources with later releases from the vendor.
.TP
\(bu
Save the original distribution kit somewhere. For example, if the
master source repository is
.B /src/master
the distribution kit could be saved in
.BR /src/dist .
Organize the distribution directory so that each release
is clearly identifiable.
.TP
\(bu
Unpack the package in a scratch directory, for example
.BR ~/scratch .
.TP
\(bu
Create a repository for the package.
In this example, the package is called `Bugs-R-Us 4.3'.
.XS
mkdir $CVSROOT/bugs
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Check in the unpacked files:
.XS
cd ~/scratch
checkin \-m 'Bugs-R-Us 4.3 distribution' bugs VENDOR V4_3
.XE
There is nothing magic about the tag `VENDOR', which is applied to
the vendor branch. You can use whatever tag you want. `VENDOR' is a
useful convention.
.TP
\(bu
Never modify vendor files before checking them in.
Check in the files
.I exactly
as you unpacked them.
If you check in locally modified files, future vendor releases may
wipe out your local changes.
.SS "Working With CVS-Controlled Sources"
To use or edit the sources, you must check out a private copy.
For the following examples, the master files are assumed to reside in
.BR "$CVSROOT/behemoth" .
The working directory is
.BR "~/work" .
See
.BR cvs (local)
for more details on the commands mentioned below.
.TP
.I "To Check Out Working Files
Use CVS
.BR checkout :
.XS
cd ~/work
cvs checkout behemoth
.XE
There is nothing magic about the working directory. CVS will check
out sources anywhere you like. Once you have a working copy of the
sources, you can compile or edit them as desired.
.TP
.I "To Display Changes You Have Made"
Use CVS
.BR diff
to display detailed changes, equivalent to
.BR rcsdiff (local).
You can also use
.BR cvscheck (local)
to list files added, changed, and removed in
the directory, but not yet
.BR commit ted.
You must be in a directory containing working files.
.TP
.I "To Display Revision Information"
Use CVS
.BR log ,
which is equivalent to
.BR rlog (local).
You must be in a directory containing working files.
.TP
.I "To Update Working Files"
Use CVS
.BR update
in a directory containing working files.
This command brings your working files up
to date with changes checked into the
master repository since you last checked out or updated
your files.
.TP
.I "To Check In Your Changes"
Use CVS
.BR commit
in a directory containing working files.
This command checks your changes into the master repository.
You can specify files by name or use
.XS
cvs commit \-a
.XE
to
.B commit
all the files you have changed.
.TP
.I "To Add a File"
Add the file to the working directory.
Use CVS
.B add
to mark the file as added.
Use CVS
.B commit
to add the file to the master repository.
.TP
.I "To Remove a File"
Remove the file from the working directory.
Use CVS
.B remove
to mark the file as removed.
Use CVS
.B commit
to move the file from its current location in the master repository
to the CVS
.IR Attic
directory.
.TP
.I "To Add a Directory"
Add the directory to the working directory.
Use CVS
.B add
to add the directory to the master repository.
.TP
.I "To Remove a Directory"
.br
You shouldn't remove directories under CVS. You should instead remove
their contents and then prune them (using the
.B \-f
and
.B \-p
options) when you
.B checkout
or
.B update
your working files.
.TP
.I "To Tag a Release"
Use CVS
.B tag
to apply a symbolic tag to the latest revision of each file in the
master repository. For example:
.XS
cvs tag V2_1 behemoth
.XE
.TP
.I "To Retrieve an Exact Copy of a Previous Release"
During a CVS
.B checkout
or
.BR update ,
use the
.B \-r
option to retrieve revisions associated with a symbolic tag.
Use the
.B \-f
option to ignore all RCS files that do not contain the
tag.
Use the
.B \-p
option to prune directories that wind up empty because none
of their files matched the tag. Example:
.XS
cd ~/work
cvs checkout \-r V2_1 \-f \-p behemoth
.XE
.SS "Logging Changes"
It is a good idea to keep a change log together with the
sources. As a minimum, the change log should name and describe each
tagged release. The change log should also be under CVS control and
should be tagged along with the sources.
.LP
.BR cvslog (local)
can help. This command logs
changes reported during CVS
.B commit
operations. It automatically
updates a change log file in your working directory. When you are
finished making changes, you (optionally) edit the change log file and
then commit it to the master repository.
.LP
Note: You must edit the change log to describe a new release
and
.B commit
it to the master repository
.I before
.BR tag ging
the release using CVS. Otherwise, the release description will not be
included in the tagged package.
.LP
See
.BR cvslog (local)
for more information.
.SS "Merging a Subsequent Third-Party Distribution"
The initial steps in this process are identical to placing a
third-party distribution under CVS for the first time: save the
distribution kit and unpack the package in a scratch directory. From
that point the steps diverge.
The following example considers release 5.0 of the
Bugs-R-Us package.
.TP
\(bu
Check in the sources after unpacking them:
.XS
cd ~/scratch
checkin \-m 'Bugs-R-Us 5.0 distribution' bugs VENDOR V5_0 \\
| tee ~/WARNINGS
.XE
It is important to save the output of
.B checkin
in a file
because it lists the sources that have been locally modified.
It is best to save the file in a different directory (for example,
your home directory). Otherwise,
.B checkin
will try to check it into the master repository.
.TP
\(bu
In your usual working directory, check out a fresh copy of the
distribution that you just checked in.
.XS
cd ~/work
cvs checkout \-r VENDOR bugs
.XE
The
.B checkout
command shown above retrieves the latest revision on the vendor branch.
.TP
\(bu
See the `WARNINGS' file for a list of all locally modified
sources.
For each locally modified source,
look at the differences between
the new distribution and the latest local revision:
.XS
cvs diff \-r \fR\fILocalRev file\fR\fB
.XE
In this command,
.I LocalRev
is the latest
numeric or symbolic revision
on the RCS trunk of
.IR file .
You can use CVS
.B log
to get the revision history.
.TP
\(bu
If your local modifications to a file have been incorporated into
the vendor's distribution, then you should reset the default RCS
branch for that file to the vendor branch. CVS doesn't provide a
mechanism to do this. You have to do it by hand in the master
repository:
.XS
rcs \-bVENDOR \fR\fIfile\fR\fB,v
.XE
.TP
\(bu
If your local modifications need to be merged with the
new distribution, use CVS
.B join
to do it:
.XS
cvs join \-r VENDOR \fR\fIfile\fR\fB
.XE
The resulting file will be placed in your working directory.
Edit it to resolve any overlaps.
.TP
\(bu
Test the merged package.
.TP
\(bu
Commit all modified files to the repository:
.XS
cvs commit \-a
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Tag the repository with a new local tag.
.SS "Applying Patches to Third-Party Sources"
Patches are handled in a manner very similar to complete
third-party distributions. This example considers patches applied to
Bugs-R-Us release 5.0.
.TP
\(bu
Save the patch files together with the distribution kit
to which they apply.
The patch file names should clearly indicate the patch
level.
.TP
\(bu
In a scratch directory, check out the last `clean' vendor copy \- the
highest revision on the vendor branch with
.IR "no local changes" :
.XS
cd ~/scratch
cvs checkout \-r VENDOR bugs
.XE
.TP
\(bu
Use
.BR patch (local)
to apply the patches. You should now have an image of the
vendor's software just as though you had received a complete,
new release.
.TP
\(bu
Proceed with the steps described for merging a subsequent third-party
distribution.
.TP
\(bu
Note: When you get to the step that requires you
to check out the new distribution after you have
checked it into the vendor branch, you should move to a different
directory. Do not attempt to
.B checkout
files in the directory in
which you applied the patches. If you do, CVS will try to merge the
changes that you made during patching with the version being checked
out and things will get very confusing. Instead,
go to a different directory (like your working directory) and
check out the files there.
.SS "Advice to Third-Party Source Hackers"
As you can see from the preceding sections, merging local changes
into third-party distributions remains difficult, and probably
always will. This fact suggests some guidelines:
.TP
\(bu
Minimize local changes.
.I Never
make stylistic changes.
Change makefiles only as much as needed for installation. Avoid
overhauling anything. Pray that the vendor does the same.
.TP
\(bu
Avoid renaming files or moving them around.
.TP
\(bu
Put independent, locally written files like help documents, local
tools, or man pages in a sub-directory called `local-additions'.
Locally written files that are linked into an existing executable
should be added right in with the vendor's sources (not in a
`local-additions' directory).
If, in the future,
the vendor distributes something
equivalent to your locally written files
you can CVS
.B remove
the files from the `local-additions' directory at that time.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR cvs (local),
.BR checkin (local),
.BR cvslog (local),
.BR cvscheck (local)
.SH AUTHOR
Lowell Skoog
.br
Software Technology Group
.br
Technical Computing

115
contrib/cvs/contrib/descend.man Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
.\" $Id: descend.man,v 1.1.1.3 1995/08/28 16:20:31 jimb Exp $
.TH DESCEND 1 "31 March 1992"
.SH NAME
descend \- walk directory tree and execute a command at each node
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B descend
[
.B \-afqrv
]
.I command
[
.I directory
\&.\|.\|.
]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B descend
walks down a directory tree and executes a command at each node. It
is not as versatile as
.BR find (1),
but it has a simpler syntax. If no
.I directory
is specified,
.B descend
starts at the current one.
.LP
Unlike
.BR find ,
.B descend
can be told to skip the special directories associated with RCS,
CVS, and SCCS. This makes
.B descend
especially handy for use with these packages. It can be used with
other commands too, of course.
.LP
.B descend
is a poor man's way to make any command recursive. Note:
.B descend
does not follow symbolic links to directories unless they are
specified on the command line.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP 15
.B \-a
.I All.
Descend into directories that begin with '.'.
.TP
.B \-f
.I Force.
Ignore errors during descent. Normally,
.B descend
quits when an error occurs.
.TP
.B \-q
.I Quiet.
Suppress the message `In directory
.IR directory '
that is normally printed during the descent.
.TP
.B \-r
.I Restricted.
Don't descend into the special directories
.SB RCS,
.SB CVS,
.SB CVS.adm,
and
.SB SCCS.
.TP
.B \-v
.I Verbose.
Print
.I command
before executing it.
.SH EXAMPLES
.TP 15
.B "descend ls"
Cheap substitute for `ls -R'.
.TP 15
.B "descend -f 'rm *' tree"
Strip `tree' of its leaves. This command descends the `tree'
directory, removing all regular files. Since
.BR rm (1)
does not remove directories, this command leaves the directory
structure of `tree' intact, but denuded. The
.B \-f
option is required to keep
.B descend
from quitting. You could use `rm \-f' instead.
.TP
.B "descend -r 'co RCS/*'" /project/src/
Check out every RCS file under the directory
.BR "/project/src" .
.TP
.B "descend -r 'cvs diff'"
Perform CVS `diff' operation on every directory below (and including)
the current one.
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
Returns 1 if errors occur (and the
.B \-f
option is not used). Otherwise returns 0.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR find (1),
.BR rcsintro (1),
.BR cvs (1),
.BR sccs (1)
.SH AUTHOR
Lowell Skoog
.br
Software Technology Group
.br
John Fluke Mfg. Co., Inc.
.SH BUGS
Shell metacharacters in
.I command
may have bizarre effects. In particular, compound commands
(containing ';', '[', and ']' characters) will not work. It is best
to enclose complicated commands in single quotes \(aa\ \(aa.

116
contrib/cvs/contrib/descend.sh Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
#! /bin/sh
# $Id: descend.sh,v 1.1 1995/07/10 02:26:32 kfogel Exp $
#
# descend - walk down a directory tree and execute a command at each node
fullname=$0
name=descend
usage="Usage: $name [-afqrv] command [directory ...]\n
\040\040-a\040\040All: descend into directories starting with '.'\n
\040\040-f\040\040Force: ignore errors during descent\n
\040\040-q\040\040Quiet: don't print directory names\n
\040\040-r\040\040Restricted: don't descend into RCS, CVS.adm, SCCS directories\n
\040\040-v\040\040Verbose: print command before executing it"
# Scan for options
while getopts afqrv option; do
case $option in
a)
alldirs=$option
options=$options" "-$option
;;
f)
force=$option
options=$options" "-$option
;;
q)
verbose=
quiet=$option
options=$options" "-$option
;;
r)
restricted=$option
options=$options" "-$option
;;
v)
verbose=$option
quiet=
options=$options" "-$option
;;
\?)
/usr/5bin/echo $usage 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
done
shift `expr $OPTIND - 1`
# Get command to execute
if [ $# -lt 1 ] ; then
/usr/5bin/echo $usage 1>&2
exit 1
else
command=$1
shift
fi
# If no directory specified, use '.'
if [ $# -lt 1 ] ; then
default_dir=.
fi
# For each directory specified
for dir in $default_dir "$@" ; do
# Spawn sub-shell so we return to starting directory afterward
(cd $dir
# Execute specified command
if [ -z "$quiet" ] ; then
echo In directory `hostname`:`pwd`
fi
if [ -n "$verbose" ] ; then
echo $command
fi
eval "$command" || if [ -z "$force" ] ; then exit 1; fi
# Collect dot file names if necessary
if [ -n "$alldirs" ] ; then
dotfiles=.*
else
dotfiles=
fi
# For each file in current directory
for file in $dotfiles * ; do
# Skip '.' and '..'
if [ "$file" = "." -o "$file" = ".." ] ; then
continue
fi
# If a directory but not a symbolic link
if [ -d "$file" -a ! -h "$file" ] ; then
# If not skipping this type of directory
if [ \( "$file" != "RCS" -a \
"$file" != "SCCS" -a \
"$file" != "CVS" -a \
"$file" != "CVS.adm" \) \
-o -z "$restricted" ] ; then
# Recursively descend into it
$fullname $options "$command" "$file" \
|| if [ -z "$force" ] ; then exit 1; fi
fi
# Else if a directory AND a symbolic link
elif [ -d "$file" -a -h "$file" ] ; then
if [ -z "$quiet" ] ; then
echo In directory `hostname`:`pwd`/$file: symbolic link: skipping
fi
fi
done
) || if [ -z "$force" ] ; then exit 1; fi
done

481
contrib/cvs/contrib/dirfns.shar Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
echo 'directory.3':
sed 's/^X//' >'directory.3' <<'!'
X.TH DIRECTORY 3 imported
X.DA 9 Oct 1985
X.SH NAME
Xopendir, readdir, telldir, seekdir, rewinddir, closedir \- high-level directory operations
X.SH SYNOPSIS
X.B #include <sys/types.h>
X.br
X.B #include <ndir.h>
X.PP
X.SM
X.B DIR
X.B *opendir(filename)
X.br
X.B char *filename;
X.PP
X.SM
X.B struct direct
X.B *readdir(dirp)
X.br
X.B DIR *dirp;
X.PP
X.SM
X.B long
X.B telldir(dirp)
X.br
X.B DIR *dirp;
X.PP
X.SM
X.B seekdir(dirp, loc)
X.br
X.B DIR *dirp;
X.br
X.B long loc;
X.PP
X.SM
X.B rewinddir(dirp)
X.br
X.B DIR *dirp;
X.PP
X.SM
X.B closedir(dirp)
X.br
X.B DIR *dirp;
X.SH DESCRIPTION
XThis library provides high-level primitives for directory scanning,
Xsimilar to those available for 4.2BSD's (very different) directory system.
X.\"The purpose of this library is to simulate
X.\"the new flexible length directory names of 4.2bsd UNIX
X.\"on top of the old directory structure of v7.
XIt incidentally provides easy portability to and from 4.2BSD (insofar
Xas such portability is not compromised by other 4.2/VAX dependencies).
X.\"It allows programs to be converted immediately
X.\"to the new directory access interface,
X.\"so that they need only be relinked
X.\"when moved to 4.2bsd.
X.\"It is obtained with the loader option
X.\".BR \-lndir .
X.PP
X.I Opendir
Xopens the directory named by
X.I filename
Xand associates a
X.I directory stream
Xwith it.
X.I Opendir
Xreturns a pointer to be used to identify the
X.I directory stream
Xin subsequent operations.
XThe pointer
X.SM
X.B NULL
Xis returned if
X.I filename
Xcannot be accessed or is not a directory.
X.PP
X.I Readdir
Xreturns a pointer to the next directory entry.
XIt returns
X.B NULL
Xupon reaching the end of the directory or detecting
Xan invalid
X.I seekdir
Xoperation.
X.PP
X.I Telldir
Xreturns the current location associated with the named
X.I directory stream.
X.PP
X.I Seekdir
Xsets the position of the next
X.I readdir
Xoperation on the
X.I directory stream.
XThe new position reverts to the one associated with the
X.I directory stream
Xwhen the
X.I telldir
Xoperation was performed.
XValues returned by
X.I telldir
Xare good only for the lifetime of the DIR pointer from
Xwhich they are derived.
XIf the directory is closed and then reopened,
Xthe
X.I telldir
Xvalue may be invalidated
Xdue to undetected directory compaction in 4.2BSD.
XIt is safe to use a previous
X.I telldir
Xvalue immediately after a call to
X.I opendir
Xand before any calls to
X.I readdir.
X.PP
X.I Rewinddir
Xresets the position of the named
X.I directory stream
Xto the beginning of the directory.
X.PP
X.I Closedir
Xcauses the named
X.I directory stream
Xto be closed,
Xand the structure associated with the DIR pointer to be freed.
X.PP
XA
X.I direct
Xstructure is as follows:
X.PP
X.RS
X.nf
Xstruct direct {
X /* unsigned */ long d_ino; /* inode number of entry */
X unsigned short d_reclen; /* length of this record */
X unsigned short d_namlen; /* length of string in d_name */
X char d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1]; /* name must be no longer than this */
X};
X.fi
X.RE
X.PP
XThe
X.I d_reclen
Xfield is meaningless in non-4.2BSD systems and should be ignored.
XThe use of a
X.I long
Xfor
X.I d_ino
Xis also a 4.2BSDism;
X.I ino_t
X(see
X.IR types (5))
Xshould be used elsewhere.
XThe macro
X.I DIRSIZ(dp)
Xgives the minimum memory size needed to hold the
X.I direct
Xvalue pointed to by
X.IR dp ,
Xwith the minimum necessary allocation for
X.IR d_name .
X.PP
XThe preferred way to search the current directory for entry ``name'' is:
X.PP
X.RS
X.nf
X len = strlen(name);
X dirp = opendir(".");
X if (dirp == NULL) {
X fprintf(stderr, "%s: can't read directory .\\n", argv[0]);
X return NOT_FOUND;
X }
X while ((dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL)
X if (dp->d_namlen == len && strcmp(dp->d_name, name) == 0) {
X closedir(dirp);
X return FOUND;
X }
X closedir(dirp);
X return NOT_FOUND;
X.RE
X.\".SH LINKING
X.\"This library is accessed by specifying ``-lndir'' as the
X.\"last argument to the compile line, e.g.:
X.\".PP
X.\" cc -I/usr/include/ndir -o prog prog.c -lndir
X.SH "SEE ALSO"
Xopen(2),
Xclose(2),
Xread(2),
Xlseek(2)
X.SH HISTORY
XWritten by
XKirk McKusick at Berkeley (ucbvax!mckusick).
XMiscellaneous bug fixes from elsewhere.
XThe size of the data structure has been decreased to avoid excessive
Xspace waste under V7 (where filenames are 14 characters at most).
XFor obscure historical reasons, the include file is also available
Xas
X.IR <ndir/sys/dir.h> .
XThe Berkeley version lived in a separate library (\fI\-lndir\fR),
Xwhereas ours is
Xpart of the C library, although the separate library is retained to
Xmaximize compatibility.
X.PP
XThis manual page has been substantially rewritten to be informative in
Xthe absence of a 4.2BSD manual.
X.SH BUGS
XThe
X.I DIRSIZ
Xmacro actually wastes a bit of space due to some padding requirements
Xthat are an artifact of 4.2BSD.
X.PP
XThe returned value of
X.I readdir
Xpoints to a static area that will be overwritten by subsequent calls.
X.PP
XThere are some unfortunate name conflicts with the \fIreal\fR V7
Xdirectory structure definitions.
!
echo 'dir.h':
sed 's/^X//' >'dir.h' <<'!'
X/* dir.h 4.4 82/07/25 */
X
X/*
X * A directory consists of some number of blocks of DIRBLKSIZ
X * bytes, where DIRBLKSIZ is chosen such that it can be transferred
X * to disk in a single atomic operation (e.g. 512 bytes on most machines).
X *
X * Each DIRBLKSIZ byte block contains some number of directory entry
X * structures, which are of variable length. Each directory entry has
X * a struct direct at the front of it, containing its inode number,
X * the length of the entry, and the length of the name contained in
X * the entry. These are followed by the name padded to a 4 byte boundary
X * with null bytes. All names are guaranteed null terminated.
X * The maximum length of a name in a directory is MAXNAMLEN.
X *
X * The macro DIRSIZ(dp) gives the amount of space required to represent
X * a directory entry. Free space in a directory is represented by
X * entries which have dp->d_reclen >= DIRSIZ(dp). All DIRBLKSIZ bytes
X * in a directory block are claimed by the directory entries. This
X * usually results in the last entry in a directory having a large
X * dp->d_reclen. When entries are deleted from a directory, the
X * space is returned to the previous entry in the same directory
X * block by increasing its dp->d_reclen. If the first entry of
X * a directory block is free, then its dp->d_ino is set to 0.
X * Entries other than the first in a directory do not normally have
X * dp->d_ino set to 0.
X */
X#define DIRBLKSIZ 512
X#ifdef VMUNIX
X#define MAXNAMLEN 255
X#else
X#define MAXNAMLEN 14
X#endif
X
Xstruct direct {
X /* unsigned */ long d_ino; /* inode number of entry */
X unsigned short d_reclen; /* length of this record */
X unsigned short d_namlen; /* length of string in d_name */
X char d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1]; /* name must be no longer than this */
X};
X
X/*
X * The DIRSIZ macro gives the minimum record length which will hold
X * the directory entry. This requires the amount of space in struct direct
X * without the d_name field, plus enough space for the name with a terminating
X * null byte (dp->d_namlen+1), rounded up to a 4 byte boundary.
X */
X#undef DIRSIZ
X#define DIRSIZ(dp) \
X ((sizeof (struct direct) - (MAXNAMLEN+1)) + (((dp)->d_namlen+1 + 3) &~ 3))
X
X#ifndef KERNEL
X/*
X * Definitions for library routines operating on directories.
X */
Xtypedef struct _dirdesc {
X int dd_fd;
X long dd_loc;
X long dd_size;
X char dd_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];
X} DIR;
X#ifndef NULL
X#define NULL 0
X#endif
Xextern DIR *opendir();
Xextern struct direct *readdir();
Xextern long telldir();
X#ifdef void
Xextern void seekdir();
Xextern void closedir();
X#endif
X#define rewinddir(dirp) seekdir((dirp), (long)0)
X#endif KERNEL
!
echo 'makefile':
sed 's/^X//' >'makefile' <<'!'
XDIR = closedir.o opendir.o readdir.o seekdir.o telldir.o
XCFLAGS=-O -I. -Dvoid=int
XDEST=..
X
Xall: $(DIR)
X
Xmv: $(DIR)
X mv $(DIR) $(DEST)
X
Xcpif: dir.h
X cp dir.h /usr/include/ndir.h
X
Xclean:
X rm -f *.o
!
echo 'closedir.c':
sed 's/^X//' >'closedir.c' <<'!'
Xstatic char sccsid[] = "@(#)closedir.c 4.2 3/10/82";
X
X#include <sys/types.h>
X#include <dir.h>
X
X/*
X * close a directory.
X */
Xvoid
Xclosedir(dirp)
X register DIR *dirp;
X{
X close(dirp->dd_fd);
X dirp->dd_fd = -1;
X dirp->dd_loc = 0;
X free((char *)dirp);
X}
!
echo 'opendir.c':
sed 's/^X//' >'opendir.c' <<'!'
X/* Copyright (c) 1982 Regents of the University of California */
X
Xstatic char sccsid[] = "@(#)opendir.c 4.4 11/12/82";
X
X#include <sys/types.h>
X#include <sys/stat.h>
X#include <dir.h>
X
X/*
X * open a directory.
X */
XDIR *
Xopendir(name)
X char *name;
X{
X register DIR *dirp;
X register int fd;
X struct stat statbuf;
X char *malloc();
X
X if ((fd = open(name, 0)) == -1)
X return NULL;
X if (fstat(fd, &statbuf) == -1 || !(statbuf.st_mode & S_IFDIR)) {
X close(fd);
X return NULL;
X }
X if ((dirp = (DIR *)malloc(sizeof(DIR))) == NULL) {
X close (fd);
X return NULL;
X }
X dirp->dd_fd = fd;
X dirp->dd_loc = 0;
X dirp->dd_size = 0; /* so that telldir will work before readdir */
X return dirp;
X}
!
echo 'readdir.c':
sed 's/^X//' >'readdir.c' <<'!'
X/* Copyright (c) 1982 Regents of the University of California */
X
Xstatic char sccsid[] = "@(#)readdir.c 4.3 8/8/82";
X
X#include <sys/types.h>
X#include <dir.h>
X
X/*
X * read an old stlye directory entry and present it as a new one
X */
X#define ODIRSIZ 14
X
Xstruct olddirect {
X ino_t od_ino;
X char od_name[ODIRSIZ];
X};
X
X/*
X * get next entry in a directory.
X */
Xstruct direct *
Xreaddir(dirp)
X register DIR *dirp;
X{
X register struct olddirect *dp;
X static struct direct dir;
X
X for (;;) {
X if (dirp->dd_loc == 0) {
X dirp->dd_size = read(dirp->dd_fd, dirp->dd_buf,
X DIRBLKSIZ);
X if (dirp->dd_size <= 0) {
X dirp->dd_size = 0;
X return NULL;
X }
X }
X if (dirp->dd_loc >= dirp->dd_size) {
X dirp->dd_loc = 0;
X continue;
X }
X dp = (struct olddirect *)(dirp->dd_buf + dirp->dd_loc);
X dirp->dd_loc += sizeof(struct olddirect);
X if (dp->od_ino == 0)
X continue;
X dir.d_ino = dp->od_ino;
X strncpy(dir.d_name, dp->od_name, ODIRSIZ);
X dir.d_name[ODIRSIZ] = '\0'; /* insure null termination */
X dir.d_namlen = strlen(dir.d_name);
X dir.d_reclen = DIRBLKSIZ;
X return (&dir);
X }
X}
!
echo 'seekdir.c':
sed 's/^X//' >'seekdir.c' <<'!'
Xstatic char sccsid[] = "@(#)seekdir.c 4.9 3/25/83";
X
X#include <sys/param.h>
X#include <dir.h>
X
X/*
X * seek to an entry in a directory.
X * Only values returned by "telldir" should be passed to seekdir.
X */
Xvoid
Xseekdir(dirp, loc)
X register DIR *dirp;
X long loc;
X{
X long curloc, base, offset;
X struct direct *dp;
X extern long lseek();
X
X curloc = telldir(dirp);
X if (loc == curloc)
X return;
X base = loc & ~(DIRBLKSIZ - 1);
X offset = loc & (DIRBLKSIZ - 1);
X (void) lseek(dirp->dd_fd, base, 0);
X dirp->dd_size = 0;
X dirp->dd_loc = 0;
X while (dirp->dd_loc < offset) {
X dp = readdir(dirp);
X if (dp == NULL)
X return;
X }
X}
!
echo 'telldir.c':
sed 's/^X//' >'telldir.c' <<'!'
Xstatic char sccsid[] = "@(#)telldir.c 4.1 2/21/82";
X
X#include <sys/types.h>
X#include <dir.h>
X
X/*
X * return a pointer into a directory
X */
Xlong
Xtelldir(dirp)
X DIR *dirp;
X{
X long lseek();
X
X return (lseek(dirp->dd_fd, 0L, 1) - dirp->dd_size + dirp->dd_loc);
X}
!
echo done

112
contrib/cvs/contrib/intro.doc Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
Date: Tue, 16 Jun 1992 17:05:23 +0200
From: Steven.Pemberton@cwi.nl
Message-Id: <9206161505.AA06927.steven@sijs.cwi.nl>
To: berliner@Sun.COM
Subject: cvs
INTRODUCTION TO USING CVS
CVS is a system that lets groups of people work simultaneously on
groups of files (for instance program sources).
It works by holding a central 'repository' of the most recent version
of the files. You may at any time create a personal copy of these
files; if at a later date newer versions of the files are put in the
repository, you can 'update' your copy.
You may edit your copy of the files freely. If new versions of the
files have been put in the repository in the meantime, doing an update
merges the changes in the central copy into your copy.
(It can be that when you do an update, the changes in the
central copy clash with changes you have made in your own
copy. In this case cvs warns you, and you have to resolve the
clash in your copy.)
When you are satisfied with the changes you have made in your copy of
the files, you can 'commit' them into the central repository.
(When you do a commit, if you haven't updated to the most
recent version of the files, cvs tells you this; then you have
to first update, resolve any possible clashes, and then redo
the commit.)
USING CVS
Suppose that a number of repositories have been stored in
/usr/src/cvs. Whenever you use cvs, the environment variable
CVSROOT must be set to this (for some reason):
CVSROOT=/usr/src/cvs
export CVSROOT
TO CREATE A PERSONAL COPY OF A REPOSITORY
Suppose you want a copy of the files in repository 'views' to be
created in your directory src. Go to the place where you want your
copy of the directory, and do a 'checkout' of the directory you
want:
cd $HOME/src
cvs checkout views
This creates a directory called (in this case) 'views' in the src
directory, containing a copy of the files, which you may now work
on to your heart's content.
TO UPDATE YOUR COPY
Use the command 'cvs update'.
This will update your copy with any changes from the central
repository, telling you which files have been updated (their names
are displayed with a U before them), and which have been modified
by you and not yet committed (preceded by an M). You will be
warned of any files that contain clashes, the clashes will be
marked in the file surrounded by lines of the form <<<< and >>>>.
TO COMMIT YOUR CHANGES
Use the command 'cvs commit'.
You will be put in an editor to make a message that describes the
changes that you have made (for future reference). Your changes
will then be added to the central copy.
ADDING AND REMOVING FILES
It can be that the changes you want to make involve a completely
new file, or removing an existing one. The commands to use here
are:
cvs add <filename>
cvs remove <filename>
You still have to do a commit after these commands. You may make
any number of new files in your copy of the repository, but they
will not be committed to the central copy unless you do a 'cvs add'.
OTHER USEFUL COMMANDS AND HINTS
To see the commit messages for files, and who made them, use:
cvs log [filenames]
To see the differences between your version and the central version:
cvs diff [filenames]
To give a file a new name, rename it and do an add and a remove.
To lose your changes and go back to the version from the
repository, delete the file and do an update.
After an update where there have been clashes, your original
version of the file is saved as .#file.version.
All the cvs commands mentioned accept a flag '-n', that doesn't do
the action, but lets you see what would happen. For instance, you
can use 'cvs -n update' to see which files would be updated.
MORE INFORMATION
This is necessarily a very brief introduction. See the manual page
(man cvs) for full details.

169
contrib/cvs/contrib/log.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
#! xPERL_PATHx
# -*-Perl-*-
#
#ident "$CVSid$"
#
# XXX: FIXME: handle multiple '-f logfile' arguments
#
# XXX -- I HATE Perl! This *will* be re-written in shell/awk/sed soon!
#
# Usage: log.pl [[-m user] ...] [-s] -f logfile 'dirname file ...'
#
# -m user - for each user to receive cvs log reports
# (multiple -m's permitted)
# -s - to prevent "cvs status -v" messages
# -f logfile - for the logfile to append to (mandatory,
# but only one logfile can be specified).
# here is what the output looks like:
#
# From: woods@kuma.domain.top
# Subject: CVS update: testmodule
#
# Date: Wednesday November 23, 1994 @ 14:15
# Author: woods
#
# Update of /local/src-CVS/testmodule
# In directory kuma:/home/kuma/woods/work.d/testmodule
#
# Modified Files:
# test3
# Added Files:
# test6
# Removed Files:
# test4
# Log Message:
# - wow, what a test
#
# (and for each file the "cvs status -v" output is appended unless -s is used)
#
# ==================================================================
# File: test3 Status: Up-to-date
#
# Working revision: 1.41 Wed Nov 23 14:15:59 1994
# Repository revision: 1.41 /local/src-CVS/cvs/testmodule/test3,v
# Sticky Options: -ko
#
# Existing Tags:
# local-v2 (revision: 1.7)
# local-v1 (revision: 1.1.1.2)
# CVS-1_4A2 (revision: 1.1.1.2)
# local-v0 (revision: 1.2)
# CVS-1_4A1 (revision: 1.1.1.1)
# CVS (branch: 1.1.1)
$cvsroot = $ENV{'CVSROOT'};
# turn off setgid
#
$) = $(;
$dostatus = 1;
# parse command line arguments
#
while (@ARGV) {
$arg = shift @ARGV;
if ($arg eq '-m') {
$users = "$users " . shift @ARGV;
} elsif ($arg eq '-f') {
($logfile) && die "Too many '-f' args";
$logfile = shift @ARGV;
} elsif ($arg eq '-s') {
$dostatus = 0;
} else {
($donefiles) && die "Too many arguments!\n";
$donefiles = 1;
@files = split(/ /, $arg);
}
}
# the first argument is the module location relative to $CVSROOT
#
$modulepath = shift @files;
$mailcmd = "| Mail -s 'CVS update: $modulepath'";
# Initialise some date and time arrays
#
@mos = (January,February,March,April,May,June,July,August,September,
October,November,December);
@days = (Sunday,Monday,Tuesday,Wednesday,Thursday,Friday,Saturday);
($sec,$min,$hour,$mday,$mon,$year,$wday,$yday,$isdst) = localtime;
# get a login name for the guy doing the commit....
#
$login = getlogin || (getpwuid($<))[0] || "nobody";
# open log file for appending
#
open(OUT, ">>" . $logfile) || die "Could not open(" . $logfile . "): $!\n";
# send mail, if there's anyone to send to!
#
if ($users) {
$mailcmd = "$mailcmd $users";
open(MAIL, $mailcmd) || die "Could not Exec($mailcmd): $!\n";
}
# print out the log Header
#
print OUT "\n";
print OUT "****************************************\n";
print OUT "Date:\t$days[$wday] $mos[$mon] $mday, 19$year @ $hour:" . sprintf("%02d", $min) . "\n";
print OUT "Author:\t$login\n\n";
if (MAIL) {
print MAIL "\n";
print MAIL "Date:\t$days[$wday] $mos[$mon] $mday, 19$year @ $hour:" . sprintf("%02d", $min) . "\n";
print MAIL "Author:\t$login\n\n";
}
# print the stuff from logmsg that comes in on stdin to the logfile
#
open(IN, "-");
while (<IN>) {
print OUT $_;
if (MAIL) {
print MAIL $_;
}
}
close(IN);
print OUT "\n";
# after log information, do an 'cvs -Qq status -v' on each file in the arguments.
#
if ($dostatus != 0) {
while (@files) {
$file = shift @files;
if ($file eq "-") {
print OUT "[input file was '-']\n";
if (MAIL) {
print MAIL "[input file was '-']\n";
}
last;
}
open(RCS, "-|") || exec 'cvs', '-nQq', 'status', '-v', $file;
while (<RCS>) {
print OUT;
if (MAIL) {
print MAIL;
}
}
close(RCS);
}
}
close(OUT);
die "Write to $logfile failed" if $?;
close(MAIL);
die "Pipe to $mailcmd failed" if $?;
## must exit cleanly
##
exit 0;

560
contrib/cvs/contrib/log_accum.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
#! xPERL_PATHx
# -*-Perl-*-
#
#ident "@(#)ccvs/contrib:$Name: $:$Id: log_accum.pl,v 1.4 1996/03/06 15:27:09 woods Exp $"
#
# Perl filter to handle the log messages from the checkin of files in
# a directory. This script will group the lists of files by log
# message, and mail a single consolidated log message at the end of
# the commit.
#
# This file assumes a pre-commit checking program that leaves the
# names of the first and last commit directories in a temporary file.
#
# Contributed by David Hampton <hampton@cisco.com>
#
# hacked greatly by Greg A. Woods <woods@planix.com>
# Usage: log_accum.pl [-d] [-s] [-M module] [[-m mailto] ...] [[-R replyto] ...] [-f logfile]
# -d - turn on debugging
# -m mailto - send mail to "mailto" (multiple)
# -R replyto - set the "Reply-To:" to "replyto" (multiple)
# -M modulename - set module name to "modulename"
# -f logfile - write commit messages to logfile too
# -s - *don't* run "cvs status -v" for each file
#
# Configurable options
#
# set this to something that takes a whole message on stdin
$MAILER = "/usr/lib/sendmail -t";
#
# End user configurable options.
#
# Constants (don't change these!)
#
$STATE_NONE = 0;
$STATE_CHANGED = 1;
$STATE_ADDED = 2;
$STATE_REMOVED = 3;
$STATE_LOG = 4;
$LAST_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.lastdir";
$CHANGED_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.files.changed";
$ADDED_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.files.added";
$REMOVED_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.files.removed";
$LOG_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.files.log";
$FILE_PREFIX = "#cvs.files";
#
# Subroutines
#
sub cleanup_tmpfiles {
local($wd, @files);
$wd = `pwd`;
chdir("/tmp") || die("Can't chdir('/tmp')\n");
opendir(DIR, ".");
push(@files, grep(/^$FILE_PREFIX\..*\.$id$/, readdir(DIR)));
closedir(DIR);
foreach (@files) {
unlink $_;
}
unlink $LAST_FILE . "." . $id;
chdir($wd);
}
sub write_logfile {
local($filename, @lines) = @_;
open(FILE, ">$filename") || die("Cannot open log file $filename.\n");
print FILE join("\n", @lines), "\n";
close(FILE);
}
sub append_to_logfile {
local($filename, @lines) = @_;
open(FILE, ">$filename") || die("Cannot open log file $filename.\n");
print FILE join("\n", @lines), "\n";
close(FILE);
}
sub format_names {
local($dir, @files) = @_;
local(@lines);
$format = "\t%-" . sprintf("%d", length($dir)) . "s%s ";
$lines[0] = sprintf($format, $dir, ":");
if ($debug) {
print STDERR "format_names(): dir = ", $dir, "; files = ", join(":", @files), ".\n";
}
foreach $file (@files) {
if (length($lines[$#lines]) + length($file) > 65) {
$lines[++$#lines] = sprintf($format, " ", " ");
}
$lines[$#lines] .= $file . " ";
}
@lines;
}
sub format_lists {
local(@lines) = @_;
local(@text, @files, $lastdir);
if ($debug) {
print STDERR "format_lists(): ", join(":", @lines), "\n";
}
@text = ();
@files = ();
$lastdir = shift @lines; # first thing is always a directory
if ($lastdir !~ /.*\/$/) {
die("Damn, $lastdir doesn't look like a directory!\n");
}
foreach $line (@lines) {
if ($line =~ /.*\/$/) {
push(@text, &format_names($lastdir, @files));
$lastdir = $line;
@files = ();
} else {
push(@files, $line);
}
}
push(@text, &format_names($lastdir, @files));
@text;
}
sub append_names_to_file {
local($filename, $dir, @files) = @_;
if (@files) {
open(FILE, ">>$filename") || die("Cannot open file $filename.\n");
print FILE $dir, "\n";
print FILE join("\n", @files), "\n";
close(FILE);
}
}
sub read_line {
local($line);
local($filename) = @_;
open(FILE, "<$filename") || die("Cannot open file $filename.\n");
$line = <FILE>;
close(FILE);
chop($line);
$line;
}
sub read_logfile {
local(@text);
local($filename, $leader) = @_;
open(FILE, "<$filename");
while (<FILE>) {
chop;
push(@text, $leader.$_);
}
close(FILE);
@text;
}
sub build_header {
local($header);
local($sec,$min,$hour,$mday,$mon,$year,$wday,$yday,$isdst) = localtime(time);
$header = sprintf("CVSROOT:\t%s\nModule name:\t%s\nChanges by:\t%s@%s\t%02d/%02d/%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
$cvsroot,
$modulename,
$login, $hostdomain,
$year%100, $mon+1, $mday,
$hour, $min, $sec);
}
sub mail_notification {
local(@text) = @_;
# if only we had strftime()... stuff stolen from perl's ctime.pl:
local($[) = 0;
@DoW = ('Sun','Mon','Tue','Wed','Thu','Fri','Sat');
@MoY = ('Jan','Feb','Mar','Apr','May','Jun',
'Jul','Aug','Sep','Oct','Nov','Dec');
# Determine what time zone is in effect.
# Use GMT if TZ is defined as null, local time if TZ undefined.
# There's no portable way to find the system default timezone.
#
$TZ = defined($ENV{'TZ'}) ? ( $ENV{'TZ'} ? $ENV{'TZ'} : 'GMT' ) : '';
# Hack to deal with 'PST8PDT' format of TZ
# Note that this can't deal with all the esoteric forms, but it
# does recognize the most common: [:]STDoff[DST[off][,rule]]
#
if ($TZ =~ /^([^:\d+\-,]{3,})([+-]?\d{1,2}(:\d{1,2}){0,2})([^\d+\-,]{3,})?/) {
$TZ = $isdst ? $4 : $1;
$tzoff = sprintf("%05d", -($2) * 100);
}
# perl-4.036 doesn't have the $zone or $gmtoff...
($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $mon, $year, $wday, $yday, $isdst, $zone, $gmtoff) =
($TZ eq 'GMT') ? gmtime(time) : localtime(time);
$year += ($year < 70) ? 2000 : 1900;
if ($gmtoff != 0) {
$tzoff = sprintf("%05d", ($gmtoff / 60) * 100);
}
if ($zone ne '') {
$TZ = $zone;
}
# ok, let's try....
$rfc822date = sprintf("%s, %2d %s %4d %2d:%02d:%02d %s (%s)",
$DoW[$wday], $mday, $MoY[$mon], $year,
$hour, $min, $sec, $tzoff, $TZ);
open(MAIL, "| $MAILER");
print MAIL "Date: " . $rfc822date . "\n";
print MAIL "Subject: CVS Update: " . $modulename . "\n";
print MAIL "To: " . $mailto . "\n";
print MAIL "From: " . $login . "@" . $hostdomain . "\n";
print MAIL "Reply-To: " . $replyto . "\n";
print MAIL "\n";
print MAIL join("\n", @text), "\n";
close(MAIL);
}
sub write_commitlog {
local($logfile, @text) = @_;
open(FILE, ">>$logfile");
print FILE join("\n", @text), "\n";
close(FILE);
}
#
# Main Body
#
# Initialize basic variables
#
$debug = 0;
$id = getpgrp(); # note, you *must* use a shell which does setpgrp()
$state = $STATE_NONE;
$login = getlogin || (getpwuid($<))[0] || "nobody";
chop($hostname = `hostname`);
chop($domainname = `domainname`);
$hostdomain = $hostname . $domainname;
$cvsroot = $ENV{'CVSROOT'};
$do_status = 1;
$modulename = "";
# parse command line arguments (file list is seen as one arg)
#
while (@ARGV) {
$arg = shift @ARGV;
if ($arg eq '-d') {
$debug = 1;
print STDERR "Debug turned on...\n";
} elsif ($arg eq '-m') {
if ($mailto eq '') {
$mailto = shift @ARGV;
} else {
$mailto = $mailto . ", " . shift @ARGV;
}
} elsif ($arg eq '-R') {
if ($replyto eq '') {
$replyto = shift @ARGV;
} else {
$replyto = $replyto . ", " . shift @ARGV;
}
} elsif ($arg eq '-M') {
$modulename = shift @ARGV;
} elsif ($arg eq '-s') {
$do_status = 0;
} elsif ($arg eq '-f') {
($commitlog) && die("Too many '-f' args\n");
$commitlog = shift @ARGV;
} else {
($donefiles) && die("Too many arguments! Check usage.\n");
$donefiles = 1;
@files = split(/ /, $arg);
}
}
($mailto) || die("No mail recipient specified (use -m)\n");
if ($replyto eq '') {
$replyto = $login;
}
# for now, the first "file" is the repository directory being committed,
# relative to the $CVSROOT location
#
@path = split('/', $files[0]);
# XXX there are some ugly assumptions in here about module names and
# XXX directories relative to the $CVSROOT location -- really should
# XXX read $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/modules, but that's not so easy to do, since
# XXX we have to parse it backwards.
#
if ($modulename eq "") {
$modulename = $path[0]; # I.e. the module name == top-level dir
}
if ($#path == 0) {
$dir = ".";
} else {
$dir = join('/', @path);
}
$dir = $dir . "/";
if ($debug) {
print STDERR "module - ", $modulename, "\n";
print STDERR "dir - ", $dir, "\n";
print STDERR "path - ", join(":", @path), "\n";
print STDERR "files - ", join(":", @files), "\n";
print STDERR "id - ", $id, "\n";
}
# Check for a new directory first. This appears with files set as follows:
#
# files[0] - "path/name/newdir"
# files[1] - "-"
# files[2] - "New"
# files[3] - "directory"
#
if ($files[2] =~ /New/ && $files[3] =~ /directory/) {
local(@text);
@text = ();
push(@text, &build_header());
push(@text, "");
push(@text, $files[0]);
push(@text, "");
while (<STDIN>) {
chop; # Drop the newline
push(@text, $_);
}
&mail_notification($mailto, @text);
exit 0;
}
# Check for an import command. This appears with files set as follows:
#
# files[0] - "path/name"
# files[1] - "-"
# files[2] - "Imported"
# files[3] - "sources"
#
if ($files[2] =~ /Imported/ && $files[3] =~ /sources/) {
local(@text);
@text = ();
push(@text, &build_header());
push(@text, "");
push(@text, $files[0]);
push(@text, "");
while (<STDIN>) {
chop; # Drop the newline
push(@text, $_);
}
&mail_notification(@text);
exit 0;
}
# Iterate over the body of the message collecting information.
#
while (<STDIN>) {
chop; # Drop the newline
if (/^In directory/) {
push(@log_lines, $_);
push(@log_lines, "");
next;
}
if (/^Modified Files/) { $state = $STATE_CHANGED; next; }
if (/^Added Files/) { $state = $STATE_ADDED; next; }
if (/^Removed Files/) { $state = $STATE_REMOVED; next; }
if (/^Log Message/) { $state = $STATE_LOG; next; }
s/^[ \t\n]+//; # delete leading whitespace
s/[ \t\n]+$//; # delete trailing whitespace
if ($state == $STATE_CHANGED) { push(@changed_files, split); }
if ($state == $STATE_ADDED) { push(@added_files, split); }
if ($state == $STATE_REMOVED) { push(@removed_files, split); }
if ($state == $STATE_LOG) { push(@log_lines, $_); }
}
# Strip leading and trailing blank lines from the log message. Also
# compress multiple blank lines in the body of the message down to a
# single blank line.
#
while ($#log_lines > -1) {
last if ($log_lines[0] ne "");
shift(@log_lines);
}
while ($#log_lines > -1) {
last if ($log_lines[$#log_lines] ne "");
pop(@log_lines);
}
for ($i = $#log_lines; $i > 0; $i--) {
if (($log_lines[$i - 1] eq "") && ($log_lines[$i] eq "")) {
splice(@log_lines, $i, 1);
}
}
if ($debug) {
print STDERR "Searching for log file index...";
}
# Find an index to a log file that matches this log message
#
for ($i = 0; ; $i++) {
local(@text);
last if (! -e "$LOG_FILE.$i.$id"); # the next available one
@text = &read_logfile("$LOG_FILE.$i.$id", "");
last if ($#text == -1); # nothing in this file, use it
last if (join(" ", @log_lines) eq join(" ", @text)); # it's the same log message as another
}
if ($debug) {
print STDERR " found log file at $i.$id, now writing tmp files.\n";
}
# Spit out the information gathered in this pass.
#
&append_names_to_file("$CHANGED_FILE.$i.$id", $dir, @changed_files);
&append_names_to_file("$ADDED_FILE.$i.$id", $dir, @added_files);
&append_names_to_file("$REMOVED_FILE.$i.$id", $dir, @removed_files);
&write_logfile("$LOG_FILE.$i.$id", @log_lines);
# Check whether this is the last directory. If not, quit.
#
if ($debug) {
print STDERR "Checking current dir against last dir.\n";
}
$_ = &read_line("$LAST_FILE.$id");
if ($_ ne $cvsroot . "/" . $files[0]) {
if ($debug) {
print STDERR sprintf("Current directory %s is not last directory %s.\n", $cvsroot . "/" .$files[0], $_);
}
exit 0;
}
if ($debug) {
print STDERR sprintf("Current directory %s is last directory %s -- all commits done.\n", $files[0], $_);
}
#
# End Of Commits!
#
# This is it. The commits are all finished. Lump everything together
# into a single message, fire a copy off to the mailing list, and drop
# it on the end of the Changes file.
#
#
# Produce the final compilation of the log messages
#
@text = ();
@status_txt = ();
push(@text, &build_header());
push(@text, "");
for ($i = 0; ; $i++) {
last if (! -e "$LOG_FILE.$i.$id"); # we're done them all!
@lines = &read_logfile("$CHANGED_FILE.$i.$id", "");
if ($#lines >= 0) {
push(@text, "Modified files:");
push(@text, &format_lists(@lines));
}
@lines = &read_logfile("$ADDED_FILE.$i.$id", "");
if ($#lines >= 0) {
push(@text, "Added files:");
push(@text, &format_lists(@lines));
}
@lines = &read_logfile("$REMOVED_FILE.$i.$id", "");
if ($#lines >= 0) {
push(@text, "Removed files:");
push(@text, &format_lists(@lines));
}
if ($#text >= 0) {
push(@text, "");
}
@lines = &read_logfile("$LOG_FILE.$i.$id", "\t");
if ($#lines >= 0) {
push(@text, "Log message:");
push(@text, @lines);
push(@text, "");
}
if ($do_status) {
local(@changed_files);
@changed_files = ();
push(@changed_files, &read_logfile("$CHANGED_FILE.$i.$id", ""));
push(@changed_files, &read_logfile("$ADDED_FILE.$i.$id", ""));
push(@changed_files, &read_logfile("$REMOVED_FILE.$i.$id", ""));
if ($debug) {
print STDERR "main: pre-sort changed_files = ", join(":", @changed_files), ".\n";
}
sort(@changed_files);
if ($debug) {
print STDERR "main: post-sort changed_files = ", join(":", @changed_files), ".\n";
}
foreach $dofile (@changed_files) {
if ($dofile =~ /\/$/) {
next; # ignore the silly "dir" entries
}
if ($debug) {
print STDERR "main(): doing 'cvs -nQq status -v $dofile'\n";
}
open(STATUS, "-|") || exec 'cvs', '-nQq', 'status', '-v', $dofile;
while (<STATUS>) {
chop;
push(@status_txt, $_);
}
}
}
}
# Write to the commitlog file
#
if ($commitlog) {
&write_commitlog($commitlog, @text);
}
if ($#status_txt >= 0) {
push(@text, @status_txt);
}
# Mailout the notification.
#
&mail_notification(@text);
# cleanup
#
if (! $debug) {
&cleanup_tmpfiles();
}
exit 0;

88
contrib/cvs/contrib/mfpipe.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
#! xPERL_PATHx
# -*-Perl-*-
#
# From: clyne@niwot.scd.ucar.EDU (John Clyne)
# Date: Fri, 28 Feb 92 09:54:21 MST
#
# BTW, i wrote a perl script that is similar to 'nfpipe' except that in
# addition to logging to a file it provides a command line option for mailing
# change notices to a group of users. Obviously you probably wouldn't want
# to mail every change. But there may be certain directories that are commonly
# accessed by a group of users who would benefit from an email notice.
# Especially if they regularly beat on the same directory. Anyway if you
# think anyone would be interested here it is.
#
# $Id: mfpipe.pl,v 1.2 1995/07/10 02:01:57 kfogel Exp $
#
#
# File: mfpipe
#
# Author: John Clyne
# National Center for Atmospheric Research
# PO 3000, Boulder, Colorado
#
# Date: Wed Feb 26 18:34:53 MST 1992
#
# Description: Tee standard input to mail a list of users and to
# a file. Used by CVS logging.
#
# Usage: mfpipe [-f file] [user@host...]
#
# Environment: CVSROOT
# Path to CVS root.
#
# Files:
#
#
# Options: -f file
# Capture output to 'file'
#
$header = "Log Message:\n";
$mailcmd = "| mail -s 'CVS update notice'";
$whoami = `whoami`;
chop $whoami;
$date = `date`;
chop $date;
$cvsroot = $ENV{'CVSROOT'};
while (@ARGV) {
$arg = shift @ARGV;
if ($arg eq '-f') {
$file = shift @ARGV;
}
else {
$users = "$users $arg";
}
}
if ($users) {
$mailcmd = "$mailcmd $users";
open(MAIL, $mailcmd) || die "Execing $mail: $!\n";
}
if ($file) {
$logfile = "$cvsroot/LOG/$file";
open(FILE, ">> $logfile") || die "Opening $logfile: $!\n";
}
print FILE "$whoami $date--------BEGIN LOG ENTRY-------------\n" if ($logfile);
while (<>) {
print FILE $log if ($log && $logfile);
print FILE $_ if ($logfile);
print MAIL $_ if ($users);
$log = "log: " if ($_ eq $header);
}
close FILE;
die "Write failed" if $?;
close MAIL;
die "Mail failed" if $?;
exit 0;

185
contrib/cvs/contrib/rcs-to-cvs.sh Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
#! /bin/sh
#
# $Id: rcs-to-cvs.sh,v 1.2 1995/07/15 03:40:34 jimb Exp $
# Based on the CVS 1.0 checkin csh script.
# Contributed by Per Cederqvist <ceder@signum.se>.
# Rewritten in sh by David MacKenzie <djm@cygnus.com>.
#
# Copyright (c) 1989, Brian Berliner
#
# You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
#
#############################################################################
#
# Check in sources that previously were under RCS or no source control system.
#
# The repository is the directory where the sources should be deposited.
#
# Traverses the current directory, ensuring that an
# identical directory structure exists in the repository directory. It
# then checks the files in in the following manner:
#
# 1) If the file doesn't yet exist, check it in as revision 1.1
#
# The script also is somewhat verbose in letting the user know what is
# going on. It prints a diagnostic when it creates a new file, or updates
# a file that has been modified on the trunk.
#
# Bugs: doesn't put the files in branch 1.1.1
# doesn't put in release and vendor tags
#
#############################################################################
usage="Usage: rcs-to-cvs [-v] [-m message] [-f message_file] repository"
vbose=0
message=""
message_file=/usr/tmp/checkin.$$
got_one=0
if [ $# -lt 1 ]; then
echo "$usage" >&2
exit 1
fi
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case "$1" in
-v)
vbose=1
;;
-m)
shift
echo $1 > $message_file
got_one=1
;;
-f)
shift
message_file=$1
got_one=2
;;
*)
break
esac
shift
done
if [ $# -lt 1 ]; then
echo "$usage" >&2
exit 1
fi
repository=$1
shift
if [ -z "$CVSROOT" ]; then
echo "Please the environmental variable CVSROOT to the root" >&2
echo " of the tree you wish to update" >&2
exit 1
fi
if [ $got_one -eq 0 ]; then
echo "Please Edit this file to contain the RCS log information" >$message_file
echo "to be associated with this directory (please remove these lines)">>$message_file
${EDITOR-/usr/ucb/vi} $message_file
got_one=1
fi
# Ya gotta share.
umask 0
update_dir=${CVSROOT}/${repository}
[ ! -d ${update_dir} ] && mkdir $update_dir
if [ -d SCCS ]; then
echo SCCS files detected! >&2
exit 1
fi
if [ -d RCS ]; then
co RCS/*
fi
for name in * .[a-zA-Z0-9]*
do
case "$name" in
RCS | *~ | \* | .\[a-zA-Z0-9\]\* ) continue ;;
esac
echo $name
if [ $vbose -ne 0 ]; then
echo "Updating ${repository}/${name}"
fi
if [ -d "$name" ]; then
if [ ! -d "${update_dir}/${name}" ]; then
echo "WARNING: Creating new directory ${repository}/${name}"
mkdir "${update_dir}/${name}"
if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
echo "ERROR: mkdir failed - aborting" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
cd "$name"
if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
echo "ERROR: Couldn\'t cd to $name - aborting" >&2
exit 1
fi
if [ $vbose -ne 0 ]; then
$0 -v -f $message_file "${repository}/${name}"
else
$0 -f $message_file "${repository}/${name}"
fi
if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
exit 1
fi
cd ..
else # if not directory
if [ ! -f "$name" ]; then
echo "WARNING: $name is neither a regular file"
echo " nor a directory - ignored"
continue
fi
file="${update_dir}/${name},v"
comment=""
if grep -s '\$Log.*\$' "${name}"; then # If $Log keyword
myext=`echo $name | sed 's,.*\.,,'`
[ "$myext" = "$name" ] && myext=
case "$myext" in
c | csh | e | f | h | l | mac | me | mm | ms | p | r | red | s | sh | sl | cl | ml | el | tex | y | ye | yr | "" )
;;
* )
echo "For file ${file}:"
grep '\$Log.*\$' "${name}"
echo -n "Please insert a comment leader for file ${name} > "
read comment
;;
esac
fi
if [ ! -f "$file" ]; then # If not exists in repository
if [ ! -f "${update_dir}/Attic/${name},v" ]; then
echo "WARNING: Creating new file ${repository}/${name}"
if [ -f RCS/"${name}",v ]; then
echo "MSG: Copying old rcs file."
cp RCS/"${name}",v "$file"
else
if [ -n "${comment}" ]; then
rcs -q -i -c"${comment}" -t${message_file} -m'.' "$file"
fi
ci -q -u1.1 -t${message_file} -m'.' "$file"
if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
echo "ERROR: Initial check-in of $file failed - aborting" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
else
file="${update_dir}/Attic/${name},v"
echo "WARNING: IGNORED: ${repository}/Attic/${name}"
continue
fi
else # File existed
echo "ERROR: File exists in repository: Ignored: $file"
continue
fi
fi
done
[ $got_one -eq 1 ] && rm -f $message_file
exit 0

592
contrib/cvs/contrib/rcs2log.sh Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,592 @@
#! /bin/sh
# RCS to ChangeLog generator
# Generate a change log prefix from RCS files and the ChangeLog (if any).
# Output the new prefix to standard output.
# You can edit this prefix by hand, and then prepend it to ChangeLog.
# Ignore log entries that start with `#'.
# Clump together log entries that start with `{topic} ',
# where `topic' contains neither white space nor `}'.
# Author: Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
# $Id: rcs2log.sh,v 1.2 1995/07/28 19:48:45 eggert Exp $
# Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
# the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
tab=' '
nl='
'
# Parse options.
# defaults
: ${AWK=awk}
: ${TMPDIR=/tmp}
hostname= # name of local host (if empty, will deduce it later)
indent=8 # indent of log line
length=79 # suggested max width of log line
logins= # login names for people we know fullnames and mailaddrs of
loginFullnameMailaddrs= # login<tab>fullname<tab>mailaddr triplets
recursive= # t if we want recursive rlog
rlog_options= # options to pass to rlog
tabwidth=8 # width of horizontal tab
while :
do
case $1 in
-i) indent=${2?}; shift;;
-h) hostname=${2?}; shift;;
-l) length=${2?}; shift;;
-[nu]) # -n is obsolescent; it is replaced by -u.
case $1 in
-n) case ${2?}${3?}${4?} in
*"$tab"* | *"$nl"*)
echo >&2 "$0: -n '$2' '$3' '$4': tabs, newlines not allowed"
exit 1
esac
loginFullnameMailaddrs=$loginFullnameMailaddrs$nl$2$tab$3$tab$4
shift; shift; shift;;
-u)
# If $2 is not tab-separated, use colon for separator.
case ${2?} in
*"$nl"*)
echo >&2 "$0: -u '$2': newlines not allowed"
exit 1;;
*"$tab"*)
t=$tab;;
*)
t=:
esac
case $2 in
*"$t"*"$t"*"$t"*)
echo >&2 "$0: -u '$2': too many fields"
exit 1;;
*"$t"*"$t"*)
;;
*)
echo >&2 "$0: -u '$2': not enough fields"
exit 1
esac
loginFullnameMailaddrs=$loginFullnameMailaddrs$nl$2
shift
esac
logins=$logins$nl$login
;;
-r) rlog_options=$rlog_options$nl${2?}; shift;;
-R) recursive=t;;
-t) tabwidth=${2?}; shift;;
-*) echo >&2 "$0: usage: $0 [options] [file ...]
Options:
[-h hostname] [-i indent] [-l length] [-R] [-r rlog_option]
[-t tabwidth] [-u 'login<TAB>fullname<TAB>mailaddr']..."
exit 1;;
*) break
esac
shift
done
month_data='
m[0]="Jan"; m[1]="Feb"; m[2]="Mar"
m[3]="Apr"; m[4]="May"; m[5]="Jun"
m[6]="Jul"; m[7]="Aug"; m[8]="Sep"
m[9]="Oct"; m[10]="Nov"; m[11]="Dec"
# days in non-leap year thus far, indexed by month (0-12)
mo[0]=0; mo[1]=31; mo[2]=59; mo[3]=90
mo[4]=120; mo[5]=151; mo[6]=181; mo[7]=212
mo[8]=243; mo[9]=273; mo[10]=304; mo[11]=334
mo[12]=365
'
# Put rlog output into $rlogout.
# If no rlog options are given,
# log the revisions checked in since the first ChangeLog entry.
case $rlog_options in
'')
date=1970
if test -s ChangeLog
then
# Add 1 to seconds to avoid duplicating most recent log.
e='
/^... ... [ 0-9][0-9] [ 0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9] [0-9]+ /{
'"$month_data"'
year = $5
for (i=0; i<=11; i++) if (m[i] == $2) break
dd = $3
hh = substr($0,12,2)
mm = substr($0,15,2)
ss = substr($0,18,2)
ss++
if (ss == 60) {
ss = 0
mm++
if (mm == 60) {
mm = 0
hh++
if (hh == 24) {
hh = 0
dd++
monthdays = mo[i+1] - mo[i]
if (i == 1 && year%4 == 0 && (year%100 != 0 || year%400 == 0)) monthdays++
if (dd == monthdays + 1) {
dd = 1
i++
if (i == 12) {
i = 0
year++
}
}
}
}
}
# Output comma instead of space to avoid CVS 1.5 bug.
printf "%d/%02d/%02d,%02d:%02d:%02d\n", year,i+1,dd,hh,mm,ss
exit
}
'
d=`$AWK "$e" <ChangeLog` || exit
case $d in
?*) date=$d
esac
fi
datearg="-d>$date"
esac
# If CVS is in use, examine its repository, not the normal RCS files.
if test ! -f CVS/Repository
then
rlog=rlog
repository=
else
rlog='cvs log'
repository=`sed 1q <CVS/Repository` || exit
test ! -f CVS/Root || CVSROOT=`cat <CVS/Root` || exit
case $CVSROOT in
*:/*)
# remote repository
;;
*)
# local repository
case $repository in
/*) ;;
*) repository=${CVSROOT?}/$repository
esac
if test ! -d "$repository"
then
echo >&2 "$0: $repository: bad repository (see CVS/Repository)"
exit 1
fi
esac
fi
# With no arguments, examine all files under the RCS directory.
case $# in
0)
case $repository in
'')
oldIFS=$IFS
IFS=$nl
case $recursive in
t)
RCSdirs=`find . -name RCS -type d -print`
filesFromRCSfiles='s|,v$||; s|/RCS/|/|; s|^\./||'
files=`
{
case $RCSdirs in
?*) find $RCSdirs -type f -print
esac
find . -name '*,v' -print
} |
sort -u |
sed "$filesFromRCSfiles"
`;;
*)
files=
for file in RCS/.* RCS/* .*,v *,v
do
case $file in
RCS/. | RCS/..) continue;;
RCS/.\* | RCS/\* | .\*,v | \*,v) test -f "$file" || continue
esac
files=$files$nl$file
done
case $files in
'') exit 0
esac
esac
set x $files
shift
IFS=$oldIFS
esac
esac
llogout=$TMPDIR/rcs2log$$l
rlogout=$TMPDIR/rcs2log$$r
trap exit 1 2 13 15
trap "rm -f $llogout $rlogout; exit 1" 0
case $rlog_options in
?*) $rlog $rlog_options ${1+"$@"} >$rlogout;;
'') $rlog "$datearg" ${1+"$@"} >$rlogout
esac || exit
# Get the full name of each author the logs mention, and set initialize_fullname
# to awk code that initializes the `fullname' awk associative array.
# Warning: foreign authors (i.e. not known in the passwd file) are mishandled;
# you have to fix the resulting output by hand.
initialize_fullname=
initialize_mailaddr=
case $loginFullnameMailaddrs in
?*)
case $loginFullnameMailaddrs in
*\"* | *\\*)
sed 's/["\\]/\\&/g' >$llogout <<EOF || exit
$loginFullnameMailaddrs
EOF
loginFullnameMailaddrs=`cat $llogout`
esac
oldIFS=$IFS
IFS=$nl
for loginFullnameMailaddr in $loginFullnameMailaddrs
do
case $loginFullnameMailaddr in
*"$tab"*) IFS=$tab;;
*) IFS=:
esac
set x $loginFullnameMailaddr
login=$2
fullname=$3
mailaddr=$4
initialize_fullname="$initialize_fullname
fullname[\"$login\"] = \"$fullname\""
initialize_mailaddr="$initialize_mailaddr
mailaddr[\"$login\"] = \"$mailaddr\""
done
IFS=$oldIFS
esac
case $llogout in
?*) sort -u -o $llogout <<EOF || exit
$logins
EOF
esac
output_authors='/^date: / {
if ($2 ~ /^[0-9]*[-\/][0-9][0-9][-\/][0-9][0-9]$/ && $3 ~ /^[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9][-+0-9:]*;$/ && $4 == "author:" && $5 ~ /^[^;]*;$/) {
print substr($5, 1, length($5)-1)
}
}'
authors=`
$AWK "$output_authors" <$rlogout |
case $llogout in
'') sort -u;;
?*) sort -u | comm -23 - $llogout
esac
`
case $authors in
?*)
cat >$llogout <<EOF || exit
$authors
EOF
initialize_author_script='s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/.*/author[\"&\"] = 1/'
initialize_author=`sed -e "$initialize_author_script" <$llogout`
awkscript='
BEGIN {
alphabet = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
ALPHABET = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
'"$initialize_author"'
}
{
if (author[$1]) {
fullname = $5
if (fullname ~ /[0-9]+-[^(]*\([0-9]+\)$/) {
# Remove the junk from fullnames like "0000-Admin(0000)".
fullname = substr(fullname, index(fullname, "-") + 1)
fullname = substr(fullname, 1, index(fullname, "(") - 1)
}
if (fullname ~ /,[^ ]/) {
# Some sites put comma-separated junk after the fullname.
# Remove it, but leave "Bill Gates, Jr" alone.
fullname = substr(fullname, 1, index(fullname, ",") - 1)
}
abbr = index(fullname, "&")
if (abbr) {
a = substr($1, 1, 1)
A = a
i = index(alphabet, a)
if (i) A = substr(ALPHABET, i, 1)
fullname = substr(fullname, 1, abbr-1) A substr($1, 2) substr(fullname, abbr+1)
}
# Quote quotes and backslashes properly in full names.
# Do not use gsub; traditional awk lacks it.
quoted = ""
rest = fullname
for (;;) {
p = index(rest, "\\")
q = index(rest, "\"")
if (p) {
if (q && q<p) p = q
} else {
if (!q) break
p = q
}
quoted = quoted substr(rest, 1, p-1) "\\" substr(rest, p, 1)
rest = substr(rest, p+1)
}
printf "fullname[\"%s\"] = \"%s%s\"\n", $1, quoted, rest
author[$1] = 0
}
}
'
initialize_fullname=`
(cat /etc/passwd; ypmatch $authors passwd) 2>/dev/null |
$AWK -F: "$awkscript"
`$initialize_fullname
esac
# Function to print a single log line.
# We don't use awk functions, to stay compatible with old awk versions.
# `Log' is the log message (with \n replaced by \r).
# `files' contains the affected files.
printlogline='{
# Following the GNU coding standards, rewrite
# * file: (function): comment
# to
# * file (function): comment
if (Log ~ /^\([^)]*\): /) {
i = index(Log, ")")
files = files " " substr(Log, 1, i)
Log = substr(Log, i+3)
}
# If "label: comment" is too long, break the line after the ":".
sep = " "
if ('"$length"' <= '"$indent"' + 1 + length(files) + index(Log, CR)) sep = "\n" indent_string
# Print the label.
printf "%s*%s:", indent_string, files
# Print each line of the log, transliterating \r to \n.
while ((i = index(Log, CR)) != 0) {
logline = substr(Log, 1, i-1)
if (logline ~ /[^'"$tab"' ]/) {
printf "%s%s\n", sep, logline
} else {
print ""
}
sep = indent_string
Log = substr(Log, i+1)
}
}'
case $hostname in
'')
hostname=`(
hostname || uname -n || uuname -l || cat /etc/whoami
) 2>/dev/null` || {
echo >&2 "$0: cannot deduce hostname"
exit 1
}
esac
# Process the rlog output, generating ChangeLog style entries.
# First, reformat the rlog output so that each line contains one log entry.
# Transliterate \n to \r so that multiline entries fit on a single line.
# Discard irrelevant rlog output.
$AWK <$rlogout '
BEGIN { repository = "'"$repository"'" }
/^RCS file:/ {
if (repository != "") {
filename = $3
if (substr(filename, 1, length(repository) + 1) == repository "/") {
filename = substr(filename, length(repository) + 2)
}
if (filename ~ /,v$/) {
filename = substr(filename, 1, length(filename) - 2)
}
}
}
/^Working file:/ { if (repository == "") filename = $3 }
/^date: /, /^(-----------*|===========*)$/ {
if ($0 ~ /^branches: /) { next }
if ($0 ~ /^date: [0-9][- +\/0-9:]*;/) {
date = $2
if (date ~ /-/) {
# An ISO format date. Replace all "-"s with "/"s.
newdate = ""
while ((i = index(date, "-")) != 0) {
newdate = newdate substr(date, 1, i-1) "/"
date = substr(date, i+1)
}
date = newdate date
}
# Ignore any time zone; ChangeLog has no room for it.
time = substr($3, 1, 8)
author = substr($5, 1, length($5)-1)
printf "%s %s %s %s %c", filename, date, time, author, 13
next
}
if ($0 ~ /^(-----------*|===========*)$/) { print ""; next }
printf "%s%c", $0, 13
}
' |
# Now each line is of the form
# FILENAME YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS AUTHOR \rLOG
# where \r stands for a carriage return,
# and each line of the log is terminated by \r instead of \n.
# Sort the log entries, first by date+time (in reverse order),
# then by author, then by log entry, and finally by file name (just in case).
sort +1 -3r +3 +0 |
# Finally, reformat the sorted log entries.
$AWK '
BEGIN {
# Some awk variants do not understand "\r" or "\013", so we have to
# put a carriage return directly in the file.
CR=" " # <-- There is a single CR between the " chars here.
# Initialize the fullname and mailaddr associative arrays.
'"$initialize_fullname"'
'"$initialize_mailaddr"'
# Initialize indent string.
indent_string = ""
i = '"$indent"'
if (0 < '"$tabwidth"')
for (; '"$tabwidth"' <= i; i -= '"$tabwidth"')
indent_string = indent_string "\t"
while (1 <= i--)
indent_string = indent_string " "
# Set up date conversion tables.
# RCS uses a nice, clean, sortable format,
# but ChangeLog wants the traditional, ugly ctime format.
# January 1, 0 AD (Gregorian) was Saturday = 6
EPOCH_WEEKDAY = 6
# Of course, there was no 0 AD, but the algorithm works anyway.
w[0]="Sun"; w[1]="Mon"; w[2]="Tue"; w[3]="Wed"
w[4]="Thu"; w[5]="Fri"; w[6]="Sat"
'"$month_data"'
}
{
newlog = substr($0, 1 + index($0, CR))
# Ignore log entries prefixed by "#".
if (newlog ~ /^#/) { next }
if (Log != newlog || date != $2 || author != $4) {
# The previous log and this log differ.
# Print the old log.
if (date != "") '"$printlogline"'
# Logs that begin with "{clumpname} " should be grouped together,
# and the clumpname should be removed.
# Extract the new clumpname from the log header,
# and use it to decide whether to output a blank line.
newclumpname = ""
sep = "\n"
if (date == "") sep = ""
if (newlog ~ /^\{[^'"$tab"' }]*}['"$tab"' ]/) {
i = index(newlog, "}")
newclumpname = substr(newlog, 1, i)
while (substr(newlog, i+1) ~ /^['"$tab"' ]/) i++
newlog = substr(newlog, i+1)
if (clumpname == newclumpname) sep = ""
}
printf sep
clumpname = newclumpname
# Get ready for the next log.
Log = newlog
if (files != "")
for (i in filesknown)
filesknown[i] = 0
files = ""
}
if (date != $2 || author != $4) {
# The previous date+author and this date+author differ.
# Print the new one.
date = $2
author = $4
# Convert nice RCS date like "1992/01/03 00:03:44"
# into ugly ctime date like "Fri Jan 3 00:03:44 1992".
# Calculate day of week from Gregorian calendar.
i = index($2, "/")
year = substr($2, 1, i-1) + 0
monthday = substr($2, i+1)
i = index(monthday, "/")
month = substr(monthday, 1, i-1) + 0
day = substr(monthday, i+1) + 0
leap = 0
if (2 < month && year%4 == 0 && (year%100 != 0 || year%400 == 0)) leap = 1
days_since_Sunday_before_epoch = EPOCH_WEEKDAY + year * 365 + int((year + 3) / 4) - int((year + 99) / 100) + int((year + 399) / 400) + mo[month-1] + leap + day - 1
# Print "date fullname (email address)".
# Get fullname and email address from associative arrays;
# default to author and author@hostname if not in arrays.
if (fullname[author])
auth = fullname[author]
else
auth = author
printf "%s %s %2d %s %d %s ", w[days_since_Sunday_before_epoch%7], m[month-1], day, $3, year, auth
if (mailaddr[author])
printf "<%s>\n\n", mailaddr[author]
else
printf "<%s@%s>\n\n", author, "'"$hostname"'"
}
if (! filesknown[$1]) {
filesknown[$1] = 1
if (files == "") files = " " $1
else files = files ", " $1
}
}
END {
# Print the last log.
if (date != "") {
'"$printlogline"'
printf "\n"
}
}
' &&
# Exit successfully.
exec rm -f $llogout $rlogout

143
contrib/cvs/contrib/rcs2sccs.sh Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
#! /bin/sh
#
#
# OrigId: rcs2sccs,v 1.12 90/10/04 20:52:23 kenc Exp Locker: kenc
# $Id: rcs2sccs.sh,v 1.1 1995/07/10 02:26:45 kfogel Exp $
############################################################
# Error checking
#
if [ ! -d SCCS ] ; then
mkdir SCCS
fi
logfile=/tmp/rcs2sccs_$$_log
rm -f $logfile
tmpfile=/tmp/rcs2sccs_$$_tmp
rm -f $tmpfile
emptyfile=/tmp/rcs2sccs_$$_empty
echo -n "" > $emptyfile
initialfile=/tmp/rcs2sccs_$$_init
echo "Initial revision" > $initialfile
sedfile=/tmp/rcs2sccs_$$_sed
rm -f $sedfile
revfile=/tmp/rcs2sccs_$$_rev
rm -f $revfile
commentfile=/tmp/rcs2sccs_$$_comment
rm -f $commentfile
# create the sed script
cat > $sedfile << EOF
s,;Id;,%Z%%M% %I% %E%,g
s,;SunId;,%Z%%M% %I% %E%,g
s,;RCSfile;,%M%,g
s,;Revision;,%I%,g
s,;Date;,%E%,g
s,;Id:.*;,%Z%%M% %I% %E%,g
s,;SunId:.*;,%Z%%M% %I% %E%,g
s,;RCSfile:.*;,%M%,g
s,;Revision:.*;,%I%,g
s,;Date:.*;,%E%,g
EOF
sed -e 's/;/\\$/g' $sedfile > $tmpfile
cp $tmpfile $sedfile
############################################################
# Loop over every RCS file in RCS dir
#
for vfile in *,v; do
# get rid of the ",v" at the end of the name
file=`echo $vfile | sed -e 's/,v$//'`
# work on each rev of that file in ascending order
firsttime=1
rlog $file | grep "^revision [0-9][0-9]*\." | awk '{print $2}' | sed -e 's/\./ /g' | sort -n -u +0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 | sed -e 's/ /./g' > $revfile
for rev in `cat $revfile`; do
if [ $? != 0 ]; then
echo ERROR - revision
exit
fi
# get file into current dir and get stats
date=`rlog -r$rev $file | grep "^date: " | awk '{print $2; exit}' | sed -e 's/^19//'`
time=`rlog -r$rev $file | grep "^date: " | awk '{print $3; exit}' | sed -e 's/;//'`
author=`rlog -r$rev $file | grep "^date: " | awk '{print $5; exit}' | sed -e 's/;//'`
date="$date $time"
echo ""
rlog -r$rev $file | sed -e '/^branches: /d' -e '1,/^date: /d' -e '/^===========/d' -e 's/$/\\/' | awk '{if ((total += length($0) + 1) < 510) print $0}' > $commentfile
echo "==> file $file, rev=$rev, date=$date, author=$author"
rm -f $file
co -r$rev $file >> $logfile 2>&1
if [ $? != 0 ]; then
echo ERROR - co
exit
fi
echo checked out of RCS
# add SCCS keywords in place of RCS keywords
sed -f $sedfile $file > $tmpfile
if [ $? != 0 ]; then
echo ERROR - sed
exit
fi
echo performed keyword substitutions
rm -f $file
cp $tmpfile $file
# check file into SCCS
if [ "$firsttime" = "1" ]; then
firsttime=0
echo about to do sccs admin
echo sccs admin -n -i$file $file < $commentfile
sccs admin -n -i$file $file < $commentfile >> $logfile 2>&1
if [ $? != 0 ]; then
echo ERROR - sccs admin
exit
fi
echo initial rev checked into SCCS
else
case $rev in
*.*.*.*)
brev=`echo $rev | sed -e 's/\.[0-9]*$//'`
sccs admin -fb $file 2>>$logfile
echo sccs get -e -p -r$brev $file
sccs get -e -p -r$brev $file >/dev/null 2>>$logfile
;;
*)
echo sccs get -e -p $file
sccs get -e -p $file >/dev/null 2>> $logfile
;;
esac
if [ $? != 0 ]; then
echo ERROR - sccs get
exit
fi
sccs delta $file < $commentfile >> $logfile 2>&1
if [ $? != 0 ]; then
echo ERROR - sccs delta -r$rev $file
exit
fi
echo checked into SCCS
fi
sed -e "s;^d D $rev ../../.. ..:..:.. [^ ][^ ]*;d D $rev $date $author;" SCCS/s.$file > $tmpfile
rm -f SCCS/s.$file
cp $tmpfile SCCS/s.$file
chmod 444 SCCS/s.$file
sccs admin -z $file
if [ $? != 0 ]; then
echo ERROR - sccs admin -z
exit
fi
done
rm -f $file
done
############################################################
# Clean up
#
echo cleaning up...
rm -f $tmpfile $emptyfile $initialfile $sedfile $commentfile
echo ===================================================
echo " Conversion Completed Successfully"
echo ===================================================
rm -f *,v

235
contrib/cvs/contrib/rcslock.pl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
#! xPERL_PATHx
# -*-Perl-*-
# Author: John Rouillard (rouilj@cs.umb.edu)
# Supported: Yeah right. (Well what do you expect for 2 hours work?)
# Blame-to: rouilj@cs.umb.edu
# Complaints to: Anybody except Brian Berliner, he's blameless for
# this script.
# Acknowlegements: The base code for this script has been acquired
# from the log.pl script.
# rcslock.pl - A program to prevent commits when a file to be ckecked
# in is locked in the repository.
# There are times when you need exclusive access to a file. This
# often occurs when binaries are checked into the repository, since
# cvs's (actually rcs's) text based merging mechanism won't work. This
# script allows you to use the rcs lock mechanism (rcs -l) to make
# sure that no changes to a repository are able to be committed if
# those changes would result in a locked file being changed.
# WARNING:
# This script will work only if locking is set to strict.
#
# Setup:
# Add the following line to the commitinfo file:
# ALL /local/location/for/script/lockcheck [options]
# Where ALL is replaced by any suitable regular expression.
# Options are -v for verbose info, or -d for debugging info.
# The %s will provide the repository directory name and the names of
# all changed files.
# Use:
# When a developer needs exclusive access to a version of a file, s/he
# should use "rcs -l" in the repository tree to lock the version they
# are working on. CVS will automagically release the lock when the
# commit is performed.
# Method:
# An "rlog -h" is exec'ed to give info on all about to be
# committed files. This (header) information is parsed to determine
# if any locks are outstanding and what versions of the file are
# locked. This filename, version number info is used to index an
# associative array. All of the files to be committed are checked to
# see if any locks are outstanding. If locks are outstanding, the
# version number of the current file (taken from the CVS/Entries
# subdirectory) is used in the key to determine if that version is
# locked. If the file being checked in is locked by the person doing
# the checkin, the commit is allowed, but if the lock is held on that
# version of a file by another person, the commit is not allowed.
$ext = ",v"; # The extension on your rcs files.
$\="\n"; # I hate having to put \n's at the end of my print statements
$,=' '; # Spaces should occur between arguments to print when printed
# turn off setgid
#
$) = $(;
#
# parse command line arguments
#
require 'getopts.pl';
&Getopts("vd"); # verbose or debugging
# Verbose is useful when debugging
$opt_v = $opt_d if defined $opt_d;
# $files[0] is really the name of the subdirectory.
# @files = split(/ /,$ARGV[0]);
@files = @ARGV[0..$#ARGV];
$cvsroot = $ENV{'CVSROOT'};
#
# get login name
#
$login = getlogin || (getpwuid($<))[0] || "nobody";
#
# save the current directory since we have to return here to parse the
# CVS/Entries file if a lock is found.
#
$pwd = `/bin/pwd`;
chop $pwd;
print "Starting directory is $pwd" if defined $opt_d ;
#
# cd to the repository directory and check on the files.
#
print "Checking directory ", $files[0] if defined $opt_v ;
if ( $files[0] =~ /^\// )
{
print "Directory path is $files[0]" if defined $opt_d ;
chdir $files[0] || die "Can't change to repository directory $files[0]" ;
}
else
{
print "Directory path is $cvsroot/$files[0]" if defined $opt_d ;
chdir ($cvsroot . "/" . $files[0]) ||
die "Can't change to repository directory $files[0] in $cvsroot" ;
}
# Open the rlog process and apss all of the file names to that one
# process to cut down on exec overhead. This may backfire if there
# are too many files for the system buffer to handle, but if there are
# that many files, chances are that the cvs repository is not set up
# cleanly.
print "opening rlog -h @files[1..$#files] |" if defined $opt_d;
open( RLOG, "rlog -h @files[1..$#files] |") || die "Can't run rlog command" ;
# Create the locks associative array. The elements in the array are
# of two types:
#
# The name of the RCS file with a value of the total number of locks found
# for that file,
# or
#
# The name of the rcs file concatenated with the version number of the lock.
# The value of this element is the name of the locker.
# The regular expressions used to split the rcs info may have to be changed.
# The current ones work for rcs 5.6.
$lock = 0;
while (<RLOG>)
{
chop;
next if /^$/; # ditch blank lines
if ( $_ =~ /^RCS file: (.*)$/ )
{
$curfile = $1;
next;
}
if ( $_ =~ /^locks: strict$/ )
{
$lock = 1 ;
next;
}
if ( $lock )
{
# access list: is the line immediately following the list of locks.
if ( /^access list:/ )
{ # we are done getting lock info for this file.
$lock = 0;
}
else
{ # We are accumulating lock info.
# increment the lock count
$locks{$curfile}++;
# save the info on the version that is locked. $2 is the
# version number $1 is the name of the locker.
$locks{"$curfile" . "$2"} = $1
if /[ ]*([a-zA-Z._]*): ([0-9.]*)$/;
print "lock by $1 found on $curfile version $2" if defined $opt_d;
}
}
}
# Lets go back to the starting directory and see if any locked files
# are ones we are interested in.
chdir $pwd;
# fo all of the file names (remember $files[0] is the directory name
foreach $i (@files[1..$#files])
{
if ( defined $locks{$i . $ext} )
{ # well the file has at least one lock outstanding
# find the base version number of our file
&parse_cvs_entry($i,*entry);
# is our version of this file locked?
if ( defined $locks{$i . $ext . $entry{"version"}} )
{ # if so, it is by us?
if ( $login ne ($by = $locks{$i . $ext . $entry{"version"}}) )
{# crud somebody else has it locked.
$outstanding_lock++ ;
print "$by has file $i locked for version " , $entry{"version"};
}
else
{ # yeah I have it locked.
print "You have a lock on file $i for version " , $entry{"version"}
if defined $opt_v;
}
}
}
}
exit $outstanding_lock;
### End of main program
sub parse_cvs_entry
{ # a very simple minded hack at parsing an entries file.
local ( $file, *entry ) = @_;
local ( @pp );
open(ENTRIES, "< CVS/Entries") || die "Can't open entries file";
while (<ENTRIES>)
{
if ( $_ =~ /^\/$file\// )
{
@pp = split('/');
$entry{"name"} = $pp[1];
$entry{"version"} = $pp[2];
$entry{"dates"} = $pp[3];
$entry{"name"} = $pp[4];
$entry{"name"} = $pp[5];
$entry{"sticky"} = $pp[6];
return;
}
}
}

277
contrib/cvs/contrib/sccs2rcs.csh Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
#! xCSH_PATHx -f
#
# Sccs2rcs is a script to convert an existing SCCS
# history into an RCS history without losing any of
# the information contained therein.
# It has been tested under the following OS's:
# SunOS 3.5, 4.0.3, 4.1
# Ultrix-32 2.0, 3.1
#
# Things to note:
# + It will NOT delete or alter your ./SCCS history under any circumstances.
#
# + Run in a directory where ./SCCS exists and where you can
# create ./RCS
#
# + /usr/local/bin is put in front of the default path.
# (SCCS under Ultrix is set-uid sccs, bad bad bad, so
# /usr/local/bin/sccs here fixes that)
#
# + Date, time, author, comments, branches, are all preserved.
#
# + If a command fails somewhere in the middle, it bombs with
# a message -- remove what it's done so far and try again.
# "rm -rf RCS; sccs unedit `sccs tell`; sccs clean"
# There is no recovery and exit is far from graceful.
# If a particular module is hanging you up, consider
# doing it separately; move it from the current area so that
# the next run will have a better chance or working.
# Also (for the brave only) you might consider hacking
# the s-file for simpler problems: I've successfully changed
# the date of a delta to be in sync, then run "sccs admin -z"
# on the thing.
#
# + After everything finishes, ./SCCS will be moved to ./old-SCCS.
#
# This file may be copied, processed, hacked, mutilated, and
# even destroyed as long as you don't tell anyone you wrote it.
#
# Ken Cox
# Viewlogic Systems, Inc.
# kenstir@viewlogic.com
# ...!harvard!cg-atla!viewlog!kenstir
#
# Various hacks made by Brian Berliner before inclusion in CVS contrib area.
#
# $Id: sccs2rcs.csh,v 1.1 1995/07/10 02:26:48 kfogel Exp $
#we'll assume the user set up the path correctly
# for the Pmax, /usr/ucb/sccs is suid sccs, what a pain
# /usr/local/bin/sccs should override /usr/ucb/sccs there
set path = (/usr/local/bin $path)
############################################################
# Error checking
#
if (! -w .) then
echo "Error: ./ not writeable by you."
exit 1
endif
if (! -d SCCS) then
echo "Error: ./SCCS directory not found."
exit 1
endif
set edits = (`sccs tell`)
if ($#edits) then
echo "Error: $#edits file(s) out for edit...clean up before converting."
exit 1
endif
if (-d RCS) then
echo "Warning: RCS directory exists"
if (`ls -a RCS | wc -l` > 2) then
echo "Error: RCS directory not empty
exit 1
endif
else
mkdir RCS
endif
sccs clean
set logfile = /tmp/sccs2rcs_$$_log
rm -f $logfile
set tmpfile = /tmp/sccs2rcs_$$_tmp
rm -f $tmpfile
set emptyfile = /tmp/sccs2rcs_$$_empty
echo -n "" > $emptyfile
set initialfile = /tmp/sccs2rcs_$$_init
echo "Initial revision" > $initialfile
set sedfile = /tmp/sccs2rcs_$$_sed
rm -f $sedfile
set revfile = /tmp/sccs2rcs_$$_rev
rm -f $revfile
# the quotes surround the dollar signs to fool RCS when I check in this script
set sccs_keywords = (\
'%W%[ ]*%G%'\
'%W%[ ]*%E%'\
'%W%'\
'%Z%%M%[ ]*%I%[ ]*%G%'\
'%Z%%M%[ ]*%I%[ ]*%E%'\
'%M%[ ]*%I%[ ]*%G%'\
'%M%[ ]*%I%[ ]*%E%'\
'%M%'\
'%I%'\
'%G%'\
'%E%'\
'%U%')
set rcs_keywords = (\
'$'Id'$'\
'$'Id'$'\
'$'Id'$'\
'$'SunId'$'\
'$'SunId'$'\
'$'Id'$'\
'$'Id'$'\
'$'RCSfile'$'\
'$'Revision'$'\
'$'Date'$'\
'$'Date'$'\
'')
############################################################
# Get some answers from user
#
echo ""
echo "Do you want to be prompted for a description of each"
echo "file as it is checked in to RCS initially?"
echo -n "(y=prompt for description, n=null description) [y] ?"
set ans = $<
if ((_$ans == _) || (_$ans == _y) || (_$ans == _Y)) then
set nodesc = 0
else
set nodesc = 1
endif
echo ""
echo "The default keyword substitutions are as follows and are"
echo "applied in the order specified:"
set i = 1
while ($i <= $#sccs_keywords)
# echo ' '\"$sccs_keywords[$i]\"' ==> '\"$rcs_keywords[$i]\"
echo " $sccs_keywords[$i] ==> $rcs_keywords[$i]"
@ i = $i + 1
end
echo ""
echo -n "Do you want to change them [n] ?"
set ans = $<
if ((_$ans != _) && (_$ans != _n) && (_$ans != _N)) then
echo "You can't always get what you want."
echo "Edit this script file and change the variables:"
echo ' $sccs_keywords'
echo ' $rcs_keywords'
else
echo "good idea."
endif
# create the sed script
set i = 1
while ($i <= $#sccs_keywords)
echo "s,$sccs_keywords[$i],$rcs_keywords[$i],g" >> $sedfile
@ i = $i + 1
end
onintr ERROR
############################################################
# Loop over every s-file in SCCS dir
#
foreach sfile (SCCS/s.*)
# get rid of the "s." at the beginning of the name
set file = `echo $sfile:t | sed -e "s/^..//"`
# work on each rev of that file in ascending order
set firsttime = 1
sccs prs $file | grep "^D " | awk '{print $2}' | sed -e 's/\./ /g' | sort -n -u +0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 | sed -e 's/ /./g' > $revfile
foreach rev (`cat $revfile`)
if ($status != 0) goto ERROR
# get file into current dir and get stats
set date = `sccs prs -r$rev $file | grep "^D " | awk '{printf("19%s %s", $3, $4); exit}'`
set author = `sccs prs -r$rev $file | grep "^D " | awk '{print $5; exit}'`
echo ""
echo "==> file $file, rev=$rev, date=$date, author=$author"
sccs edit -r$rev $file >>& $logfile
if ($status != 0) goto ERROR
echo checked out of SCCS
# add RCS keywords in place of SCCS keywords
sed -f $sedfile $file > $tmpfile
if ($status != 0) goto ERROR
echo performed keyword substitutions
cp $tmpfile $file
# check file into RCS
if ($firsttime) then
set firsttime = 0
if ($nodesc) then
echo about to do ci
echo ci -f -r$rev -d"$date" -w$author -t$emptyfile $file
ci -f -r$rev -d"$date" -w$author -t$emptyfile $file < $initialfile >>& $logfile
if ($status != 0) goto ERROR
echo initial rev checked into RCS without description
else
echo ""
echo Enter a brief description of the file $file \(end w/ Ctrl-D\):
cat > $tmpfile
ci -f -r$rev -d"$date" -w$author -t$tmpfile $file < $initialfile >>& $logfile
if ($status != 0) goto ERROR
echo initial rev checked into RCS
endif
else
# get RCS lock
set lckrev = `echo $rev | sed -e 's/\.[0-9]*$//'`
if ("$lckrev" =~ [0-9]*.*) then
# need to lock the brach -- it is OK if the lock fails
rcs -l$lckrev $file >>& $logfile
else
# need to lock the trunk -- must succeed
rcs -l $file >>& $logfile
if ($status != 0) goto ERROR
endif
echo got lock
sccs prs -r$rev $file | grep "." > $tmpfile
# it's OK if grep fails here and gives status == 1
# put the delta message in $tmpfile
ed $tmpfile >>& $logfile <<EOF
/COMMENTS
1,.d
w
q
EOF
ci -f -r$rev -d"$date" -w$author $file < $tmpfile >>& $logfile
if ($status != 0) goto ERROR
echo checked into RCS
endif
sccs unedit $file >>& $logfile
if ($status != 0) goto ERROR
end
rm -f $file
end
############################################################
# Clean up
#
echo cleaning up...
mv SCCS old-SCCS
rm -f $tmpfile $emptyfile $initialfile $sedfile
echo ===================================================
echo " Conversion Completed Successfully"
echo ""
echo " SCCS history now in old-SCCS/"
echo ===================================================
set exitval = 0
goto cleanup
ERROR:
foreach f (`sccs tell`)
sccs unedit $f
end
echo ""
echo ""
echo Danger\! Danger\!
echo Some command exited with a non-zero exit status.
echo Log file exists in $logfile.
echo ""
echo Incomplete history in ./RCS -- remove it
echo Original unchanged history in ./SCCS
set exitval = 1
cleanup:
# leave log file
rm -f $tmpfile $emptyfile $initialfile $sedfile $revfile
exit $exitval

81
contrib/cvs/cvs-format.el Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
;; -*- lisp-interaction -*-
;; -*- emacs-lisp -*-
;;
;;
;; originally from...
;; Rich's personal .emacs file. feel free to copy.
;;
;; Last Mod Wed Feb 5 16:11:47 PST 1992, by rich@cygnus.com
;;
;;
;;
;; This section sets constants used by c-mode for formating
;;
;;
;; If `c-auto-newline' is non-`nil', newlines are inserted both
;;before and after braces that you insert, and after colons and semicolons.
;;Correct C indentation is done on all the lines that are made this way.
(setq c-auto-newline nil)
;;*Non-nil means TAB in C mode should always reindent the current line,
;;regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
;;It might be desirable to set this to nil for CVS, since unlike GNU
;; CVS often uses comments over to the right separated by TABs.
;; Depends some on whether you're in the habit of using TAB to
;; reindent.
;(setq c-tab-always-indent nil)
;;; It seems to me that
;;; `M-x set-c-style BSD RET'
;;; or
;;; (set-c-style "BSD")
;;; takes care of the indentation parameters correctly.
;; C does not have anything analogous to particular function names for which
;;special forms of indentation are desirable. However, it has a different
;;need for customization facilities: many different styles of C indentation
;;are in common use.
;;
;; There are six variables you can set to control the style that Emacs C
;;mode will use.
;;
;;`c-indent-level'
;; Indentation of C statements within surrounding block. The surrounding
;; block's indentation is the indentation of the line on which the
;; open-brace appears.
(setq c-indent-level 4)
;;`c-continued-statement-offset'
;; Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the then-clause of
;; an if or body of a while.
(setq c-continued-statement-offset 4)
;;`c-brace-offset'
;; Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
(setq c-brace-offset -4)
;;`c-brace-imaginary-offset'
;; An open brace following other text is treated as if it were this far
;; to the right of the start of its line.
(setq c-brace-imaginary-offset 0)
;;`c-argdecl-indent'
;; Indentation level of declarations of C function arguments.
(setq c-argdecl-indent 4)
;;`c-label-offset'
;; Extra indentation for line that is a label, or case or default.
(setq c-label-offset -4)
;;;; eof

569
contrib/cvs/doc/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
Wed May 1 15:38:26 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Tags): Document un-revision of all-uppercase tag
names.
Wed Apr 24 08:41:51 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Password authentication security): Rewrite sentence
on complex and unknown security bugs to clarify that it is
referring to people who have been give access to cvs, not to holes
in the authentication method (which is relatively simple).
Tue Apr 23 09:31:29 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Wrappers): Talk about what -m does (and does not
do). Other minor edits.
Wed Apr 17 15:27:03 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (rcsinfo): Rewrite paragraph concerning remote CVS.
* cvsclient.texi (Responses): Document Template response.
Sun Apr 14 16:01:39 1996 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.red-bean.com>
* .cvsignore: added CVSvn.texi.
Wed Apr 10 16:56:21 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (~/.cvsrc): Mention setting global options with "cvs".
* cvs.texinfo (release): Change "modules" to "directories".
Release does not take module names as arguments.
* cvs.texinfo (Creating a branch): Add comments about how we
should better document tagging the branchpoint.
Tue Apr 9 19:59:45 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Top): Use @value{CVSVN}, not a vague refenece to 1.4.
* cvs.texinfo (From other version control systems): New node.
Mon Apr 8 15:59:37 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Connection and Authentication): Revise kerberos
and pserver sections to reflect the fact that port 2401 is now
officially registered.
Thu Mar 28 09:51:13 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (History browsing): Reinstate this node. Try to get
it into some minimally useful state (it still needs a lot of
work).
(annotate): New node, subnode of History browing.
* cvsclient.texi (Requests): Add annotate request.
Tue Mar 26 08:46:39 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: In various examples, change tag names to avoid tag
names reserved to CVS.
* cvs.texinfo (Tags): Document what is a valid tag name.
* cvs.texinfo (Substitution modes): Try to describe how the
various keyword expansion settings interract.
(Binary files): Suggest cvs update -A, not removing file and then
updating it, to get effect of new keyword expansion options.
* cvs.texinfo (admin options): Mention CVS's use of `dead' state.
Thu Mar 21 08:25:17 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Environment variables): Expand introduction to RCS
environment variables. Expand and correct CVS_SERVER_SLEEP.
* cvs.texinfo (Environment variables): Remove POSIXLY_CORRECT; cvs
requires options to precede arguments regardless of it.
Thu Mar 21 08:18:42 1996 Norbert Kiesel <nk@col.sw-ley.de>
* cvs.texinfo: Remove paragrahps about a forthcoming CVS
newsgroup and about sending patches to think.com.
(Environment): Document some more (all?) used environment
variables.
Wed Mar 20 09:44:21 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Introduction): New node.
* Makefile.in: Add cruft to reflect fact that cvsclient.texi now
uses CVSvn.texi.
Mon Mar 18 14:43:53 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Requests): Add Case request.
Wed Mar 13 16:01:47 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Connection and Authentication): New node.
* cvsclient.texi (Requests): Expand discussion of Root a bit.
* cvs.texinfo (Setting up): Don't refer to INSTALL file; revise to
reflect some information which had been in the INSTALL file.
* cvs.texinfo (history file): Update to reflect cvsinit -> cvs
init. Adjust discussion of whether history file format is
documented.
(Setting up): Update to reflect cvsinit -> cvs init.
* cvsclient.texi (Requests): Document init request.
Thu Feb 29 10:08:31 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (loginfo example): Adjust example to reflect the way
that CVS actually works. Add comments questioning whether that is
the best behavior.
* cvs.texinfo (cvsignore): Document additions to default ignore list.
Mon Feb 26 13:48:01 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Filenames): New node, documents / vs \, etc.
Wed Feb 24 1996 Marcus Daniels <marcus@sayre.sysc.pdx.edu>
* cvs.texinfo (Password authentication server): Mention
support for imaginary usernames.
Thu Feb 15 16:34:56 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Variables): Add new internal variable $USER.
Wed Feb 14 22:52:58 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (export, admin): Document -k option to cvs export.
* cvs.texinfo (admin options): Mention using -l, -u, -L, and -U in
conjunction with rcslock.pl.
Mon Feb 12 16:38:41 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Remove references to mkmodules.
Sun Feb 11 12:31:36 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi: Add Set request.
* cvs.texinfo (Variables): Rewrite to reflect user variables
replacing environment variables; motivate the discussion better.
(Global options): Add -s option.
Sat Feb 10 11:18:37 1996 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Variables): Fix @table commands.
Fri Feb 9 17:31:18 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Variables): New node.
* Makefile.in (CVSvn.texi): New rule.
(OBJDIR_DISTFILES): Add CVSvn.texi.
(cvs.dvi,cvs.info): Add cruft to deal with it being in build dir
or srcdir.
* cvs.texinfo: Include CVSvn.texi and use the version number from
it instead of a hardcoded version number and date.
Thu Feb 1 13:28:03 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Sticky tags): Expand so it really documents the
features it is talking about rather than referring to "Appendix
A". Add example of how to restore the old version of a dead
file. In various other parts of the manual refer to this node, in
some cases deleting duplicative text. In the case of cvs admin
-b, mention vendor branch usage.
(Removing files): Discuss removing files (in user-visible terms,
not in terms of the Attic and such).
(remove): Remove node; merge contents into Removing files.
Tue Jan 30 17:52:06 1996 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Tweak @top node, to make file compatible with both
makeinfo and texinfo-format-buffer. Perhaps we should fix the
formatters to agree on what constitutes valid texinfo.
Mon Jan 29 16:38:33 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Requirements): New node, to talk about required
versus optional parts of the protocol.
Sun Jan 28 09:00:34 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Modes): Add discussion what what the mode really
means (across diverse operating systems).
Tue Jan 23 12:54:57 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Per mail from Per Cederqvist, change author to "Per
Cederqvist et al". Also remove sentence about Signum shipping
hardcopy manuals and add information on Cyclic. Change version
number to 1.6.87.
Fri Jan 12 15:29:39 1996 Vince Demarco <vdemarco@bou.shl.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Fix the documentation for the com/uncom change
to wrap/unwrap. make everything consistant
Wed Jan 10 16:11:54 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Concurrency): Add index entries; minor clarification.
Tue Jan 9 16:03:39 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Getting Notified): Document users file.
* cvs.texinfo (cvsignore): Add *.obj to list of ignored files.
Wed Jan 3 17:01:58 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (import): Adjust list of ignored files to match
recent change to CVS (CVS* -> CVS CVS.adm). Consolidate
discussion of ignored files in one place (with xrefs from others).
* cvsclient.texi: Remove How To node. It was out of date
(again!), and I am getting sick of trying to update it (internals
documentation should be in the comments, where it at least has a
fighting chance of staying up to date).
(Protocol): Say what \n and \t mean in this document.
Tue Jan 2 23:39:32 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Wrappers): Change comb/uncom to wrap/unwrap.
Mon Jan 2 23:00:00 1996 Vince Demarco <vdemarco@bou.shl.com>
* cvs.texinfo: update the Wrappers documentation so it isn't
so NEXTSTEP centric. The wrappers code has alot of other
general uses. The new version of the documentation tryes
to show that to the reader.
Mon Jan 1 13:09:39 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Responses): Clarify that Module-expansion is not
suitable for passing to co.
Sun Dec 31 10:53:47 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Password authentication server): Suggest specifying
-b in inetd.conf.
* cvs.texinfo (Password authentication): Variety of cleanups and
minor fixes, including shorter node names.
Sun Dec 24 02:37:51 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Using the client with password authentication):
tixed fypos.
Sun Dec 24 00:00:16 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Remote repositories): use @code{rsh} most places,
because it is the name of a program, and because I am a pedant.
Refer to new node "Password authenticated".
(Password authenticated): new node.
(Setting up the server for password authentication): new node.
(Using the client with password authentication): new node.
(Security considerations with password authentication): new node.
These are all really long node names, but it seems necessary that
they be descriptive in case they're referenced elsewhere. If you
can think of a way out of this, please change them.
Thu Dec 21 12:09:34 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Requests): Add Questionable. Revise
documentation of export and update to explain role of -I option.
Tue Dec 19 16:44:18 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Update binary files info for -kb.
Mon Dec 11 12:20:55 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Responses): Add Notified and Mode.
(Requests): Add Notify, noop, watch-on, watch-off, watch-add,
watch-remove, watchers, and editors.
* cvs.texinfo (Watches): New node, to describe new developer
communication features.
Thu Nov 23 08:59:09 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (admin options): In saying that cvs admin -o is not
such a good way to undo a change, refer to the section which
describes the preferred way.
Thu Nov 13 16:39:03 1995 Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in: Remove extraneous tab from empty line.
Mon Nov 13 15:00:26 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Concurrency): New node, to describe user-visible
behaviors associated with cvs locks.
* cvs.texinfo (Remote repositories): Add more details of how to
set things up (with rsh and kerberos).
Thu Nov 9 11:41:37 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Remove -Q and -q options from command synopses.
Wed Nov 8 09:38:00 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (Notes): Revise paragraph on server memory use
problem.
Tue Nov 7 16:26:39 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Document merging more than once from a branch;
miscellaneous cleanups.
Mon Oct 30 13:12:53 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (modules): Document -e.
Thu Oct 26 11:15:40 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Tags): Update "version" vs. "revision" for CVS 1.5.
(Index,BUGS): Change bug reporting address from Per Cederqvist to
bug-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu.
Wed Oct 25 15:37:05 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Miscellaneous minor changes (clean up CVS/Root
stuff, don't say release requires a module entry, etc.).
Tue Oct 24 11:01:22 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: More precisely describe scope of document.
* cvsclient.texi: Describe scope of document
Thu Oct 12 11:25:40 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@totoro.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: cover page now refers to CVS 1.6, and "last
updated" date has been upped to today.
Wed Oct 11 22:30:10 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (info): Look for *.info* either in build dir or in
srcdir.
Mon Oct 2 17:10:49 1995 Norbert Kiesel <nk@col.sw-ley.de>
* cvs.texinfo (admin): Describe usage of CVS_ADMIN_GROUP to
restrict usage of admin.
Fri Oct 6 21:17:50 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (~/.cvsrc): Document change to command name matching.
Thu Oct 5 18:03:41 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (install-info): Add comment about srcdir.
Wed Sep 13 12:45:53 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Moving files): Rewrite "Outside" node to clarify
that history is still there and describe how to get it. Assorted
cleanups.
Tue Sep 12 19:02:47 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Removing files): Remove section on limitations
which are gone now that we have death support.
Wed Aug 30 12:32:29 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo (Remote Repositories): new node, referred to from
`Basics' and `Repository'.
(Repository): documented new `-d' vs. `$CVSROOT' vs. `CVS/Root'
behavior.
(commitinfo): document client/server-case behavior.
(editinfo): document client/server-case behavior.
(loginfo): document client/server-case behavior.
(rcsinfo): document client/server-case behavior.
Mon Aug 21 00:23:45 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsclient.texi (How To): The way to force rsh is to set
CVS_CLIENT_PORT to -1, not to some bogus value.
Tue Aug 15 17:12:08 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo
(Basic concepts): talk about remote repositories.
(Repository): same.
Mon Jul 24 19:09:12 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Remove references to -q and -Q command options.
Fri Jul 21 10:33:07 1995 Vince DeMarco <vdemarco@bou.shl.com>
* cvs.texinfo: Changes for CVSEDITOR and wrappers.
Thu Jul 13 23:04:12 CDT 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* Makefile.in (cvs-paper.ps): *Never* redirect output directly to
the target (usu $@) of a rule. Instead, redirect to a temporary
file, and then move that temporary to the target. I chose to
name temporary files $@-t. Remember to be careful that the length
of the temporary file name not exceed the 14-character limit.
Sun Jul 9 19:03:00 1995 Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>
* doc/cvs.texinfo:
- document '-q' for 'cvs status'
- correction to regexp use in *info files
- correction to use of 'cvsinit' script
(from previous local changes)
Tue Jun 20 18:57:55 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (dist-dir): Depend on $(OBJDIR_DISTFILES).
Fri Jun 16 21:56:16 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@cyclic.com>
and Jim Meyering <meyering@comco.com>
* update.c (update_file_proc): If noexec, just write 'C', don't merge.
Fri Jun 16 07:56:04 1995 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cyclic.com)
* cvs-paper.ps: Added.
Sat May 27 08:46:00 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* Makefile.in (Makefile): Regenerate only Makefile in current
directory when Makefile.in is out of date. Depend on ../config.status.
Sat May 27 08:08:18 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* doc/Makefile.in (realclean): Remove more postscript and info files.
Fri Apr 28 22:44:06 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.bio.indiana.edu>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Updated.
(doc): Depend on cvsclient.ps too.
(cvs.aux, cvsclient.aux): Add target.
(cvsclient.dvi): Don't nuke the aux file. They're small and
helpful.
(cvsclient.ps): New target.
(dist-dir): Renamed from dist; changed to work with DISTDIR
variable from parent.
Sun Apr 23 22:13:18 1995 Noel Cragg <noel@vo.com>
* Makefile: Added more files to the `clean' target.
* .cvsignore: Added the same files.
Mon Nov 28 10:22:46 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Notes): Remove item about commit options; now
fixed. Rewrite paragraph about server memory usage.
* cvsclient.texi (Responses): Add Set-checkin-prog and
Set-update-prog.
(Requests): Add Checkin-prog and Update-prog.
* cvsclient.texi (TODO): Remove last item (it is fixed) and node.
Fri Nov 18 16:51:36 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Requests): Add Max-dotdot.
Thu Nov 3 07:04:24 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Add Directory request.
(TODO): Remove item about renaming directories.
(Protocol): Change @subheading to @node/@section.
Fri Oct 28 07:51:13 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Add expand-module request and
Module-expansion response.
(Protocol Notes, TODO): Remove items about cvs co funkiness.
Wed Oct 12 19:49:36 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Add Copy-file response.
* cvsclient.texi (How To): Correct item about where declaration
of cvs commands go.
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Add new commands. Merge description
of how commands work which was duplicated among the various
commands. Formatting cleanups.
(TODO): Remove item about bad error message on checking in a
nonexistent file; this works now (presumably fixed by the
Unchanged stuff).
(Notes): Remove thing about trying unsupported commands via NFS,
rdist, etc. Also remove item about some commands not being
supported. There are no unsupported commands anymore.
Tue Sep 13 13:28:52 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Document New-entry response.
Mon Sep 12 06:35:15 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Clarify that checksum is of patched
file, not patch itself. Fix typo (valid-requests -> Valid-requests).
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Document Sticky request and
Set-sticky and Clear-sticky responses.
(Notes): Remove sticky tags from todo list.
Thu Sep 8 14:23:58 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Document Static-directory requests
and Set-static-directory and Clear-static-directory responses.
(Notes): Remove Entries.Static support from todo list.
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Document Unchanged and UseUnchanged
requests. Update documentation of Entry and Lost accordingly.
Mon Aug 22 14:08:21 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Goals): Remove mention of rsh.
(Protocol Notes, TODO): Remove compression item.
(Protocol): Document "status" request.
(TODO): Remove suggestion to add "cvs status".
Tue Jul 19 10:02:53 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (install-info): Do not depend upon installdirs.
Fri Jul 15 12:56:53 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (all): Do not depend upon info.
(install): Do not depend upon install-info.
Thu Jul 7 20:43:12 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Add Checksum response.
Thu Jun 30 15:16:50 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Add Global_option request.
Wed Jun 29 14:09:42 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi: Describe sending patches, including the dummy
update-patches request and the Patched response. Mention Kerberos
authentication using ``cvs kserver''. Some other minor changes.
Tue Jun 28 15:21:06 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol Notes): Remove note about sending diffs
in Updated; Ian did it. Remove note about adding encryption to rsh.
Sat May 7 10:44:30 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi (Protocol): Document Modified without Entry. Add
`add' and `remove' and `Remove-entry'. Formatting cleanups.
Tue Apr 19 01:29:04 1994 John Gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi: New node How To; cleanups throughout.
* Makefile.in: Add dependencies on cvsclient.texi.

38
contrib/cvs/doc/ChangeLog.fsf Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
Thu Sep 15 14:19:50 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn <zoo@monad.armadillo.com>
* Makefile.in: define TEXI2DVI
Sat Dec 18 01:23:39 1993 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* cvs.texinfo: document -k SUBST options to 'cvs import';
regularize use @sc{cvs}
* Makefile.in (VPATH): don't use $(srcdir), but @srcdir@ instead
(install-info): grab all info files, not just *.info
Mon Oct 11 16:23:54 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* cvsclient.texi: New node TODO; various other changes.
Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
-subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers. Forced
copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
Tue Dec 10 04:07:10 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir.
Thu Dec 5 22:46:01 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away. Added copyrights
and shift gpl to v2. Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
Wed Nov 27 02:45:18 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at sendai)
* brought Makefile.in's up to standards.text.
* fresh changelog.

203
contrib/cvs/doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
# Makefile for GNU CVS documentation.
# Do not use this makefile directly, but only from `../Makefile'.
# Copyright (C) 1986, 1988-1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# $CVSid: @(#)Makefile.in 1.8 94/10/22 $
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
infodir = $(prefix)/info
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
DISTFILES = \
.cvsignore ChangeLog ChangeLog.fsf Makefile.in \
cvs-paper.ms cvs-paper.ps \
cvs.texinfo \
cvsclient.texi
OBJDIR_DISTFILES = cvs.ps cvs.info cvs.aux \
cvsclient.ps cvsclient.info cvsclient.aux CVSvn.texi
# these are part of the texinfo distribution
MAKEINFO=makeinfo
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
# where to find texinfo;
TEXIDIR=${gdbdir}/../texinfo
SET_TEXINPUTS = TEXINPUTS=.:$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS
# Don Knuth's TeX formatter
TEX = tex
# auxiliary program for sorting Texinfo indices
TEXINDEX = texindex
DVIPS = dvips
DVIPSFLAGS =
ROFF = groff
# CYGNUS LOCAL: all does not depend upon info
all:
.PHONY: all
# CYGNUS LOCAL: install does not depend on install-info
install: all
.PHONY: install
doc: cvs.ps cvs-paper.ps cvsclient.ps
info: cvs.info cvsclient.info
cvs.info: cvs.texinfo CVSvn.texi
if [ ! -f ./CVSvn.texi ]; then \
ln -s $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
ln $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
cp $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . ; else true; fi
$(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/cvs.texinfo -o cvs.info
cvsclient.info: cvsclient.texi CVSvn.texi
if [ ! -f ./CVSvn.texi ]; then \
ln -s $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
ln $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
cp $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . ; else true; fi
$(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/cvsclient.texi -o cvsclient.info
# Version of the protocol suitable for emailing
cvsclient.txt: cvsclient.texi CVSvn.texi
if [ ! -f ./CVSvn.texi ]; then \
ln -s $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
ln $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
cp $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . ; else true; fi
$(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/cvsclient.texi --no-headers -o cvsclient.txt
# If the user gets a distribution (which contains *.info), unpacks
# it, and builds it in a seperate build dir, then *.info* are in srcdir.
# If the user builds *.info (e.g. after editing *.texi), then *.info* are
# in the build dir.
install-info: info
test -f cvs.info || cd $(srcdir); \
for i in *.info* ; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(infodir)/$$i ; \
done
installdirs:
$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(infodir)
.PHONY: installdirs
dvi: cvs.dvi cvsclient.dvi
CVSvn.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/version.c
echo "@set CVSVN `sed < $(top_srcdir)/src/version.c \
-e '/version_string/!d' \
-e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' \
-e q`" >CVSvn.new
mv CVSvn.new CVSvn.texi
cvs.dvi cvs.aux: cvs.texinfo CVSvn.texi
if [ ! -f ./CVSvn.texi ]; then \
ln -s $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
ln $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
cp $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . ; else true; fi
$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/cvs.texinfo
cvsclient.dvi cvsclient.aux: cvsclient.texi CVSvn.texi
if [ ! -f ./CVSvn.texi ]; then \
ln -s $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
ln $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . || \
cp $(srcdir)/CVSvn.texi . ; else true; fi
$(SET_TEXINPUTS) $(TEX) cvsclient.texi
$(SET_TEXINPUTS) $(TEX) cvsclient.texi
$(TEXINDEX) cvsclient.??
$(SET_TEXINPUTS) $(TEX) cvsclient.texi
rm -f cvsclient.?? cvsclient.log cvsclient.toc cvsclient.??s
cvs.ps: cvs.dvi
$(DVIPS) $(DVIPSFLAGS) cvs.dvi -o cvs.ps
cvs-paper.ps: cvs-paper.ms
$(ROFF) -t -p -ms -Tps $(srcdir)/cvs-paper.ms > $@-t
mv $@-t $@
cvsclient.ps: cvsclient.dvi
$(DVIPS) $(DVIPSFLAGS) cvsclient.dvi -o cvsclient.ps
tags:
.PHONY: tags
TAGS:
.PHONY: TAGS
ls:
@echo $(DISTFILES)
.PHONY: ls
clean:
rm -f *.o core
rm -f cvs.cp cvs.fn cvs.ky cvs.pg cvs.tp cvs.vr
rm -f cvs.cps cvs.fns cvs.kys cvs.pgs cvs.tps cvs.vrs
rm -f cvs.aux cvs.dvi cvs.log cvs.toc
rm -f cvsclient.cp cvsclient.fn cvsclient.ky cvsclient.pg
rm -f cvsclient.tp cvsclient.vr cvsclient.cps cvsclient.fns
rm -f cvsclient.kys cvsclient.pgs cvsclient.tps cvsclient.vrs
rm -f cvsclient.aux cvsclient.dvi cvsclient.log cvsclient.toc
.PHONY: clean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile
.PHONY: distclean
realclean: distclean
rm -f cvs.info* cvs.ps cvs-paper.ps cvsclient.info* cvsclient.ps
.PHONY: realclean
dist-dir: $(DISTFILES) $(OBJDIR_DISTFILES)
mkdir ${DISTDIR}
for i in ${DISTFILES}; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$${i} ${DISTDIR}; \
done
ln ${OBJDIR_DISTFILES} ${DISTDIR}
if [ -f cvs.info-1 ]; \
then ln -f cvs.info-* ${DISTDIR}; \
else : Pacify Ultrix sh; \
fi
if [ -f cvsclient.info-1 ]; \
then ln -f cvsclient.info-* ${DISTDIR}; \
else : Pacify Ultrix sh; \
fi
.PHONY: dist-dir
subdir = doc
Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
#../config.status: ../configure
# cd .. ; $(SHELL) config.status --recheck
#../configure: ../configure.in
# cd $(top_srcdir) ; autoconf

1073
contrib/cvs/doc/cvs-paper.ms Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7738
contrib/cvs/doc/cvs.texinfo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

824
contrib/cvs/doc/cvsclient.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,824 @@
\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
@setfilename cvsclient.info
@include CVSvn.texi
@node Top
@top CVS Client/Server
This document describes the client/server protocol used by CVS. It does
not describe how to use or administer client/server CVS; see the regular
CVS manual for that. This is version @value{CVSVN} of the protocol
specification---@xref{Introduction} for more on what this version number
means.
@menu
* Introduction:: What is CVS and what is the client/server protocol for?
* Goals:: Basic design decisions, requirements, scope, etc.
* Notes:: Notes on the current implementation
* Protocol Notes:: Possible enhancements, limitations, etc. of the protocol
* Connection and Authentication:: Various ways to connect to the server
* Protocol:: Complete description of the protocol
@end menu
@node Introduction
@chapter Introduction
CVS is a version control system (with some additional configuration
management functionality). It maintains a central @dfn{repository}
which stores files (often source code), including past versions,
information about who modified them and when, and so on. People who
wish to look at or modify those files, known as @dfn{developers}, use
CVS to @dfn{check out} a @dfn{working directory} from the repository, to
@dfn{check in} new versions of files to the repository, and other
operations such as viewing the modification history of a file. If
developers are connected to the repository by a network, particularly a
slow or flaky one, the most efficient way to use the network is with the
CVS-specific protocol described in this document.
Developers, using the machine on which they store their working
directory, run the CVS @dfn{client} program. To perform operations
which cannot be done locally, it connects to the CVS @dfn{server}
program, which maintains the repository. For more information on how
to connect see @ref{Connection and Authentication}.
This document describes the CVS protocol. Unfortunately, it does not
yet completely document one aspect of the protocol---the detailed
operation of each CVS command and option---and one must look at the CVS
user documentation, @file{cvs.texinfo}, for that information. The
protocol is non-proprietary (anyone who wants to is encouraged to
implement it) and an implementation, known as CVS, is available under
the GNU Public License. The CVS distribution, containing this
implementation, @file{cvs.texinfo}, and a copy (possibly more or less up
to date than what you are reading now) of this document,
@file{cvsclient.texi}, can be found at the usual GNU FTP sites, with a
filename such as @file{cvs-@var{version}.tar.gz}.
This is version @value{CVSVN} of the protocol specification. This
version number is intended only to aid in distinguishing different
versions of this specification. Although the specification is currently
maintained in conjunction with the CVS implementation, and carries the
same version number, it also intends to document what is involved with
interoperating with other implementations (such as other versions of
CVS); see @xref{Requirements}. This version number should not be used
by clients or servers to determine what variant of the protocol to
speak; they should instead use the @code{valid-requests} and
@code{Valid-responses} mechanism (@pxref{Protocol}), which is more
flexible.
@node Goals
@chapter Goals
@itemize @bullet
@item
Do not assume any access to the repository other than via this protocol.
It does not depend on NFS, rdist, etc.
@item
Providing a reliable transport is outside this protocol. It is expected
that it runs over TCP, UUCP, etc.
@item
Security and authentication are handled outside this protocol (but see
below about @samp{cvs kserver}).
@item
This might be a first step towards adding transactions to CVS (i.e. a
set of operations is either executed atomically or none of them is
executed), improving the locking, or other features. The current server
implementation is a long way from being able to do any of these
things. The protocol, however, is not known to contain any defects
which would preclude them.
@item
The server never has to have any CVS locks in place while it is waiting
for communication with the client. This makes things robust in the face
of flaky networks.
@item
Data is transferred in large chunks, which is necessary for good
performance. In fact, currently the client uploads all the data
(without waiting for server responses), and then waits for one server
response (which consists of a massive download of all the data). There
may be cases in which it is better to have a richer interraction, but
the need for the server to release all locks whenever it waits for the
client makes it complicated.
@end itemize
@node Notes
@chapter Notes on the Current Implementation
The client is built in to the normal @code{cvs} program, triggered by a
@code{CVSROOT} variable containing a colon, for example
@code{cygnus.com:/rel/cvsfiles}.
The client stores what is stored in checked-out directories (including
@file{CVS}). The way these are stored is totally compatible with
standard CVS. The server requires no storage other than the repository,
which also is totally compatible with standard CVS.
The server is started by @code{cvs server}. There is no particularly
compelling reason for this rather than making it a separate program
which shares a lot of sources with cvs.
The server can also be started by @code{cvs kserver}, in which case it
does an initial Kerberos authentication on stdin. If the authentication
succeeds, it subsequently runs identically to @code{cvs server}.
The current server implementation can use up huge amounts of memory
when transmitting a lot of data over a slow link (i.e. the network is
slower than the server can generate the data). There is some
experimental code (see @code{SERVER_FLOWCONTROL} in options.h) which
should help significantly.
@node Protocol Notes
@chapter Notes on the Protocol
A number of enhancements are possible:
@itemize @bullet
@item
The @code{Modified} request could be speeded up by sending diffs rather
than entire files. The client would need some way to keep the version
of the file which was originally checked out, which would double client
disk space requirements or require coordination with editors (e.g. maybe
it could use emacs numbered backups). This would also allow local
operation of @code{cvs diff} without arguments.
@item
Have the client keep a copy of some part of the repository. This allows
all of @code{cvs diff} and large parts of @code{cvs update} and
@code{cvs ci} to be local. The local copy could be made consistent with
the master copy at night (but if the master copy has been updated since
the latest nightly re-sync, then it would read what it needs to from the
master).
@item
Provide encryption using kerberos.
@item
The current procedure for @code{cvs update} is highly sub-optimal if
there are many modified files. One possible alternative would be to
have the client send a first request without the contents of every
modified file, then have the server tell it what files it needs. Note
the server needs to do the what-needs-to-be-updated check twice (or
more, if changes in the repository mean it has to ask the client for
more files), because it can't keep locks open while waiting for the
network. Perhaps this whole thing is irrelevant if client-side
repositories are implemented, and the rcsmerge is done by the client.
@end itemize
@node Connection and Authentication
@chapter How to Connect to and Authenticate Oneself to the CVS server
Connection and authentication occurs before the CVS protocol itself is
started. There are several ways to connect.
@table @asis
@item rsh
If the client has a way to execute commands on the server, and provide
input to the commands and output from them, then it can connect that
way. This could be the usual rsh (port 514) protocol, Kerberos rsh,
SSH, or any similar mechanism. The client may allow the user to specify
the name of the server program; the default is @code{cvs}. It is
invoked with one argument, @code{server}. Once it invokes the server,
the client proceeds to start the cvs protocol.
@item kserver
The kerberized server listens on a port (in the current implementation,
by having inetd call "cvs kserver") which defaults to 1999. The client
connects, sends the usual kerberos authentication information, and then
starts the cvs protocol. Note: port 1999 is officially registered for
another use, and in any event one cannot register more than one port for
CVS, so the kerberized client and server should be changed to use port
2401 (see below), and send a different string in place of @samp{BEGIN
AUTH REQUEST} to identify the authentication method in use. However,
noone has yet gotten around to implementing this.
@item pserver
The password authenticated server listens on a port (in the current
implementation, by having inetd call "cvs pserver") which defaults to
2401 (this port is officially registered). The client
connects, sends the string @samp{BEGIN AUTH REQUEST}, a linefeed, the
cvs root, a linefeed, the username, a linefeed, the password trivially
encoded (see scramble.c in the cvs sources), a linefeed, the string
@samp{END AUTH REQUEST}, and a linefeed. The server responds with
@samp{I LOVE YOU} and a linefeed if the authentication is successful or
@samp{I HATE YOU} and a linefeed if the authentication fails. After
receiving @samp{I LOVE YOU}, the client proceeds with the cvs protocol.
If the client wishes to merely authenticate without starting the cvs
protocol, the procedure is the same, except @samp{BEGIN AUTH REQUEST} is
replaced with @samp{BEGIN VERIFICATION REQUEST}, @samp{END AUTH REQUEST}
is replaced with @samp{END VERIFICATION REQUEST}, and upon receipt of
@samp{I LOVE YOU} the connection is closed rather than continuing.
@end table
@node Protocol
@chapter The CVS client/server protocol
In the following, @samp{\n} refers to a linefeed and @samp{\t} refers
to a horizontal tab.
@menu
* Entries Lines::
* Modes::
* Filenames:: Conventions regarding filenames
* Requests::
* Responses::
* Example::
* Requirements::
@end menu
@node Entries Lines
@section Entries Lines
Entries lines are transmitted as:
@example
/ @var{name} / @var{version} / @var{conflict} / @var{options} / @var{tag_or_date}
@end example
@var{tag_or_date} is either @samp{T} @var{tag} or @samp{D} @var{date}
or empty. If it is followed by a slash, anything after the slash
shall be silently ignored.
@var{version} can be empty, or start with @samp{0} or @samp{-}, for no
user file, new user file, or user file to be removed, respectively.
@var{conflict}, if it starts with @samp{+}, indicates that the file had
conflicts in it. The rest of @var{conflict} is @samp{=} if the
timestamp matches the file, or anything else if it doesn't. If
@var{conflict} does not start with a @samp{+}, it is silently ignored.
@node Modes
@section Modes
A mode is any number of repetitions of
@example
@var{mode-type} = @var{data}
@end example
separated by @samp{,}.
@var{mode-type} is an identifier composed of alphanumeric characters.
Currently specified: @samp{u} for user, @samp{g} for group, @samp{o}
for other (see below for discussion of whether these have their POSIX
meaning or are more loose). Unrecognized values of @var{mode-type}
are silently ignored.
@var{data} consists of any data not containing @samp{,}, @samp{\0} or
@samp{\n}. For @samp{u}, @samp{g}, and @samp{o} mode types, data
consists of alphanumeric characters, where @samp{r} means read, @samp{w}
means write, @samp{x} means execute, and unrecognized letters are
silently ignored.
The two most obvious ways in which the mode matters are: (1) is it
writeable? This is used by the developer communication features, and
is implemented even on OS/2 (and could be implemented on DOS), whose
notion of mode is limited to a readonly bit. (2) is it executable?
Unix CVS users need CVS to store this setting (for shell scripts and
the like). The current CVS implementation on unix does a little bit
more than just maintain these two settings, but it doesn't really have
a nice general facility to store or version control the mode, even on
unix, much less across operating systems with diverse protection
features. So all the ins and outs of what the mode means across
operating systems haven't really been worked out (e.g. should the VMS
port use ACLs to get POSIX semantics for groups?).
@node Filenames
@section Conventions regarding transmission of file names
In most contexts, @samp{/} is used to separate directory and file
names in filenames, and any use of other conventions (for example,
that the user might type on the command line) is converted to that
form. The only exceptions might be a few cases in which the server
provides a magic cookie which the client then repeats verbatim, but as
the server has not yet been ported beyond unix, the two rules provide
the same answer (and what to do if future server ports are operating
on a repository like e:/foo or CVS_ROOT:[FOO.BAR] has not been
carefully thought out).
@node Requests
@section Requests
File contents (noted below as @var{file transmission}) can be sent in
one of two forms. The simpler form is a number of bytes, followed by a
newline, followed by the specified number of bytes of file contents.
These are the entire contents of the specified file. Second, if both
client and server support @samp{gzip-file-contents}, a @samp{z} may
precede the length, and the `file contents' sent are actually compressed
with @samp{gzip}. The length specified is that of the compressed
version of the file.
In neither case are the file content followed by any additional data.
The transmission of a file will end with a newline iff that file (or its
compressed form) ends with a newline.
@table @code
@item Root @var{pathname} \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server which @code{CVSROOT} to use.
@var{pathname} must already exist; if creating a new root, use the
@code{init} request, not @code{Root}. @var{pathname} does not include
the hostname of the server, how to access the server, etc.; by the time
the CVS protocol is in use, connection, authentication, etc., are
already taken care of.
@item Valid-responses @var{request-list} \n
Response expected: no.
Tell the server what responses the client will accept.
request-list is a space separated list of tokens.
@item valid-requests \n
Response expected: yes.
Ask the server to send back a @code{Valid-requests} response.
@item Repository @var{repository} \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server what repository to use. This
should be a directory name from a previous server response. Note that
this both gives a default for @code{Entry } and @code{Modified } and
also for @code{ci} and the other commands; normal usage is to send a
@code{Repository } for each directory in which there will be an
@code{Entry } or @code{Modified }, and then a final @code{Repository }
for the original directory, then the command.
@item Directory @var{local-directory} \n
Additional data: @var{repository} \n. This is like @code{Repository},
but the local name of the directory may differ from the repository name.
If the client uses this request, it affects the way the server returns
pathnames; see @ref{Responses}. @var{local-directory} is relative to
the top level at which the command is occurring (i.e. the last
@code{Directory} or @code{Repository} which is sent before the command).
@item Max-dotdot @var{level} \n
Tell the server that @var{level} levels of directories above the
directory which @code{Directory} requests are relative to will be
needed. For example, if the client is planning to use a
@code{Directory} request for @file{../../foo}, it must send a
@code{Max-dotdot} request with a @var{level} of at least 2.
@code{Max-dotdot} must be sent before the first @code{Directory}
request.
@item Static-directory \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server that the directory most recently
specified with @code{Repository} or @code{Directory} should not have
additional files checked out unless explicitly requested. The client
sends this if the @code{Entries.Static} flag is set, which is controlled
by the @code{Set-static-directory} and @code{Clear-static-directory}
responses.
@item Sticky @var{tagspec} \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server that the directory most recently
specified with @code{Repository} has a sticky tag or date @var{tagspec}.
The first character of @var{tagspec} is @samp{T} for a tag, or @samp{D}
for a date. The remainder of @var{tagspec} contains the actual tag or
date.
@item Checkin-prog @var{program} \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server that the directory most recently
specified with @code{Directory} has a checkin program @var{program}.
Such a program would have been previously set with the
@code{Set-checkin-prog} response.
@item Update-prog @var{program} \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server that the directory most recently
specified with @code{Directory} has an update program @var{program}.
Such a program would have been previously set with the
@code{Set-update-prog} response.
@item Entry @var{entry-line} \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server what version of a file is on the
local machine. The name in @var{entry-line} is a name relative to the
directory most recently specified with @code{Repository}. If the user
is operating on only some files in a directory, @code{Entry} requests
for only those files need be included. If an @code{Entry} request is
sent without @code{Modified}, @code{Unchanged}, or @code{Lost} for that
file the meaning depends on whether @code{UseUnchanged} has been sent;
if it has been it means the file is lost, if not it means the file is
unchanged.
@item Modified @var{filename} \n
Response expected: no. Additional data: mode, \n, file transmission.
Send the server a copy of one locally modified file. @var{filename} is
relative to the most recent repository sent with @code{Repository}. If
the user is operating on only some files in a directory, only those
files need to be included. This can also be sent without @code{Entry},
if there is no entry for the file.
@item Lost @var{filename} \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server that @var{filename} no longer
exists. The name is relative to the most recent repository sent with
@code{Repository}. This is used for any case in which @code{Entry} is
being sent but the file no longer exists. If the client has issued the
@code{UseUnchanged} request, then this request is not used.
@item Unchanged @var{filename} \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server that @var{filename} has not been
modified in the checked out directory. The name is relative to the most
recent repository sent with @code{Repository}. This request can only be
issued if @code{UseUnchanged} has been sent.
@item UseUnchanged \n
Response expected: no. Tell the server that the client will be
indicating unmodified files with @code{Unchanged}, and that files for
which no information is sent are nonexistent on the client side, not
unchanged. This is necessary for correct behavior since only the server
knows what possible files may exist, and thus what files are
nonexistent.
@item Notify @var{filename} \n
Tell the server that a @code{edit} or @code{unedit} command has taken
place. The server needs to send a @code{Notified} response, but such
response is deferred until the next time that the server is sending
responses. Response expected: no. Additional data:
@example
@var{notification-type} \t @var{time} \t @var{clienthost} \t
@var{working-dir} \t @var{watches} \n
@end example
where @var{notification-type} is @samp{E} for edit or @samp{U} for
unedit, @var{time} is the time at which the edit or unedit took place,
@var{clienthost} is the name of the host on which the edit or unedit
took place, and @var{working-dir} is the pathname of the working
directory where the edit or unedit took place. @var{watches} are the
temporary watches to set; if it is followed by \t then the tab and the
rest of the line are ignored.
@item Questionable @var{filename} \n
Response expected: no. Additional data: no. Tell the server to check
whether @var{filename} should be ignored, and if not, next time the
server sends responses, send (in a @code{M} response) @samp{?} followed
by the directory and filename.
@item Case \n
Tell the server that filenames should be matched against ignore patterns
in a case-insensitive fashion. Note that this does not apply to other
comparisons---for example the filenames given in @code{Entry} and
@code{Modified} requests for the same file must match in case regardless
of whether the @code{Case} request is sent.
@item Argument @var{text} \n
Response expected: no.
Save argument for use in a subsequent command. Arguments
accumulate until an argument-using command is given, at which point
they are forgotten.
@item Argumentx @var{text} \n
Response expected: no. Append \n followed by text to the current
argument being saved.
@item Global_option @var{option} \n
Transmit one of the global options @samp{-q}, @samp{-Q}, @samp{-l},
@samp{-t}, @samp{-r}, or @samp{-n}. @var{option} must be one of those
strings, no variations (such as combining of options) are allowed. For
graceful handling of @code{valid-requests}, it is probably better to
make new global options separate requests, rather than trying to add
them to this request.
@item Set @var{variable}=@var{value} \n
Set a user variable @var{variable} to @var{value}.
@item expand-modules \n
Response expected: yes. Expand the modules which are specified in the
arguments. Returns the data in @code{Module-expansion} responses. Note
that the server can assume that this is checkout or export, not rtag or
rdiff; the latter do not access the working directory and thus have no
need to expand modules on the client side.
@item co \n
@itemx ci \n
@itemx diff \n
@itemx tag \n
@itemx status \n
@itemx log \n
@itemx add \n
@itemx remove \n
@itemx rdiff \n
@itemx rtag \n
@itemx admin \n
@itemx export \n
@itemx history \n
@itemx watchers \n
@itemx editors \n
@itemx annotate \n
Response expected: yes. Actually do a cvs command. This uses any
previous @code{Argument}, @code{Repository}, @code{Entry},
@code{Modified}, or @code{Lost} requests, if they have been sent. The
last @code{Repository} sent specifies the working directory at the time
of the operation. No provision is made for any input from the user.
This means that @code{ci} must use a @code{-m} argument if it wants to
specify a log message.
@itemx init @var{root-name} \n
Response expected: yes. If it doesn't already exist, create a @sc{cvs}
repository @var{root-name}. The @code{Root} request need not have been
previously sent.
@itemx update \n
Response expected: yes. Actually do a @code{cvs update} command. This
uses any previous @code{Argument}, @code{Repository}, @code{Entry},
@code{Modified}, or @code{Lost} requests, if they have been sent. The
last @code{Repository} sent specifies the working directory at the time
of the operation. The @code{-I} option is not used--files which the
client can decide whether to ignore are not mentioned and the client
sends the @code{Questionable} request for others.
@item import \n
Response expected: yes. Actually do a @code{cvs import} command. This
uses any previous @code{Argument}, @code{Repository}, @code{Entry},
@code{Modified}, or @code{Lost} requests, if they have been sent. The
last @code{Repository} sent specifies the working directory at the time
of the operation. The files to be imported are sent in @code{Modified}
requests (files which the client knows should be ignored are not sent;
the server must still process the CVSROOT/cvsignore file unless -I ! is
sent). A log message must have been specified with a @code{-m}
argument.
@item watch-on \n
@itemx watch-off \n
@itemx watch-add \n
@itemx watch-remove \n
Response expected: yes. Actually do the @code{cvs watch on}, @code{cvs
watch off}, @code{cvs watch add}, and @code{cvs watch remove} commands,
respectively. This uses any previous @code{Argument},
@code{Repository}, @code{Entry}, @code{Modified}, or @code{Lost}
requests, if they have been sent. The last @code{Repository} sent
specifies the working directory at the time of the operation.
@item release \n
Response expected: yes. Note that a @code{cvs release} command has
taken place and update the history file accordingly.
@item noop \n
Response expected: yes. This request is a null command in the sense
that it doesn't do anything, but merely (as with any other requests
expecting a response) sends back any responses pertaining to pending
errors, pending @code{Notified} responses, etc.
@item update-patches \n
This request does not actually do anything. It is used as a signal that
the server is able to generate patches when given an @code{update}
request. The client must issue the @code{-u} argument to @code{update}
in order to receive patches.
@item gzip-file-contents @var{level} \n
This request asks the server to filter files it sends to the client
through the @samp{gzip} program, using the specified level of
compression. If this request is not made, the server must not do any
compression.
This is only a hint to the server. It may still decide (for example, in
the case of very small files, or files that already appear to be
compressed) not to do the compression. Compression is indicated by a
@samp{z} preceding the file length.
Availability of this request in the server indicates to the client that
it may compress files sent to the server, regardless of whether the
client actually uses this request.
@item @var{other-request} @var{text} \n
Response expected: yes.
Any unrecognized request expects a response, and does not
contain any additional data. The response will normally be something like
@samp{error unrecognized request}, but it could be a different error if
a previous command which doesn't expect a response produced an error.
@end table
When the client is done, it drops the connection.
@node Responses
@section Responses
After a command which expects a response, the server sends however many
of the following responses are appropriate. Pathnames are of the actual
files operated on (i.e. they do not contain @samp{,v} endings), and are
suitable for use in a subsequent @code{Repository} request. However, if
the client has used the @code{Directory} request, then it is instead a
local directory name relative to the directory in which the command was
given (i.e. the last @code{Directory} before the command). Then a
newline and a repository name (the pathname which is sent if
@code{Directory} is not used). Then the slash and the filename. For
example, for a file @file{i386.mh} which is in the local directory
@file{gas.clean/config} and for which the repository is
@file{/rel/cvsfiles/devo/gas/config}:
@example
gas.clean/config/
/rel/cvsfiles/devo/gas/config/i386.mh
@end example
Any response always ends with @samp{error} or @samp{ok}. This indicates
that the response is over.
@table @code
@item Valid-requests @var{request-list} \n
Indicate what requests the server will accept. @var{request-list}
is a space separated list of tokens. If the server supports sending
patches, it will include @samp{update-patches} in this list. The
@samp{update-patches} request does not actually do anything.
@item Checked-in @var{pathname} \n
Additional data: New Entries line, \n. This means a file @var{pathname}
has been successfully operated on (checked in, added, etc.). name in
the Entries line is the same as the last component of @var{pathname}.
@item New-entry @var{pathname} \n
Additional data: New Entries line, \n. Like @code{Checked-in}, but the
file is not up to date.
@item Updated @var{pathname} \n
Additional data: New Entries line, \n, mode, \n, file transmission. A
new copy of the file is enclosed. This is used for a new revision of an
existing file, or for a new file, or for any other case in which the
local (client-side) copy of the file needs to be updated, and after
being updated it will be up to date. If any directory in pathname does
not exist, create it.
@item Merged @var{pathname} \n
This is just like @code{Updated} and takes the same additional data,
with the one difference that after the new copy of the file is enclosed,
it will still not be up to date. Used for the results of a merge, with
or without conflicts.
@item Patched @var{pathname} \n
This is just like @code{Updated} and takes the same additional data,
with the one difference that instead of sending a new copy of the file,
the server sends a patch produced by @samp{diff -u}. This client must
apply this patch, using the @samp{patch} program, to the existing file.
This will only be used when the client has an exact copy of an earlier
revision of a file. This response is only used if the @code{update}
command is given the @samp{-u} argument.
@item Mode @var{mode} \n
This @var{mode} applies to the next file mentioned in
@code{Checked-in}. It does not apply to any request which follows a
@code{Checked-in}, @code{New-entry}, @code{Updated}, @code{Merged}, or
@code{Patched} response.
@item Checksum @var{checksum}\n
The @var{checksum} applies to the next file sent over via
@code{Updated}, @code{Merged}, or @code{Patched}. In the case of
@code{Patched}, the checksum applies to the file after being patched,
not to the patch itself. The client should compute the checksum itself,
after receiving the file or patch, and signal an error if the checksums
do not match. The checksum is the 128 bit MD5 checksum represented as
32 hex digits. This response is optional, and is only used if the
client supports it (as judged by the @code{Valid-responses} request).
@item Copy-file @var{pathname} \n
Additional data: @var{newname} \n. Copy file @var{pathname} to
@var{newname} in the same directory where it already is. This does not
affect @code{CVS/Entries}.
@item Removed @var{pathname} \n
The file has been removed from the repository (this is the case where
cvs prints @samp{file foobar.c is no longer pertinent}).
@item Remove-entry @var{pathname} \n
The file needs its entry removed from @code{CVS/Entries}, but the file
itself is already gone (this happens in response to a @code{ci} request
which involves committing the removal of a file).
@item Set-static-directory @var{pathname} \n
This instructs the client to set the @code{Entries.Static} flag, which
it should then send back to the server in a @code{Static-directory}
request whenever the directory is operated on. @var{pathname} ends in a
slash; its purpose is to specify a directory, not a file within a
directory.
@item Clear-static-directory @var{pathname} \n
Like @code{Set-static-directory}, but clear, not set, the flag.
@item Set-sticky @var{pathname} \n
Additional data: @var{tagspec} \n. Tell the client to set a sticky tag
or date, which should be supplied with the @code{Sticky} request for
future operations. @var{pathname} ends in a slash; its purpose is to
specify a directory, not a file within a directory. The first character
of @var{tagspec} is @samp{T} for a tag, or @samp{D} for a date. The
remainder of @var{tagspec} contains the actual tag or date.
@item Clear-sticky @var{pathname} \n
Clear any sticky tag or date set by @code{Set-sticky}.
@item Template @var{pathname} \n
Additional data: file transmission (note: compressed file transmissions
are not supported). @var{pathname} ends in a slash; its purpose is to
specify a directory, not a file within a directory. Tell the client to
store the file transmission as the template log message, and then use
that template in the future when prompting the user for a log message.
@item Set-checkin-prog @var{dir} \n
Additional data: @var{prog} \n. Tell the client to set a checkin
program, which should be supplied with the @code{Checkin-prog} request
for future operations.
@item Set-update-prog @var{dir} \n
Additional data: @var{prog} \n. Tell the client to set an update
program, which should be supplied with the @code{Update-prog} request
for future operations.
@item Notified @var{pathname} \n
Indicate to the client that the notification for @var{pathname} has been
done. There should be one such response for every @code{Notify}
request; if there are several @code{Notify} requests for a single file,
the requests should be processed in order; the first @code{Notified}
response pertains to the first @code{Notify} request, etc.
@item Module-expansion @var{pathname} \n Return a file or directory
which is included in a particular module. @var{pathname} is relative
to cvsroot, unlike most pathnames in responses. @var{pathname} should
be used to look and see whether some or all of the module exists on
the client side; it is not necessarily suitable for passing as an
argument to a @code{co} request (for example, if the modules file
contains the @samp{-d} option, it will be the directory specified with
@samp{-d}, not the name of the module).
@item M @var{text} \n
A one-line message for the user.
@item E @var{text} \n
Same as @code{M} but send to stderr not stdout.
@item error @var{errno-code} @samp{ } @var{text} \n
The command completed with an error. @var{errno-code} is a symbolic
error code (e.g. @code{ENOENT}); if the server doesn't support this
feature, or if it's not appropriate for this particular message, it just
omits the errno-code (in that case there are two spaces after
@samp{error}). Text is an error message such as that provided by
strerror(), or any other message the server wants to use.
@item ok \n
The command completed successfully.
@end table
@node Example
@section Example
Lines beginning with @samp{c>} are sent by the client; lines beginning
with @samp{s>} are sent by the server; lines beginning with @samp{#} are
not part of the actual exchange.
@example
c> Root /rel/cvsfiles
# In actual practice the lists of valid responses and requests would
# be longer
c> Valid-responses Updated Checked-in M ok error
c> valid-requests
s> Valid-requests Root co Modified Entry Repository ci Argument Argumentx
s> ok
# cvs co devo/foo
c> Argument devo/foo
c> co
s> Updated /rel/cvsfiles/devo/foo/foo.c
s> /foo.c/1.4/Mon Apr 19 15:36:47 1993 Mon Apr 19 15:36:47 1993//
s> 26
s> int mein () @{ abort (); @}
s> Updated /rel/cvsfiles/devo/foo/Makefile
s> /Makefile/1.2/Mon Apr 19 15:36:47 1993 Mon Apr 19 15:36:47 1993//
s> 28
s> foo: foo.c
s> $(CC) -o foo $<
s> ok
# In actual practice the next part would be a separate connection.
# Here it is shown as part of the same one.
c> Repository /rel/cvsfiles/devo/foo
# foo.c relative to devo/foo just set as Repository.
c> Entry /foo.c/1.4/Mon Apr 19 15:36:47 1993 Mon Apr 19 15:36:47 1993//
c> Entry /Makefile/1.2/Mon Apr 19 15:36:47 1993 Mon Apr 19 15:36:47 1993//
c> Modified foo.c
c> 26
c> int main () @{ abort (); @}
# cvs ci -m <log message> foo.c
c> Argument -m
c> Argument Well, you see, it took me hours and hours to find this typo and I
c> Argumentx searched and searched and eventually had to ask John for help.
c> Argument foo.c
c> ci
s> Checked-in /rel/cvsfiles/devo/foo/foo.c
s> /foo.c/1.5/ Mon Apr 19 15:54:22 CDT 1993//
s> M Checking in foo.c;
s> M /cygint/rel/cvsfiles/devo/foo/foo.c,v <-- foo.c
s> M new revision: 1.5; previous revision: 1.4
s> M done
s> ok
@end example
@node Requirements
@section Required versus optional parts of the protocol
The following are part of every known implementation of the CVS
protocol and it is considered reasonable behavior to completely fail
to work if you are connected with an implementation which attempts to
not support them. Requests: Root, Valid-responses, valid-requests,
Repository, Entry, Modified, Argument, Argumentx, ci, co, update.
Responses: ok, error, Valid-requests, Checked-in, Updated, Merged,
Removed, M, E.
Failure to support the Directory, UseUnchanged, and Unchanged requests
is deprecated. CVS 1.5 and later have supported these requests and in
the future it will be considered reasonable behavior to completely
fail to work with an implementation which attempts to not support
them. Support for the Repository and Lost requests is deprecated; CVS
clients 1.5 and later will not use them if communicating with a server
which supports Directory and UseUnchanged.
@bye

238
contrib/cvs/install-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
# This comes from X11R5.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
#
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
tranformbasename=""
transform_arg=""
instcmd="$mvprog"
chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
chowncmd=""
chgrpcmd=""
stripcmd=""
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
mvcmd="$mvprog"
src=""
dst=""
dir_arg=""
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
case $1 in
-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
shift
continue;;
-d) dir_arg=true
shift
continue;;
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
shift
continue;;
-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
shift
continue;;
-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
shift
continue;;
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
src=$1
else
# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
:
dst=$1
fi
shift
continue;;
esac
done
if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
echo "install: no input file specified"
exit 1
else
true
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
dst=$src
src=""
if [ -d $dst ]; then
instcmd=:
else
instcmd=mkdir
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
then
true
else
echo "install: $src does not exist"
exit 1
fi
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
then
echo "install: no destination specified"
exit 1
else
true
fi
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
if [ -d $dst ]
then
dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
else
true
fi
fi
## this sed command emulates the dirname command
dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
defaultIFS='
'
IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
oIFS="${IFS}"
# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
IFS='%'
set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
IFS="${oIFS}"
pathcomp=''
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
shift
if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
then
$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
else
true
fi
pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
done
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
then
$doit $instcmd $dst &&
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
else
# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename $dst`
else
dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
fi
# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename $dst`
else
true
fi
# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
fi &&
exit 0

448
contrib/cvs/lib/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
Thu Apr 25 18:26:34 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* getdate.y (get_date): Set Start from nowtime, not now->time,
which may not be set.
* getdate.c: Regenerated.
Wed Apr 10 17:55:02 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* getdate.y (get_date): Use a time_t variable rather than a field
in a struct timeb. Works around Solaris compiler bug. Sure, it
is a compiler bug, but the workaround is completely painless.
* getdate.c: Regenerated.
Fri Mar 22 11:17:05 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* system.h: If EXIT_FAILURE is not defined by stdlib.h, define it
ourself.
Thu Mar 14 16:27:53 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* system.h: Remove alloca cruft.
Wed Feb 28 03:16:48 1996 Benjamin J. Lee <benjamin@cyclic.com>
* build_lib.com: Changed definition of symbol CC to search
for include files in [-.VMS] so VMS config.h can be picked
up without copying.
Tue Feb 27 21:26:34 1996 Benjamin J. Lee <benjamin@cyclic.com>
* build_lib.com: Added. DCL File to build contents of [.lib]
Tue Feb 27 21:18:38 1996 Benjamin J. Lee <benjamin@cyclic.com>
* system.h: added an existence_error macro check for EVMSERR
necessary for happiness under VMS
Thu Feb 22 22:30:04 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (OBJECTS): Remove @ALLOCA@
(SOURCES): Remove alloca.c
* alloca.c: Removed.
* regex.c (REGEX_MALLOC): Define.
Thu Feb 15 14:00:00 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@cyclic.com>
* vasprintf.c: Declare abs().
Wed Feb 14 14:48:31 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): Don't cast arguments to memcpy.
* vasprintf.c, strtoul.c: Don't include ansidecl.h. Do include
config.h if HAVE_CONFIG_H (for const).
* strtoul.c: Change CONST to const.
Tue Feb 13 20:04:39 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* strtoul.c: Added (needed by vasprintf.c, and missing on SunOS4).
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add strtoul.c.
Mon Feb 12 10:04:46 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* vasprintf.c: Added (same contents as before).
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add vasprintf.c.
Thu Feb 1 14:33:17 1996 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.red-bean.com>
* Makefile.in (xlint): new rule; does nothing, as I'm not sure
running lint is actually advisable in here, but the top-level
Makefile thinks it can `make xlint' here.
Thu Feb 1 15:07:42 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* getopt.c: Remove rcsid.
Tue Jan 30 18:20:27 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* getline.c: Don't define NDEBUG.
(getstr): Rewrite assertions in a way which should stay clear of
signed/unsigned problems and compiler warnings thereof.
Thu Jan 25 00:14:06 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@beezley.cyclic.com>
* yesno.c (yesno): fflush stdout as well as stderr.
Wed Jan 3 18:16:50 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* sighandle.c (SIG_register): Use memset not bzero.
* system.h: Remove defines for index, rindex, bcmp, and bzero.
All the calls to those functions are gone from CVS.
Tue Jan 2 13:00:00 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@peary.cyclic.com>
Visual C++ lint:
* sighandle.c: Prototype SIG_handle and SIG_defaults.
Use SIG_ERR where appropriate.
Mon Dec 18 10:15:05 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* rename.c: Check ENOENT rather than existence_error. The latter
is undefined in this file, and including system.h is said to cause
(unspecified) problems.
Sun Dec 17 23:58:06 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* vasprintf.c: Removed (it is no longer used).
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Remove vasprintf.c.
Sat Dec 16 17:18:33 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* vasprintf.c: Added.
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add vasprintf.c
Mon Dec 4 10:54:04 1995 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* getdate.c: Remove #line directives. I know, this is a kludge,
but Visual C++ 2.1 seems to require it (why, I have no idea. It
has no trouble with the #line directives in getdate in CVS 1.6).
Sat Nov 18 16:20:37 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* rename.c: same.
* mkdir.c: Use new macro `existence_error', instead of comparing
errno to ENOENT directly.
* system.h (existence_error): new macro, tries to portably ask if
errno represents a file-not-exist error.
Fri Nov 17 20:08:58 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* system.h (NEED_DECOY_PERMISSIONS): moved this section to where
it belongs, duh.
* getdate.c: if STDC_HEADERS, then just include <stdlib.h> instead
of declaring malloc() and realloc() to be char *.
* system.h: ifdef NEED_DECOY_PERMISSIONS, then define the S_I*
permission masks for USR, GRP, and OTH in terms of the simpler
OS/2 masks.
Wed Nov 15 15:36:03 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* system.h: ifdef USE_OWN_TCPIP_H, then include "tcpip.h". Only
OS/2 does this right now.
Tue Nov 14 18:44:57 1995 Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>
* getdate.c: OK, this one is from SunOS-4.1 yacc and may be more
portable -- at least it compiles silently here! ;-)
Mon Nov 13 03:53:45 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* fnmatch.c: conform to 80 column standard (yes, I'm a pedant).
Wed Nov 8 11:10:59 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* system.h (STAT_MACROS): ifdef S_IFMT, then use it as before; but
if it's not defined, then just do a single mask and assume
acceptance any of non-zero result. Norbert, I trust you'll let me
know if this is unsatisfactory. :-)
Ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTIME_H, then include <sys/utime.h>. Only OS/2
defines this right now.
Wed Nov 8 13:18:51 1995 Norbert Kiesel <nk@col.sw-ley.de>
* valloc.c: omit malloc declaration (it's already in system.h
which is included and conflicts with <stdlib.h> on some
systems).
Tue Nov 7 19:38:48 1995 Norbert Kiesel <nk@col.sw-ley.de>
* system.h (STAT_MACROS_BROKEN): undo previous change, because
else all regular files will be identified as links (the mask for
links is S_IFREG|S_IFCHR).
Mon Nov 6 19:20:56 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* system.h (STAT_MACROS_BROKEN): in defining the S_IF* macros,
don't fold to 1 or 0 by first masking with S_IFMT; not all
systems have that macro, and anyway it's only necessary that we
return non-zero.
Fri Oct 27 13:43:35 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* save-cwd.c: use __PROTO instead of __P (see below).
* getline.h (__PROTO): same as below.
* save-cwd.h (__PROTO): replaces __P. New name, so don't ask if
already defined. The conflict was that OS/2 w/ IBM C/C++ uses
`__P' for something else, in <ctype.h> of all places.
* system.h: do nothing about alloca ifdef ALLOCA_IN_STDLIB (see
../src/ChangeLog).
Tue Oct 24 13:01:25 1995 Norbert Kiesel <nk@col.sw-ley.de>
* wait.h: include sys/resource.h if available. This is needed at
least under AIX-3.2 where <sys/wait.h> doesn't include it.
Mon Oct 23 17:39:11 1995 Norbert Kiesel <nk@col.sw-ley.de>
* valloc.c (valloc): change parameter definition
Sun Oct 22 14:15:44 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* getline.c, getline.h: New files.
* Makefile.in (SOURCES, OBJECTS, HEADERS): Add getline.c, getline.o,
and getline.h, respectively.
Tue Oct 10 18:01:50 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@totoro.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (cvs_srcdir): define cvs_srcdir to be ../src, then
include it with -I so save_cwd.c can find error.h (for example).
Sun Oct 8 12:27:57 1995 Peter Wemm <peter@haywire.DIALix.COM>
* system.h: define POSIX_SIGNALS or BSD_SIGNALS if configure has
located all the necessary functions for each "type".
* sighandle.c: detect/use POSIX/BSD reliable signals (especially
for blocking signals in critical sections). Helps prevent stray
locks on interruption.
Mon Oct 2 18:11:23 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* system.h: Doc fix.
Mon Oct 2 18:10:35 1995 Larry Jones <larry.jones@sdrc.com>
* regex.c: compile 4.2 BSD compatible functions even when
_POSIX_SOURCE is defined since we need them and we wouldn't be
compiling this file unless they don't exist.
Mon Oct 2 10:32:20 1995 Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>
* strstr.c (strstr): new file and func.
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): added strstr.c.
Sun Oct 1 21:03:40 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@totoro.cyclic.com>
* regex.c: reverted below change.
Thu Sep 28 13:37:04 1995 Larry Jones <larry.jones@sdrc.com>
* regexp.c: check for ISC.
Thu Sep 7 19:18:00 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@cyclic.com>
* save-cwd.c: #include <direct.h> and <io.h>, on systems that
have them.
* getopt.c (_getopt_internal): Cast the return value of strlen,
which is unsigned, before comparing it with the difference between
two pointers, which is unsigned.
Thu Aug 31 11:31:42 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* getdate.y [STDC_HEADERS]: #include <stdlib.h>, for abort.
[HAVE_ALLOCA_H]: #include <alloca.h>, for alloca on Windows NT.
Wed Aug 30 18:48:44 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* system.h [HAVE_IO_H]: #include <io.h>, for Windows NT.
[HAVE_DIRECT_H]: #include <direct.h>, for Windows NT.
(CVS_MKDIR, FOLD_FN_CHAR, fnfold, fncmp, ISDIRSEP, OPEN_BINARY,
FOPEN_BINARY_READ, FOPEN_BINARY_WRITE): New macros/functions, for
use in system-sensitive code.
* regex.c (re_set_registers): start and end are pointers, not
integers. Cast the initializing value appropriately.
* getopt.c [HAVE_STRING_H]: #include <string.h>, to avoid
warnings.
* fnmatch.c (FOLD_FN_CHAR): Give this a dummy #definition if
config.h didn't #define it.
(fnmatch): Pass filename characters through FOLD_FN_CHAR before
comparing them.
* argmatch.c: #include <sys/types.h>.
(argmatch): Declare arglen to be a size_t, rather than an int,
to avoid signed/unsigned comparison "problems".
* .cvsignore: Remove getdate.c from this file. We want to
distribute it, for systems that don't have a Yacc-equivalent
installed (like Windows NT).
Sat Aug 19 22:00:51 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* error.c: Don't #define CVS_SUPPORT here. config.h takes care of
that for us.
[CVS_SUPPORT] (error_use_protocol): New variable, with apology.
(error): If error_use_protocol is set, report errors using the
client/server protocol.
* error.h [CVS_SUPPORT]: Extern decl for error_use_protocol.
Fri Aug 4 00:01:24 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* xgetwd.c: Don't declare free. A K&R style declaration gets
a conflict on some Sun systems when compiling with acc.
* save-cwd.c: New file.
* save-cwd.h: New file.
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add save-cwd.c
(OBJECTS): Add save-cwd.o.
(HEADERS): Add save-cwd.h.
Thu Aug 3 00:55:54 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* error.h: New file.
* Makefile.in (HEADERS): Add error.h.
Sat Jul 29 15:53:55 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add getdate.c.
Thu Jul 27 09:11:41 1995 Robert Lipe <robertl@rjlhome.arnet.com>
* system.h: Check for PATHSIZE before falling back to _POSIX_PATH_MAX.
Thu Jul 20 12:38:03 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* error.c: Instead of calling cvs functions to clean up, allow cvs
to register a callback via error_set_cleanup. Avoids hassles with
include files and SERVER_SUPPORT and so on.
Tue Jul 18 21:18:00 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@cyclic.com>
* system.h: Include <sys/param.h> only if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
is #defined. We've added a test to configure.in to #define this
on most systems.
Thu Jul 13 11:22:21 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* xgetwd.c: New file.
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add xgetwd.c
(OBJECTS): Add xgetwd.o.
Wed Jul 12 09:18:49 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* Makefile.in (OBJECTS): Remove fnmatch.o. Now configure adds it
to LIBOBJS when necessary.
Fri Jun 30 16:27:18 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* rename.c (rename): If MVDIR is not defined, just give an error
on attempt to rename a directory.
Thu Jun 29 00:46:31 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* system.h: Check HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H not non-existent HAVE_TIMEB_H.
* system.h: Don't define alloca if it is already defined.
Wed Jun 28 15:24:51 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* system.h: If NeXT, define utimbuf ourself.
Mon May 29 22:32:40 1995 J.T. Conklin <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
* system.h: Handle time and directory headers as recommended in
the autoconf manual.
Undefine the S_FOO() macros if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN is set.
Don't define mode_t, as it is handled by config.h.
Sat May 27 08:46:00 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* Makefile.in (Makefile): Regenerate only Makefile in current
directory when Makefile.in is out of date. Depend on ../config.status.
Fri Apr 28 22:49:25 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.bio.indiana.edu>
* Makefile.in (SOURCES, OBJECTS): Updated.
(HEADERS): New variable.
(DISTFILES): Updated.
(dist-dir): Renamed from dist; changed to work with DISTDIR
variable passed from parent.
Wed Feb 8 06:37:53 1995 Roland McGrath <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
* system.h (S_IRUSR et al): Define if not already defined.
* waitpid.c [HAVE_CONFIG_H]: Include "config.h".
(ualloc): Return OLDPTR rather than running off the end.
Mon Aug 22 22:48:19 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
* error.c (strerror): Replaced conditional static definition
(always used, since the condition variable was never set) with an
extern declaration, since it's provided by libc or strerror.c.
Wed Aug 10 14:54:25 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add waitpid.c.
* waitpid.c: New file.
Tue Aug 9 16:00:12 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
* md5.h (uint32): If SIZEOF_LONG isn't 4, don't define this to be
"unsigned long"; try SIZEOF_INT and "unsigned int", otherwise
complain.
* md5.c: Include config.h.
(const): Don't bother defining here, config.h should take care of
it.
* valloc.c (malloc): Declare.
Fri Jul 15 12:57:20 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
* getopt.c: Do not include <stdlib.h> unless __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
defined. On Irix 5.2, <stdlib.h> includes <getopt.h>, which
causes a multiple definition of struct option.
Fri Jul 8 10:04:59 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* md5.h, md5.c: Remove ANSI-isms.
Thu Jul 7 20:24:18 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
* md5.h, md5.c: New files.
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add md5.c.
(OBJECTS): Add md5.o.
(DISTFILES): Add md5.h.
(md5.o): New target; depend upon md5.h.
Fri May 27 18:15:34 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* valloc.c: New file.
Tue May 17 08:18:26 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* error.c (error, fperror): If server_active, call server_cleanup
as well as Lock_Cleanup.
Thu Jan 6 13:45:04 1994 Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
* system.h: Fix Dec 27 change to work correctly. Makes Sep 9
change unnecessary, so backed that one out. Never define PATH_MAX
in terms of pathconf, because that doesn't produce a constant, and
PATH_MAX is used to set array sizes.
Mon Dec 27 14:22:07 1993 Mark Eichin (eichin@cygnus.com)
* system.h: don't touch PATH_MAX or MAXPATHLEN if *both* of them
are already defined, as one may be defined in terms of the other.

90
contrib/cvs/lib/ChangeLog.fsf Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
Thu Sep 15 00:18:26 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn <zoo@monad.armadillo.com>
* system.h: remove a bunch of "extern int " declarations of system
functions (could conflict with vendor header files, and didn't
do anything *too* useful to begin with).
* Makefile.in: update getdate.y message (now has 10 s/r conflicts)
Wed Sep 14 22:12:21 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn <zoo@monad.armadillo.com>
* strerror.c: more complete, from the Cygnus libiberty package
* error.c (strerror): removed, functionality is in strerror.c
* cvs.h: remove duplicate prototype for Reader_Lock
* history.c: printf argument mismatch
(Both fixes thanks to J.T. Conklin (jtc@cygnus.com)
Sat Jul 30 13:50:11 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* getopt1.c, getopt.c, getopt.h, getdate.y: latest versions from FSF
Wed Jul 13 22:11:17 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* system.h: don't set PATH_MAX to pathconf(), since PATH_MAX is
used to size arrays. (thanks to kingdon@cygnus.com)
* getopt1.c: remove #ifdef __STDC__ around const usages (which
isn't correct and weren't complete)
Wed Apr 20 14:57:16 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
* getopt.h: Prevent multiple inclusion.
Tue Jan 25 17:34:42 1994 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* Makefile.in: make sure that no blank lines are in the $(OBJECTS)
list (from Brad Figg)
Mon Jan 24 12:27:13 1994 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* system.h: remove alloca checks (added to src/cvs.h); revamped
the MAXPATHLEN and PATH_MAX tests (from Brad Figg
<bradf@wv.MENTORG.COM>); handle index,rindex,bcmp,bzero better
(don't redefine if already defined); added S_IWRITE, S_IWGRP,
S_IWOTH definitions (header file reorganization)
* strippath.c: use strchr, not index
* getopt1.c: match prototypes when __STDC__ compiler (lint fixes)
* getdate.c: alloca checks for when using bison
* Makefile.in: added CC and YACC definitions; use YACC not BISON;
better getdate.c tests (also from Brad Figg)
Sat Dec 18 00:55:43 1993 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* Makefile.in (VPATH): don't use $(srcdir), but @srcdir@ instead
* memmove.c: new file, implements memmove in terms of bcopy
* wait.h: include <sys/wait.h> if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H, not if POSIX
Thu Sep 9 18:02:11 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
* system.h: only #undef PATH_MAX if not on an Alpha. The #undef
causes problems with the Alpha C compiler.
Thu Apr 8 12:39:56 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
* system.h: Removed several incorrect declarations which fail
on Solaris.
Wed Jan 20 17:57:24 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* system.h: add externs for sun4 so that gcc -Wall becomes useful
again.
Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
-subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers. Forced
copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
Sat Dec 28 02:42:06 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at cygnus.com)
* mkdir.c, rename.c: change fork() to vfork().

164
contrib/cvs/lib/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
# Makefile for library files used by GNU CVS.
# Do not use this makefile directly, but only from `../Makefile'.
# Copyright (C) 1986, 1988-1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# $CVSid: @(#)Makefile.in 1.21 94/09/24 $
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
cvs_srcdir = @top_srcdir@/src
VPATH = @srcdir@
SHELL = /bin/sh
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
SOURCES = \
argmatch.c \
dup2.c \
fnmatch.c \
ftruncate.c \
getdate.c \
getdate.y \
getline.c \
getopt.c \
getopt1.c \
getwd.c \
hostname.c \
md5.c \
memmove.c \
mkdir.c \
regex.c \
rename.c \
savecwd.c \
sighandle.c \
strdup.c \
strstr.c \
strerror.c \
strippath.c \
stripslash.c \
strtoul.c \
valloc.c \
vasprintf.c \
waitpid.c \
xgetwd.c \
yesno.c
HEADERS = getline.h getopt.h fnmatch.h regex.h system.h wait.h md5.h savecwd.h
OBJECTS = \
@LIBOBJS@ \
argmatch.o \
getline.o \
getopt.o \
getopt1.o \
md5.o \
savecwd.o \
sighandle.o \
strippath.o \
stripslash.o \
xgetwd.o \
yesno.o \
getdate.o
DISTFILES = \
.cvsignore ChangeLog ChangeLog.fsf Makefile.in \
${SOURCES} ${HEADERS}
DEFS = @DEFS@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
CC = @CC@
CFLAGS = -g
CPPFLAGS=
YACC = @YACC@
.c.o:
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I$(cvs_srcdir) \
$(DEFS) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
all: libcvs.a
.PHONY: all
install: all
.PHONY: install
tags: $(DISTFILES)
ctags `for i in $(DISTFILES); do echo $(srcdir)/$$i; done`
TAGS: $(DISTFILES)
etags `for i in $(DISTFILES); do echo $(srcdir)/$$i; done`
ls:
@echo $(DISTFILES)
.PHONY: ls
clean:
rm -f *.a *.o
.PHONY: clean
distclean: clean
rm -f tags TAGS Makefile
.PHONY: distclean
realclean: distclean
rm -f *.tab.c getdate.c
.PHONY: realclean
dist-dir:
mkdir ${DISTDIR}
for i in ${DISTFILES}; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$${i} ${DISTDIR}; \
done
.PHONY: dist-dir
libcvs.a: $(OBJECTS)
$(AR) cr $@ $(OBJECTS)
-$(RANLIB) $@
getdate.c: getdate.y
@echo expect 10 shift/reduce conflicts
$(YACC) $(srcdir)/getdate.y
-@if test -f y.tab.c; then \
mv y.tab.c getdate.c ;\
else \
if test -f getdate.tab.c ; then \
mv getdate.tab.c getdate.c ; \
else \
echo '*** Unable to create getdate.c' ;\
fi ;\
fi
fnmatch.o: fnmatch.h
getopt1.o: getopt.h
regex.o: regex.h
getwd.o: system.h
md5.o: md5.h
xlint:
@echo xlint does nothing
subdir = lib
Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
#../config.status: ../configure
# cd .. ; $(SHELL) config.status --recheck
#../configure: ../configure.in
# cd $(top_srcdir) ; autoconf

89
contrib/cvs/lib/argmatch.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#include <string.h>
#endif
extern char *program_name;
/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element). */
int
argmatch (arg, optlist)
char *arg;
char **optlist;
{
int i; /* Temporary index in OPTLIST. */
size_t arglen; /* Length of ARG. */
int matchind = -1; /* Index of first nonexact match. */
int ambiguous = 0; /* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es). */
arglen = strlen (arg);
/* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */
for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++)
{
if (!strncmp (optlist[i], arg, arglen))
{
if (strlen (optlist[i]) == arglen)
/* Exact match found. */
return i;
else if (matchind == -1)
/* First nonexact match found. */
matchind = i;
else
/* Second nonexact match found. */
ambiguous = 1;
}
}
if (ambiguous)
return -2;
else
return matchind;
}
/* Error reporting for argmatch.
KIND is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch. */
void
invalid_arg (kind, value, problem)
char *kind;
char *value;
int problem;
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
if (problem == -1)
fprintf (stderr, "invalid");
else /* Assume -2. */
fprintf (stderr, "ambiguous");
fprintf (stderr, " %s `%s'\n", kind, value);
}

40
contrib/cvs/lib/dup2.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/*
dup2 -- 7th Edition UNIX system call emulation for UNIX System V
last edit: 11-Feb-1987 D A Gwyn
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
extern int close(), fcntl();
int
dup2( oldfd, newfd )
int oldfd; /* already-open file descriptor */
int newfd; /* desired duplicate descriptor */
{
register int ret; /* for fcntl() return value */
register int save; /* for saving entry errno */
if ( oldfd == newfd )
return oldfd; /* be careful not to close() */
save = errno; /* save entry errno */
(void) close( newfd ); /* in case newfd is open */
/* (may have just clobbered the original errno value) */
ret = fcntl( oldfd, F_DUPFD, newfd ); /* dupe it */
if ( ret >= 0 )
errno = save; /* restore entry errno */
else /* fcntl() returned error */
if ( errno == EINVAL )
errno = EBADF; /* we think of everything */
return ret; /* return file descriptor */
}

193
contrib/cvs/lib/fnmatch.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* Modified slightly by Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com> and
Jim Blandy <jimb@cyclic.com> for CVS use */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
/* Some file systems are case-insensitive. If FOLD_FN_CHAR is
#defined, it maps the character C onto its "canonical" form. In a
case-insensitive system, it would map all alphanumeric characters
to lower case. Under Windows NT, / and \ are both path component
separators, so FOLD_FN_CHAR would map them both to /. */
#ifndef FOLD_FN_CHAR
#define FOLD_FN_CHAR(c) (c)
#endif
/* IGNORE(@ */
/* #include <ansidecl.h> */
/* @) */
#include <errno.h>
#include <fnmatch.h>
#if !defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined(STDC_HEADERS)
extern int errno;
#endif
/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
it matches, nonzero if not. */
int
#if __STDC__
fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
#else
fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
char *pattern;
char *string;
int flags;
#endif
{
register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
register char c;
if ((flags & ~__FNM_FLAGS) != 0)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
{
switch (c)
{
case '?':
if (*n == '\0')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
else if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && *n == '/')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
break;
case '\\':
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
c = *p++;
if (*n != c)
return FNM_NOMATCH;
break;
case '*':
if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n)
if (((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && *n == '/') ||
(c == '?' && *n == '\0'))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
if (c == '\0')
return 0;
{
char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
for (--p; *n != '\0'; ++n)
if ((c == '[' || *n == c1) &&
fnmatch(p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
return 0;
return FNM_NOMATCH;
}
case '[':
{
/* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted. */
register int not;
if (*n == '\0')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
not = (*p == '!' || *p == '^');
if (not)
++p;
c = *p++;
for (;;)
{
register char cstart = c, cend = c;
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
cstart = cend = *p++;
if (c == '\0')
/* [ (unterminated) loses. */
return FNM_NOMATCH;
c = *p++;
if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && c == '/')
/* [/] can never match. */
return FNM_NOMATCH;
if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
{
cend = *p++;
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
cend = *p++;
if (cend == '\0')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
c = *p++;
}
if (*n >= cstart && *n <= cend)
goto matched;
if (c == ']')
break;
}
if (!not)
return FNM_NOMATCH;
break;
matched:;
/* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched. */
while (c != ']')
{
if (c == '\0')
/* [... (unterminated) loses. */
return FNM_NOMATCH;
c = *p++;
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
/* 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. %%% */
++p;
}
if (not)
return FNM_NOMATCH;
}
break;
default:
if (FOLD_FN_CHAR (c) != FOLD_FN_CHAR (*n))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
}
++n;
}
if (*n == '\0')
return 0;
return FNM_NOMATCH;
}

45
contrib/cvs/lib/fnmatch.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifndef _FNMATCH_H
#define _FNMATCH_H 1
/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'. */
#undef FNM_PATHNAME
#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0)/* No wildcard can ever match `/'. */
#undef FNM_NOESCAPE
#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1)/* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */
#undef FNM_PERIOD
#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2)/* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly. */
#undef __FNM_FLAGS
#define __FNM_FLAGS (FNM_PATHNAME|FNM_NOESCAPE|FNM_PERIOD)
/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */
#undef FNM_NOMATCH
#define FNM_NOMATCH 1
/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */
#if __STDC__
extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
#else
extern int fnmatch ();
#endif
#endif /* fnmatch.h */

76
contrib/cvs/lib/ftruncate.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* ftruncate emulations that work on some System V's.
This file is in the public domain. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#ifdef F_CHSIZE
int
ftruncate (fd, length)
int fd;
off_t length;
{
return fcntl (fd, F_CHSIZE, length);
}
#else
#ifdef F_FREESP
/* The following function was written by
kucharsk@Solbourne.com (William Kucharski) */
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int
ftruncate (fd, length)
int fd;
off_t length;
{
struct flock fl;
struct stat filebuf;
if (fstat (fd, &filebuf) < 0)
return -1;
if (filebuf.st_size < length)
{
/* Extend file length. */
if (lseek (fd, (length - 1), SEEK_SET) < 0)
return -1;
/* Write a "0" byte. */
if (write (fd, "", 1) != 1)
return -1;
}
else
{
/* Truncate length. */
fl.l_whence = 0;
fl.l_len = 0;
fl.l_start = length;
fl.l_type = F_WRLCK; /* Write lock on file space. */
/* This relies on the UNDOCUMENTED F_FREESP argument to
fcntl, which truncates the file so that it ends at the
position indicated by fl.l_start.
Will minor miracles never cease? */
if (fcntl (fd, F_FREESP, &fl) < 0)
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
#else
int
ftruncate (fd, length)
int fd;
off_t length;
{
return chsize (fd, length);
}
#endif
#endif

1001
contrib/cvs/lib/getdate.y Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

125
contrib/cvs/lib/getline.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
/* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline
Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* Written by Jan Brittenson, bson@gnu.ai.mit.edu. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <assert.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
#include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *malloc (), *realloc ();
#endif
/* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer. */
#define MIN_CHUNK 64
/* Read up to (and including) a TERMINATOR from STREAM into *LINEPTR
+ OFFSET (and null-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from
malloc (or NULL), pointing to *N characters of space. It is realloc'd
as necessary. Return the number of characters read (not including the
null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF. */
int
getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
char **lineptr;
size_t *n;
FILE *stream;
char terminator;
int offset;
{
int nchars_avail; /* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR. */
char *read_pos; /* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
int ret;
if (!lineptr || !n || !stream)
return -1;
if (!*lineptr)
{
*n = MIN_CHUNK;
*lineptr = malloc (*n);
if (!*lineptr)
return -1;
}
nchars_avail = *n - offset;
read_pos = *lineptr + offset;
for (;;)
{
register int c = getc (stream);
/* We always want at least one char left in the buffer, since we
always (unless we get an error while reading the first char)
NUL-terminate the line buffer. */
assert((*lineptr + *n) == (read_pos + nchars_avail));
if (nchars_avail < 2)
{
if (*n > MIN_CHUNK)
*n *= 2;
else
*n += MIN_CHUNK;
nchars_avail = *n + *lineptr - read_pos;
*lineptr = realloc (*lineptr, *n);
if (!*lineptr)
return -1;
read_pos = *n - nchars_avail + *lineptr;
assert((*lineptr + *n) == (read_pos + nchars_avail));
}
if (c == EOF || ferror (stream))
{
/* Return partial line, if any. */
if (read_pos == *lineptr)
return -1;
else
break;
}
*read_pos++ = c;
nchars_avail--;
if (c == terminator)
/* Return the line. */
break;
}
/* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of chars read. */
*read_pos = '\0';
ret = read_pos - (*lineptr + offset);
return ret;
}
int
getline (lineptr, n, stream)
char **lineptr;
size_t *n;
FILE *stream;
{
return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0);
}

15
contrib/cvs/lib/getline.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
#ifndef _getline_h_
#define _getline_h_ 1
#include <stdio.h>
#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
#define __PROTO(args) args
#else
#define __PROTO(args) ()
#endif /* GCC. */
int
getline __PROTO ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));
#endif /* _getline_h_ */

759
contrib/cvs/lib/getopt.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,759 @@
/* Getopt for GNU.
NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
"Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
before changing it!
Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */
#ifndef _NO_PROTO
#define _NO_PROTO
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#if defined (emacs) || defined (CONFIG_BROKETS)
/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation
using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h
(which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir). */
#include <config.h>
#else
#include "config.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifndef __STDC__
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
reject `defined (const)'. */
#ifndef const
#define const
#endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif /* GNU C library. */
/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
Then the behavior is completely standard.
GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
#include "getopt.h"
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
char *optarg = NULL;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
int optind = 0;
/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
in which the last option character we returned was found.
This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
static char *nextchar;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
for unrecognized options. */
int opterr = 1;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
system's own getopt implementation. */
int optopt = '?';
/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
If the caller did not specify anything,
the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
This is what Unix does.
This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
of the list of option characters.
PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
expect this.
RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
selects this mode of operation.
The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
`--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */
static enum
{
REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
} ordering;
/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */
static char *posixly_correct;
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
in GCC. */
#include <string.h>
#define my_index strchr
#else
/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
whose names are inconsistent. */
char *getenv ();
static char *
my_index (str, chr)
const char *str;
int chr;
{
while (*str)
{
if (*str == chr)
return (char *) str;
str++;
}
return 0;
}
/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
That was relevant to code that was here before. */
#ifndef __STDC__
/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */
extern int strlen (const char *);
#endif /* not __STDC__ */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
`last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
static int first_nonopt;
static int last_nonopt;
/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
`first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
static void
exchange (argv)
char **argv;
{
int bottom = first_nonopt;
int middle = last_nonopt;
int top = optind;
char *tem;
/* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
{
if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
{
/* Bottom segment is the short one. */
int len = middle - bottom;
register int i;
/* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
tem = argv[bottom + i];
argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
}
/* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
top -= len;
}
else
{
/* Top segment is the short one. */
int len = top - middle;
register int i;
/* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
tem = argv[bottom + i];
argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
argv[middle + i] = tem;
}
/* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
bottom += len;
}
}
/* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
last_nonopt = optind;
}
/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
static const char *
_getopt_initialize (optstring)
const char *optstring;
{
/* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
nextchar = NULL;
posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
/* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
if (optstring[0] == '-')
{
ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
++optstring;
}
else if (optstring[0] == '+')
{
ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
++optstring;
}
else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
else
ordering = PERMUTE;
return optstring;
}
/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
given in OPTSTRING.
If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
then it is an option element. The characters of this element
(aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
from each of the option elements.
If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
so that those that are not options now come last.)
OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
`flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
if the `flag' field is zero.
The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
with other systems.
LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
element containing a name which is zero.
LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
recent call.
If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
long-named options. */
int
_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *optstring;
const struct option *longopts;
int *longind;
int long_only;
{
optarg = NULL;
if (optind == 0)
optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
{
/* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
if (ordering == PERMUTE)
{
/* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
exchange them so that the options come first. */
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
exchange ((char **) argv);
else if (last_nonopt != optind)
first_nonopt = optind;
/* Skip any additional non-options
and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
while (optind < argc
&& (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
optind++;
last_nonopt = optind;
}
/* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
Skip it like a null option,
then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
then skip everything else like a non-option. */
if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
{
optind++;
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
exchange ((char **) argv);
else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
first_nonopt = optind;
last_nonopt = argc;
optind = argc;
}
/* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
if (optind == argc)
{
/* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
optind = first_nonopt;
return EOF;
}
/* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
{
if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
return EOF;
optarg = argv[optind++];
return 1;
}
/* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
Skip the initial punctuation. */
nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
+ (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
}
/* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
/* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
way to give the -f short option.
On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
if (longopts != NULL
&& (argv[optind][1] == '-'
|| (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
{
char *nameend;
const struct option *p;
const struct option *pfound = NULL;
int exact = 0;
int ambig = 0;
int indfound;
int option_index;
for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
/* Do nothing. */ ;
/* Test all long options for either exact match
or abbreviated matches. */
for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
{
if (nameend - nextchar == (int) strlen (p->name))
{
/* Exact match found. */
pfound = p;
indfound = option_index;
exact = 1;
break;
}
else if (pfound == NULL)
{
/* First nonexact match found. */
pfound = p;
indfound = option_index;
}
else
/* Second or later nonexact match found. */
ambig = 1;
}
if (ambig && !exact)
{
if (opterr)
fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n",
argv[0], argv[optind]);
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
optind++;
return '?';
}
if (pfound != NULL)
{
option_index = indfound;
optind++;
if (*nameend)
{
/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
allow it to be used on enums. */
if (pfound->has_arg)
optarg = nameend + 1;
else
{
if (opterr)
{
if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
/* --option */
fprintf (stderr,
"%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
argv[0], pfound->name);
else
/* +option or -option */
fprintf (stderr,
"%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
}
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
return '?';
}
}
else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
{
if (optind < argc)
optarg = argv[optind++];
else
{
if (opterr)
fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n",
argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
}
}
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
if (longind != NULL)
*longind = option_index;
if (pfound->flag)
{
*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
return 0;
}
return pfound->val;
}
/* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
option, then it's an error.
Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
|| my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
{
if (opterr)
{
if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
/* --option */
fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n",
argv[0], nextchar);
else
/* +option or -option */
fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n",
argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
}
nextchar = (char *) "";
optind++;
return '?';
}
}
/* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
{
char c = *nextchar++;
char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
/* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
if (*nextchar == '\0')
++optind;
if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
{
if (opterr)
{
if (posixly_correct)
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
fprintf (stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", argv[0], c);
else
fprintf (stderr, "%s: invalid option -- %c\n", argv[0], c);
}
optopt = c;
return '?';
}
if (temp[1] == ':')
{
if (temp[2] == ':')
{
/* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
if (*nextchar != '\0')
{
optarg = nextchar;
optind++;
}
else
optarg = NULL;
nextchar = NULL;
}
else
{
/* This is an option that requires an argument. */
if (*nextchar != '\0')
{
optarg = nextchar;
/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
we must advance to the next element now. */
optind++;
}
else if (optind == argc)
{
if (opterr)
{
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
fprintf (stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
argv[0], c);
}
optopt = c;
if (optstring[0] == ':')
c = ':';
else
c = '?';
}
else
/* We already incremented `optind' once;
increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
optarg = argv[optind++];
nextchar = NULL;
}
}
return c;
}
}
int
getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *optstring;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
(const struct option *) 0,
(int *) 0,
0);
}
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
#ifdef TEST
/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
the above definition of `getopt'. */
int
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
if (c == EOF)
break;
switch (c)
{
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

131
contrib/cvs/lib/getopt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* $CVSid: @(#)getopt.h 1.7 94/09/21 $ */
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
#define _GETOPT_H 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field `has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
returns the contents of the `val' field. */
struct option
{
#if __STDC__
const char *name;
#else
char *name;
#endif
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
#define no_argument 0
#define required_argument 1
#define optional_argument 2
#if __STDC__
#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__)
/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
extern int getopt ();
#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
int long_only);
#else /* not __STDC__ */
extern int getopt ();
extern int getopt_long ();
extern int getopt_long_only ();
extern int _getopt_internal ();
#endif /* not __STDC__ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _GETOPT_H */

187
contrib/cvs/lib/getopt1.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#if defined (emacs) || defined (CONFIG_BROKETS)
/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation
using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h
(which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir). */
#include <config.h>
#else
#include "config.h"
#endif
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#ifndef __STDC__
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
reject `defined (const)'. */
#ifndef const
#define const
#endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *getenv ();
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
}
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == EOF)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

35
contrib/cvs/lib/getwd.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* getwd.c -- get current working directory pathname
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* Some systems which include both getwd() and getcwd() have an implementation
of getwd() which is much faster than getcwd(). As a result, we use the
system's getwd() if it is available */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "system.h"
/* Get the current working directory into PATHNAME */
char *
getwd (pathname)
char *pathname;
{
return (getcwd(pathname, PATH_MAX));
}

49
contrib/cvs/lib/hostname.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/* hostname.c -- use uname() to get the name of the host
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(USG)
#include <string.h>
#ifndef index
#define index strchr
#endif
#else
#include <strings.h>
#endif
#include <sys/utsname.h>
/* Put this host's name into NAME, using at most NAMELEN characters */
int
gethostname(name, namelen)
char *name;
int namelen;
{
struct utsname ugnm;
if (uname(&ugnm) < 0)
return (-1);
(void) strncpy(name, ugnm.nodename, namelen-1);
name[namelen-1] = '\0';
return (0);
}

277
contrib/cvs/lib/md5.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
/*
* This code implements the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
* The algorithm is due to Ron Rivest. This code was
* written by Colin Plumb in 1993, no copyright is claimed.
* This code is in the public domain; do with it what you wish.
*
* Equivalent code is available from RSA Data Security, Inc.
* This code has been tested against that, and is equivalent,
* except that you don't need to include two pages of legalese
* with every copy.
*
* To compute the message digest of a chunk of bytes, declare an
* MD5Context structure, pass it to MD5Init, call MD5Update as
* needed on buffers full of bytes, and then call MD5Final, which
* will fill a supplied 16-byte array with the digest.
*/
#include "config.h"
#if HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS
#include <string.h> /* for memcpy() */
#endif
/* Add prototype support. */
#ifndef PROTO
#if defined (USE_PROTOTYPES) ? USE_PROTOTYPES : defined (__STDC__)
#define PROTO(ARGS) ARGS
#else
#define PROTO(ARGS) ()
#endif
#endif
#include "md5.h"
void byteReverse PROTO ((unsigned char *buf, unsigned longs));
#ifndef ASM_MD5
/*
* Note: this code is harmless on little-endian machines.
*/
void byteReverse (buf, longs)
unsigned char *buf;
unsigned longs;
{
uint32 t;
do {
t = (uint32)((unsigned)buf[3]<<8 | buf[2]) << 16 |
((unsigned)buf[1]<<8 | buf[0]);
*(uint32 *)buf = t;
buf += 4;
} while (--longs);
}
#endif
/*
* Start MD5 accumulation. Set bit count to 0 and buffer to mysterious
* initialization constants.
*/
void
MD5Init(ctx)
struct MD5Context *ctx;
{
ctx->buf[0] = 0x67452301;
ctx->buf[1] = 0xefcdab89;
ctx->buf[2] = 0x98badcfe;
ctx->buf[3] = 0x10325476;
ctx->bits[0] = 0;
ctx->bits[1] = 0;
}
/*
* Update context to reflect the concatenation of another buffer full
* of bytes.
*/
void
MD5Update(ctx, buf, len)
struct MD5Context *ctx;
unsigned char const *buf;
unsigned len;
{
uint32 t;
/* Update bitcount */
t = ctx->bits[0];
if ((ctx->bits[0] = t + ((uint32)len << 3)) < t)
ctx->bits[1]++; /* Carry from low to high */
ctx->bits[1] += len >> 29;
t = (t >> 3) & 0x3f; /* Bytes already in shsInfo->data */
/* Handle any leading odd-sized chunks */
if ( t ) {
unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)ctx->in + t;
t = 64-t;
if (len < t) {
memcpy(p, buf, len);
return;
}
memcpy(p, buf, t);
byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
buf += t;
len -= t;
}
/* Process data in 64-byte chunks */
while (len >= 64) {
memcpy(ctx->in, buf, 64);
byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
buf += 64;
len -= 64;
}
/* Handle any remaining bytes of data. */
memcpy(ctx->in, buf, len);
}
/*
* Final wrapup - pad to 64-byte boundary with the bit pattern
* 1 0* (64-bit count of bits processed, MSB-first)
*/
void
MD5Final(digest, ctx)
unsigned char digest[16];
struct MD5Context *ctx;
{
unsigned count;
unsigned char *p;
/* Compute number of bytes mod 64 */
count = (ctx->bits[0] >> 3) & 0x3F;
/* Set the first char of padding to 0x80. This is safe since there is
always at least one byte free */
p = ctx->in + count;
*p++ = 0x80;
/* Bytes of padding needed to make 64 bytes */
count = 64 - 1 - count;
/* Pad out to 56 mod 64 */
if (count < 8) {
/* Two lots of padding: Pad the first block to 64 bytes */
memset(p, 0, count);
byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
/* Now fill the next block with 56 bytes */
memset(ctx->in, 0, 56);
} else {
/* Pad block to 56 bytes */
memset(p, 0, count-8);
}
byteReverse(ctx->in, 14);
/* Append length in bits and transform */
((uint32 *)ctx->in)[ 14 ] = ctx->bits[0];
((uint32 *)ctx->in)[ 15 ] = ctx->bits[1];
MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
byteReverse((unsigned char *)ctx->buf, 4);
memcpy(digest, ctx->buf, 16);
memset(ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); /* In case it's sensitive */
}
#ifndef ASM_MD5
/* The four core functions - F1 is optimized somewhat */
/* #define F1(x, y, z) (x & y | ~x & z) */
#define F1(x, y, z) (z ^ (x & (y ^ z)))
#define F2(x, y, z) F1(z, x, y)
#define F3(x, y, z) (x ^ y ^ z)
#define F4(x, y, z) (y ^ (x | ~z))
/* This is the central step in the MD5 algorithm. */
#define MD5STEP(f, w, x, y, z, data, s) \
( w += f(x, y, z) + data, w = w<<s | w>>(32-s), w += x )
/*
* The core of the MD5 algorithm, this alters an existing MD5 hash to
* reflect the addition of 16 longwords of new data. MD5Update blocks
* the data and converts bytes into longwords for this routine.
*/
void
MD5Transform(buf, in)
uint32 buf[4];
uint32 const in[16];
{
register uint32 a, b, c, d;
a = buf[0];
b = buf[1];
c = buf[2];
d = buf[3];
MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xd76aa478, 7);
MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 1]+0xe8c7b756, 12);
MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x242070db, 17);
MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 3]+0xc1bdceee, 22);
MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf57c0faf, 7);
MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 5]+0x4787c62a, 12);
MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa8304613, 17);
MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 7]+0xfd469501, 22);
MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x698098d8, 7);
MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 9]+0x8b44f7af, 12);
MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffff5bb1, 17);
MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[11]+0x895cd7be, 22);
MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x6b901122, 7);
MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[13]+0xfd987193, 12);
MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xa679438e, 17);
MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[15]+0x49b40821, 22);
MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xf61e2562, 5);
MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 6]+0xc040b340, 9);
MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x265e5a51, 14);
MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 0]+0xe9b6c7aa, 20);
MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xd62f105d, 5);
MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[10]+0x02441453, 9);
MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0xd8a1e681, 14);
MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 4]+0xe7d3fbc8, 20);
MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0x21e1cde6, 5);
MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[14]+0xc33707d6, 9);
MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xf4d50d87, 14);
MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 8]+0x455a14ed, 20);
MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0xa9e3e905, 5);
MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 2]+0xfcefa3f8, 9);
MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0x676f02d9, 14);
MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[12]+0x8d2a4c8a, 20);
MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xfffa3942, 4);
MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 8]+0x8771f681, 11);
MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x6d9d6122, 16);
MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[14]+0xfde5380c, 23);
MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xa4beea44, 4);
MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 4]+0x4bdecfa9, 11);
MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0xf6bb4b60, 16);
MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[10]+0xbebfbc70, 23);
MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0x289b7ec6, 4);
MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 0]+0xeaa127fa, 11);
MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xd4ef3085, 16);
MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 6]+0x04881d05, 23);
MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0xd9d4d039, 4);
MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[12]+0xe6db99e5, 11);
MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0x1fa27cf8, 16);
MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 2]+0xc4ac5665, 23);
MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xf4292244, 6);
MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 7]+0x432aff97, 10);
MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xab9423a7, 15);
MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 5]+0xfc93a039, 21);
MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x655b59c3, 6);
MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 3]+0x8f0ccc92, 10);
MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffeff47d, 15);
MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 1]+0x85845dd1, 21);
MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x6fa87e4f, 6);
MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[15]+0xfe2ce6e0, 10);
MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa3014314, 15);
MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[13]+0x4e0811a1, 21);
MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf7537e82, 6);
MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[11]+0xbd3af235, 10);
MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x2ad7d2bb, 15);
MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 9]+0xeb86d391, 21);
buf[0] += a;
buf[1] += b;
buf[2] += c;
buf[3] += d;
}
#endif

31
contrib/cvs/lib/md5.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
#ifndef MD5_H
#define MD5_H
#if SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef unsigned long uint32;
#else
#if SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef unsigned int uint32;
#else
Congratulations! You get to rewrite this code so that it does not require
a 32-bit integer type! (Or maybe you just need to reconfigure.)
#endif
#endif
struct MD5Context {
uint32 buf[4];
uint32 bits[2];
unsigned char in[64];
};
void MD5Init PROTO((struct MD5Context *context));
void MD5Update PROTO((struct MD5Context *context, unsigned char const *buf, unsigned len));
void MD5Final PROTO((unsigned char digest[16], struct MD5Context *context));
void MD5Transform PROTO((uint32 buf[4], uint32 const in[16]));
/*
* This is needed to make RSAREF happy on some MS-DOS compilers.
*/
typedef struct MD5Context MD5_CTX;
#endif /* !MD5_H */

57
contrib/cvs/lib/memmove.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* memmove -- copy memory regions of arbitary length
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the libiberty library.
Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/*
NAME
memmove -- copy memory regions of arbitary length
SYNOPSIS
void memmove (void *out, const void *in, size_t n);
DESCRIPTION
Copy LENGTH bytes from memory region pointed to by IN to memory
region pointed to by OUT.
Regions can be overlapping.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef __STDC__
#include <stddef.h>
#else
#define size_t unsigned long
#endif
void *
memmove (out, in, length)
void *out;
const void* in;
size_t length;
{
bcopy(in, out, length);
return out;
}

129
contrib/cvs/lib/mkdir.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/* mkrmdir.c -- BSD compatible directory functions for System V
Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef STDC_HEADERS
extern int errno;
#endif
/* mkdir and rmdir adapted from GNU tar. */
/* Make directory DPATH, with permission mode DMODE.
Written by Robert Rother, Mariah Corporation, August 1985
(sdcsvax!rmr or rmr@uscd). If you want it, it's yours.
Severely hacked over by John Gilmore to make a 4.2BSD compatible
subroutine. 11Mar86; hoptoad!gnu
Modified by rmtodd@uokmax 6-28-87 -- when making an already existing dir,
subroutine didn't return EEXIST. It does now. */
int
mkdir (dpath, dmode)
char *dpath;
int dmode;
{
int cpid, status;
struct stat statbuf;
if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) == 0)
{
errno = EEXIST; /* stat worked, so it already exists. */
return -1;
}
/* If stat fails for a reason other than non-existence, return error. */
if (! existence_error (errno))
return -1;
cpid = fork ();
switch (cpid)
{
case -1: /* Cannot fork. */
return -1; /* errno is set already. */
case 0: /* Child process. */
/* Cheap hack to set mode of new directory. Since this child
process is going away anyway, we zap its umask.
This won't suffice to set SUID, SGID, etc. on this
directory, so the parent process calls chmod afterward. */
status = umask (0); /* Get current umask. */
umask (status | (0777 & ~dmode)); /* Set for mkdir. */
execl ("/bin/mkdir", "mkdir", dpath, (char *) 0);
_exit (1);
default: /* Parent process. */
while (wait (&status) != cpid) /* Wait for kid to finish. */
/* Do nothing. */ ;
if (status & 0xFFFF)
{
errno = EIO; /* /bin/mkdir failed. */
return -1;
}
return chmod (dpath, dmode);
}
}
/* Remove directory DPATH.
Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */
int
rmdir (dpath)
char *dpath;
{
int cpid, status;
struct stat statbuf;
if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) != 0)
return -1; /* stat set errno. */
if ((statbuf.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFDIR)
{
errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
cpid = fork ();
switch (cpid)
{
case -1: /* Cannot fork. */
return -1; /* errno is set already. */
case 0: /* Child process. */
execl ("/bin/rmdir", "rmdir", dpath, (char *) 0);
_exit (1);
default: /* Parent process. */
while (wait (&status) != cpid) /* Wait for kid to finish. */
/* Do nothing. */ ;
if (status & 0xFFFF)
{
errno = EIO; /* /bin/rmdir failed. */
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
}

4952
contrib/cvs/lib/regex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

490
contrib/cvs/lib/regex.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
expression library, version 0.12.
Copyright (C) 1985, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifndef __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__
#define __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__
/* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
<regex.h>. */
#ifdef VMS
/* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it
should be there. */
#include <stddef.h>
#endif
/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
recognize. The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
remains the value 0. The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change. */
typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
If set, then such a \ quotes the following character. */
#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS (1)
/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
literals.
If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals. */
#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported. They are:
[:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:], [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
[:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
If not set, then character classes are not supported. */
#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
expressions, of course).
If this bit is not set, then it depends:
^ is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
$ is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
before a close-group or an alternation operator.
This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back. */
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
regardless of where they are in the pattern.
If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary. Specifically,
* + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
open-group, or alternation operator. */
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */
#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
If not set, then it doesn't. */
#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
If not set, then it does. */
#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
If not set, they do. */
#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals. */
#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
If not set, they are. */
#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
If not set, newline is literal. */
#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
are literals.
If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval. */
#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals. */
#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference. */
#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal. */
#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
starting range point, the range is ignored. */
#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid. */
#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
some interfaces). When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
already-compiled regexps. */
extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
(The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
don't delete them!) */
/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
#define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK \
(RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES \
| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK \
(RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS)
#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP \
(RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CHAR_CLASSES \
| RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS \
| RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP \
(RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE \
| RE_NEWLINE_ALT | RE_NO_BK_PARENS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP \
(RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff. */
#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax. */
#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON \
(RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \
| RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized. Actually, this
isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled. */
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_VBAR \
| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS
replaces RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added. */
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow. Some systems
(erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our
value, so remove any previous define. */
#ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
#undef RE_DUP_MAX
#endif
#define RE_DUP_MAX ((1 << 15) - 1)
/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp'). */
/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax. */
#define REG_EXTENDED 1
/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
If not set, then case is significant. */
#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
characters in the string.
If not set, then anchors do match at newlines. */
#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors. */
#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE << 1)
/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec). */
/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
beginning of a line).
If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
beginning of the string. */
#define REG_NOTBOL 1
/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line. */
#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
`re_error_msg' table in regex.c. */
typedef enum
{
REG_NOERROR = 0, /* Success. */
REG_NOMATCH, /* Didn't find a match (for regexec). */
/* POSIX regcomp return error codes. (In the order listed in the
standard.) */
REG_BADPAT, /* Invalid pattern. */
REG_ECOLLATE, /* Not implemented. */
REG_ECTYPE, /* Invalid character class name. */
REG_EESCAPE, /* Trailing backslash. */
REG_ESUBREG, /* Invalid back reference. */
REG_EBRACK, /* Unmatched left bracket. */
REG_EPAREN, /* Parenthesis imbalance. */
REG_EBRACE, /* Unmatched \{. */
REG_BADBR, /* Invalid contents of \{\}. */
REG_ERANGE, /* Invalid range end. */
REG_ESPACE, /* Ran out of memory. */
REG_BADRPT, /* No preceding re for repetition op. */
/* Error codes we've added. */
REG_EEND, /* Premature end. */
REG_ESIZE, /* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes. */
REG_ERPAREN /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp. */
} reg_errcode_t;
/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern. Before calling
the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
`translate', and `no_sub' can be set. After the pattern has been
compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available. All other fields are
private to the regex routines. */
struct re_pattern_buffer
{
/* [[[begin pattern_buffer]]] */
/* Space that holds the compiled pattern. It is declared as
`unsigned char *' because its elements are
sometimes used as array indexes. */
unsigned char *buffer;
/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points. */
unsigned long allocated;
/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'. */
unsigned long used;
/* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled. */
reg_syntax_t syntax;
/* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero. re_search uses
the fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible
starting points for matches. */
char *fastmap;
/* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
comparing them, or zero for no translation. The translation
is applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string
when it is matched. */
char *translate;
/* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler. */
size_t re_nsub;
/* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see
whether or not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set
this absolutely perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the
`duplicate' case). */
unsigned can_be_null : 1;
/* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
If REGS_FIXED, use what's there. */
#define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
#define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
#define REGS_FIXED 2
unsigned regs_allocated : 2;
/* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap. */
unsigned fastmap_accurate : 1;
/* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
subexpressions. */
unsigned no_sub : 1;
/* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the
beginning of the string. */
unsigned not_bol : 1;
/* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor. */
unsigned not_eol : 1;
/* If true, an anchor at a newline matches. */
unsigned newline_anchor : 1;
/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
};
typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
/* search.c (search_buffer) in Emacs needs this one opcode value. It is
defined both in `regex.c' and here. */
#define RE_EXACTN_VALUE 1
/* Type for byte offsets within the string. POSIX mandates this. */
typedef int regoff_t;
/* This is the structure we store register match data in. See
regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match. */
struct re_registers
{
unsigned num_regs;
regoff_t *start;
regoff_t *end;
};
/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
`re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
the first time a `regs' structure is passed. */
#ifndef RE_NREGS
#define RE_NREGS 30
#endif
/* POSIX specification for registers. Aside from the different names than
`re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
structure of arrays. */
typedef struct
{
regoff_t rm_so; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start. */
regoff_t rm_eo; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end. */
} regmatch_t;
/* Declarations for routines. */
/* To avoid duplicating every routine declaration -- once with a
prototype (if we are ANSI), and once without (if we aren't) -- we
use the following macro to declare argument types. This
unfortunately clutters up the declarations a bit, but I think it's
worth it. */
#if __STDC__
#define _RE_ARGS(args) args
#else /* not __STDC__ */
#define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
#endif /* not __STDC__ */
/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable. */
extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
BUFFER. Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not. */
extern const char *re_compile_pattern
_RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, int length,
struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
accelerate searches. Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
internal error. */
extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
compiled into BUFFER. Start searching at position START, for RANGE
characters. Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
match, or -2 for an internal error. Also return register
information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero). */
extern int re_search
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
STRING2. Also, stop searching at index START + STOP. */
extern int re_search_2
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
in BUFFER matched, starting at position START. */
extern int re_match
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'. */
extern int re_match_2
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
ENDS. Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS must be
allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
(regoff_t)' bytes long.
If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
register data.
Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
freeing the old data. */
extern void re_set_registers
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
/* 4.2 bsd compatibility. */
extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
/* POSIX compatibility. */
extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg, const char *pattern, int cflags));
extern int regexec
_RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *preg, const char *string, size_t nmatch,
regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags));
extern size_t regerror
_RE_ARGS ((int errcode, const regex_t *preg, char *errbuf,
size_t errbuf_size));
extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg));
#endif /* not __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__ */
/*
Local variables:
make-backup-files: t
version-control: t
trim-versions-without-asking: nil
End:
*/

84
contrib/cvs/lib/rename.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/* rename.c -- BSD compatible directory function for System V
Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef STDC_HEADERS
extern int errno;
#endif
/* Rename file FROM to file TO.
Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */
int
rename (from, to)
char *from;
char *to;
{
struct stat from_stats;
int pid, status;
if (stat (from, &from_stats) == 0)
{
/* We don't check existence_error because the systems which need it
have rename(). */
if (unlink (to) && errno != ENOENT)
return -1;
if ((from_stats.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
{
#ifdef MVDIR
/* I don't think MVDIR ever gets defined, but I don't think
it matters, because I don't think CVS ever calls rename()
on directories. */
/* Need a setuid root process to link and unlink directories. */
pid = fork ();
switch (pid)
{
case -1: /* Error. */
error (1, errno, "cannot fork");
case 0: /* Child. */
execl (MVDIR, "mvdir", from, to, (char *) 0);
error (255, errno, "cannot run `%s'", MVDIR);
default: /* Parent. */
while (wait (&status) != pid)
/* Do nothing. */ ;
errno = 0; /* mvdir printed the system error message. */
return status != 0 ? -1 : 0;
}
#else /* no MVDIR */
error (1, 0, "internal error: cannot move directories");
#endif /* no MVDIR */
}
else
{
/* We don't check existence_error because the systems which need it
have rename(). */
if (link (from, to) == 0 && (unlink (from) == 0 || errno == ENOENT))
return 0;
}
}
return -1;
}

141
contrib/cvs/lib/savecwd.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
# include <fcntl.h>
#else
# include <sys/file.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_DIRECT_H
# include <direct.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_IO_H
# include <io.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
# ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#include "savecwd.h"
#include "error.h"
char *xgetwd __PROTO((void));
/* Record the location of the current working directory in CWD so that
the program may change to other directories and later use restore_cwd
to return to the recorded location. This function may allocate
space using malloc (via xgetwd) or leave a file descriptor open;
use free_cwd to perform the necessary free or close. Upon failure,
no memory is allocated, any locally opened file descriptors are
closed; return non-zero -- in that case, free_cwd need not be
called, but doing so is ok. Otherwise, return zero. */
int
save_cwd (cwd)
struct saved_cwd *cwd;
{
static int have_working_fchdir = 1;
cwd->desc = -1;
cwd->name = NULL;
if (have_working_fchdir)
{
#ifdef HAVE_FCHDIR
cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY);
if (cwd->desc < 0)
{
error (0, errno, "cannot open current directory");
return 1;
}
# if __sun__ || sun
/* On SunOS 4, fchdir returns EINVAL if accounting is enabled,
so we have to fall back to chdir. */
if (fchdir (cwd->desc))
{
if (errno == EINVAL)
{
close (cwd->desc);
cwd->desc = -1;
have_working_fchdir = 0;
}
else
{
error (0, errno, "current directory");
close (cwd->desc);
cwd->desc = -1;
return 1;
}
}
# endif /* __sun__ || sun */
#else
#define fchdir(x) (abort (), 0)
have_working_fchdir = 0;
#endif
}
if (!have_working_fchdir)
{
cwd->name = xgetwd ();
if (cwd->name == NULL)
{
error (0, errno, "cannot get current directory");
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Change to recorded location, CWD, in directory hierarchy.
If "saved working directory", NULL))
*/
int
restore_cwd (cwd, dest)
const struct saved_cwd *cwd;
const char *dest;
{
int fail = 0;
if (cwd->desc >= 0)
{
if (fchdir (cwd->desc))
{
error (0, errno, "cannot return to %s",
(dest ? dest : "saved working directory"));
fail = 1;
}
}
else if (chdir (cwd->name) < 0)
{
error (0, errno, "%s", cwd->name);
fail = 1;
}
return fail;
}
void
free_cwd (cwd)
struct saved_cwd *cwd;
{
if (cwd->desc >= 0)
close (cwd->desc);
if (cwd->name)
free (cwd->name);
}

20
contrib/cvs/lib/savecwd.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
#ifndef SAVE_CWD_H
#define SAVE_CWD_H 1
struct saved_cwd
{
int desc;
char *name;
};
#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
#define __PROTO(args) args
#else
#define __PROTO(args) ()
#endif /* GCC. */
int save_cwd __PROTO((struct saved_cwd *cwd));
int restore_cwd __PROTO((const struct saved_cwd *cwd, const char *dest));
void free_cwd __PROTO((struct saved_cwd *cwd));
#endif /* SAVE_CWD_H */

414
contrib/cvs/lib/sighandle.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
/* sighandle.c -- Library routines for manipulating chains of signal handlers
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Sander, HaL Computer Systems, Inc. <paul@hal.com>
Brian Berliner <berliner@Sun.COM> added POSIX support */
/*************************************************************************
*
* signal.c -- This file contains code that manipulates chains of signal
* handlers.
*
* Facilities are provided to register a signal handler for
* any specific signal. When a signal is received, all of the
* registered signal handlers are invoked in the reverse order
* in which they are registered. Note that the signal handlers
* must not themselves make calls to the signal handling
* facilities.
*
* $CVSid: @(#)sighandle.c 1.13 94/10/07 $
*
*************************************************************************/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "system.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <signal.h>
/* Add prototype support. */
#ifndef PROTO
#if defined (USE_PROTOTYPES) ? USE_PROTOTYPES : defined (__STDC__)
#define PROTO(ARGS) ARGS
#else
#define PROTO(ARGS) ()
#endif
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#include <stdlib.h>
#else
#if __STDC__
char *calloc(unsigned nelem, unsigned size);
char *malloc(unsigned size);
#else
char *calloc();
char *malloc();
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#endif /* STDC_HEADERS */
/* Define the highest signal number (usually) */
#ifndef SIGMAX
#define SIGMAX 64
#endif
/* Define linked list of signal handlers structure */
struct SIG_hlist {
RETSIGTYPE (*handler)();
struct SIG_hlist *next;
};
/*
* Define array of lists of signal handlers. Note that this depends on
* the implementation to initialize each element to a null pointer.
*/
static struct SIG_hlist **SIG_handlers;
/* Define array of default signal vectors */
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
static struct sigaction *SIG_defaults;
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
static struct sigvec *SIG_defaults;
#else
static RETSIGTYPE (**SIG_defaults) PROTO ((int));
#endif
#endif
/* Critical section housekeeping */
static int SIG_crSectNest = 0; /* Nesting level */
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
static sigset_t SIG_crSectMask; /* Signal mask */
#else
static int SIG_crSectMask; /* Signal mask */
#endif
/*
* Initialize the signal handler arrays
*/
static int SIG_init()
{
int i;
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
sigset_t sigset_test;
#endif
if (SIG_defaults && SIG_handlers) /* already allocated */
return (0);
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
(void) sigfillset(&sigset_test);
for (i = 1; i < SIGMAX && sigismember(&sigset_test, i) == 1; i++)
;
if (i < SIGMAX)
i = SIGMAX;
i++;
if (!SIG_defaults)
SIG_defaults = (struct sigaction *)
calloc(i, sizeof(struct sigaction));
(void) sigemptyset(&SIG_crSectMask);
#else
i = SIGMAX+1;
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
if (!SIG_defaults)
SIG_defaults = (struct sigvec *)
calloc(i, sizeof(struct sigvec));
#else
if (!SIG_defaults)
SIG_defaults = (RETSIGTYPE (**) PROTO ((int)) )
calloc(i, sizeof(RETSIGTYPE (**) PROTO ((int)) ));
#endif
SIG_crSectMask = 0;
#endif
if (!SIG_handlers)
SIG_handlers = (struct SIG_hlist **)
calloc(i, sizeof(struct SIG_hlist *));
return (!SIG_defaults || !SIG_handlers);
}
/*
* The following invokes each signal handler in the reverse order in which
* they were registered.
*/
static RETSIGTYPE SIG_handle PROTO ((int));
static RETSIGTYPE SIG_handle(sig)
int sig;
{
struct SIG_hlist *this;
/* Dispatch signal handlers */
this = SIG_handlers[sig];
while (this != (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL)
{
(*this->handler)(sig);
this = this->next;
}
return;
}
/*
* The following registers a signal handler. If the handler is already
* registered, it is not registered twice, nor is the order in which signal
* handlers are invoked changed. If this is the first signal handler
* registered for a given signal, the old sigvec structure is saved for
* restoration later.
*/
int SIG_register(sig,fn)
int sig;
RETSIGTYPE (*fn)();
{
int val;
struct SIG_hlist *this;
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
struct sigaction act;
sigset_t sigset_mask, sigset_omask;
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
struct sigvec vec;
int mask;
#endif
#endif
/* Initialize */
if (SIG_init() != 0)
return (-1);
val = 0;
/* Block this signal while we look at handler chain */
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
(void) sigemptyset(&sigset_mask);
(void) sigaddset(&sigset_mask, sig);
(void) sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &sigset_mask, &sigset_omask);
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
mask = sigblock(sigmask(sig));
#endif
#endif
/* See if this handler was already registered */
this = SIG_handlers[sig];
while (this != (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL)
{
if (this->handler == fn) break;
this = this->next;
}
/* Register the new handler only if it is not already registered. */
if (this == (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL)
{
/*
* If this is the first handler registered for this signal,
* set up the signal handler dispatcher
*/
if (SIG_handlers[sig] == (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL)
{
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
act.sa_handler = SIG_handle;
(void) sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
act.sa_flags = 0;
val = sigaction(sig, &act, &SIG_defaults[sig]);
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
memset (&vec, 0, sizeof (vec));
vec.sv_handler = SIG_handle;
val = sigvec(sig, &vec, &SIG_defaults[sig]);
#else
if ((SIG_defaults[sig] = signal(sig, SIG_handle)) == SIG_ERR)
val = -1;
#endif
#endif
}
/* If not, register it */
if ((val == 0) && (this == (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL))
{
this = (struct SIG_hlist *)
malloc(sizeof(struct SIG_hlist));
if (this == NULL)
{
val = -1;
}
else
{
this->handler = fn;
this->next = SIG_handlers[sig];
SIG_handlers[sig] = this;
}
}
}
/* Unblock the signal */
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
(void) sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sigset_omask, NULL);
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
(void) sigsetmask(mask);
#endif
#endif
return val;
}
/*
* The following deregisters a signal handler. If the last signal handler for
* a given signal is deregistered, the default sigvec information is restored.
*/
int SIG_deregister(sig,fn)
int sig;
RETSIGTYPE (*fn)();
{
int val;
struct SIG_hlist *this;
struct SIG_hlist *last;
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
sigset_t sigset_mask, sigset_omask;
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
int mask;
#endif
#endif
/* Initialize */
if (SIG_init() != 0)
return (-1);
val = 0;
last = (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL;
/* Block this signal while we look at handler chain */
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
(void) sigemptyset(&sigset_mask);
(void) sigaddset(&sigset_mask, sig);
(void) sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &sigset_mask, &sigset_omask);
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
mask = sigblock(sigmask(sig));
#endif
#endif
/* Search for the signal handler */
this = SIG_handlers[sig];
while ((this != (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL) && (this->handler != fn))
{
last = this;
this = this->next;
}
/* If it was registered, remove it */
if (this != (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL)
{
if (last == (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL)
{
SIG_handlers[sig] = this->next;
}
else
{
last->next = this->next;
}
free((char *) this);
}
/* Restore default behavior if there are no registered handlers */
if (SIG_handlers[sig] == (struct SIG_hlist *) NULL)
{
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
val = sigaction(sig, &SIG_defaults[sig],
(struct sigaction *) NULL);
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
val = sigvec(sig, &SIG_defaults[sig], (struct sigvec *) NULL);
#else
if (signal(sig, SIG_defaults[sig]) == SIG_ERR)
val = -1;
#endif
#endif
}
/* Unblock the signal */
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
(void) sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sigset_omask, NULL);
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
(void) sigsetmask(mask);
#endif
#endif
return val;
}
/*
* The following begins a critical section.
*/
void SIG_beginCrSect()
{
if (SIG_init() == 0)
{
if (SIG_crSectNest == 0)
{
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
sigset_t sigset_mask;
(void) sigfillset(&sigset_mask);
(void) sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK,
&sigset_mask, &SIG_crSectMask);
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
SIG_crSectMask = sigblock(~0);
#else
/* TBD */
#endif
#endif
}
SIG_crSectNest++;
}
}
/*
* The following ends a critical section.
*/
void SIG_endCrSect()
{
if (SIG_init() == 0)
{
SIG_crSectNest--;
if (SIG_crSectNest == 0)
{
#ifdef POSIX_SIGNALS
(void) sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &SIG_crSectMask, NULL);
#else
#ifdef BSD_SIGNALS
(void) sigsetmask(SIG_crSectMask);
#else
/* TBD */
#endif
#endif
}
}
}

43
contrib/cvs/lib/strdup.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/* strdup.c -- return a newly allocated copy of a string
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *malloc ();
char *strcpy ();
#endif
/* Return a newly allocated copy of STR,
or 0 if out of memory. */
char *
strdup (str)
char *str;
{
char *newstr;
newstr = (char *) malloc (strlen (str) + 1);
if (newstr)
strcpy (newstr, str);
return newstr;
}

813
contrib/cvs/lib/strerror.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,813 @@
/* Extended support for using errno values.
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Fred Fish. fnf@cygnus.com
This file is part of the libiberty library.
Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#include "config.h"
#ifndef NEED_sys_errlist
/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least)
might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider
incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const
attributes. So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a
macro. */
#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef NEED_sys_errlist
#undef sys_errlist
#endif
/* Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
#ifdef __STDC__
#include <stddef.h>
extern void *malloc (size_t size); /* 4.10.3.3 */
extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n); /* 4.11.6.1 */
#else /* !__STDC__ */
extern char *malloc (); /* Standard memory allocater */
extern char *memset ();
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#ifndef MAX
# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
/* Translation table for errno values. See intro(2) in most UNIX systems
Programmers Reference Manuals.
Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime
to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno
value.
Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems. This table is the only
thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced.
It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */
struct error_info
{
int value; /* The numeric value from <errno.h> */
char *name; /* The equivalent symbolic value */
#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
char *msg; /* Short message about this value */
#endif
};
#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name, msg}
#else
# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name}
#endif
static const struct error_info error_table[] =
{
#if defined (EPERM)
ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOENT)
ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"),
#endif
#if defined (ESRCH)
ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"),
#endif
#if defined (EINTR)
ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"),
#endif
#if defined (EIO)
ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"),
#endif
#if defined (ENXIO)
ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"),
#endif
#if defined (E2BIG)
ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOEXEC)
ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"),
#endif
#if defined (EBADF)
ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"),
#endif
#if defined (ECHILD)
ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"),
#endif
#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK) /* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */
ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"),
#endif
#if defined (EAGAIN)
ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOMEM)
ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"),
#endif
#if defined (EACCES)
ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"),
#endif
#if defined (EFAULT)
ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOTBLK)
ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"),
#endif
#if defined (EBUSY)
ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"),
#endif
#if defined (EEXIST)
ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"),
#endif
#if defined (EXDEV)
ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"),
#endif
#if defined (ENODEV)
ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOTDIR)
ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"),
#endif
#if defined (EISDIR)
ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"),
#endif
#if defined (EINVAL)
ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"),
#endif
#if defined (ENFILE)
ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"),
#endif
#if defined (EMFILE)
ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOTTY)
ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"),
#endif
#if defined (ETXTBSY)
ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"),
#endif
#if defined (EFBIG)
ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOSPC)
ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"),
#endif
#if defined (ESPIPE)
ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"),
#endif
#if defined (EROFS)
ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"),
#endif
#if defined (EMLINK)
ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"),
#endif
#if defined (EPIPE)
ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"),
#endif
#if defined (EDOM)
ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"),
#endif
#if defined (ERANGE)
ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOMSG)
ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"),
#endif
#if defined (EIDRM)
ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"),
#endif
#if defined (ECHRNG)
ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"),
#endif
#if defined (EL2NSYNC)
ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"),
#endif
#if defined (EL3HLT)
ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"),
#endif
#if defined (EL3RST)
ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"),
#endif
#if defined (ELNRNG)
ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"),
#endif
#if defined (EUNATCH)
ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOCSI)
ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"),
#endif
#if defined (EL2HLT)
ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"),
#endif
#if defined (EDEADLK)
ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOLCK)
ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"),
#endif
#if defined (EBADE)
ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"),
#endif
#if defined (EBADR)
ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"),
#endif
#if defined (EXFULL)
ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOANO)
ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"),
#endif
#if defined (EBADRQC)
ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"),
#endif
#if defined (EBADSLT)
ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"),
#endif
#if defined (EDEADLOCK)
ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"),
#endif
#if defined (EBFONT)
ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOSTR)
ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"),
#endif
#if defined (ENODATA)
ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"),
#endif
#if defined (ETIME)
ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOSR)
ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"),
#endif
#if defined (ENONET)
ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOPKG)
ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"),
#endif
#if defined (EREMOTE)
ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOLINK)
ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"),
#endif
#if defined (EADV)
ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"),
#endif
#if defined (ESRMNT)
ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"),
#endif
#if defined (ECOMM)
ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"),
#endif
#if defined (EPROTO)
ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"),
#endif
#if defined (EMULTIHOP)
ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"),
#endif
#if defined (EDOTDOT)
ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"),
#endif
#if defined (EBADMSG)
ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"),
#endif
#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG)
ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"),
#endif
#if defined (EOVERFLOW)
ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOTUNIQ)
ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"),
#endif
#if defined (EBADFD)
ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"),
#endif
#if defined (EREMCHG)
ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"),
#endif
#if defined (ELIBACC)
ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"),
#endif
#if defined (ELIBBAD)
ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"),
#endif
#if defined (ELIBSCN)
ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"),
#endif
#if defined (ELIBMAX)
ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"),
#endif
#if defined (ELIBEXEC)
ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"),
#endif
#if defined (EILSEQ)
ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOSYS)
ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"),
#endif
#if defined (ELOOP)
ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"),
#endif
#if defined (ERESTART)
ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"),
#endif
#if defined (ESTRPIPE)
ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOTEMPTY)
ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"),
#endif
#if defined (EUSERS)
ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOTSOCK)
ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"),
#endif
#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ)
ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"),
#endif
#if defined (EMSGSIZE)
ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"),
#endif
#if defined (EPROTOTYPE)
ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT)
ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"),
#endif
#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT)
ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"),
#endif
#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT)
ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"),
#endif
#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP)
ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"),
#endif
#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT)
ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"),
#endif
#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT)
ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"),
#endif
#if defined (EADDRINUSE)
ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"),
#endif
#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL)
ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"),
#endif
#if defined (ENETDOWN)
ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"),
#endif
#if defined (ENETUNREACH)
ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"),
#endif
#if defined (ENETRESET)
ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"),
#endif
#if defined (ECONNABORTED)
ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"),
#endif
#if defined (ECONNRESET)
ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOBUFS)
ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"),
#endif
#if defined (EISCONN)
ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOTCONN)
ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"),
#endif
#if defined (ESHUTDOWN)
ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"),
#endif
#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS)
ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"),
#endif
#if defined (ETIMEDOUT)
ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"),
#endif
#if defined (ECONNREFUSED)
ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"),
#endif
#if defined (EHOSTDOWN)
ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"),
#endif
#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH)
ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"),
#endif
#if defined (EALREADY)
ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"),
#endif
#if defined (EINPROGRESS)
ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"),
#endif
#if defined (ESTALE)
ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"),
#endif
#if defined (EUCLEAN)
ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"),
#endif
#if defined (ENOTNAM)
ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"),
#endif
#if defined (ENAVAIL)
ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"),
#endif
#if defined (EISNAM)
ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"),
#endif
#if defined (EREMOTEIO)
ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"),
#endif
ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL)
};
/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime. Indexed by the
errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */
static char **error_names;
static int num_error_names = 0;
/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not
already exist in the host environment. Indexed by the errno value to find
the descriptive string.
We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the
same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically
initialized rather than statically initialized. */
#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
static int sys_nerr;
static char **sys_errlist;
#else
extern int sys_nerr;
extern char *sys_errlist[];
#endif
/*
NAME
init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables
SYNOPSIS
static void init_error_tables ();
DESCRIPTION
Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate
the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are
indexed at runtime by a specific errno value.
BUGS
The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions,
in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't
bomb either. Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free
some memory in the meantime. In any case, the other routines know
how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it. This
may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically
warn about this particular failure mode.
*/
static void
init_error_tables ()
{
const struct error_info *eip;
int nbytes;
/* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum
errno value, then go find it now. */
if (num_error_names == 0)
{
for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
{
if (eip -> value >= num_error_names)
{
num_error_names = eip -> value + 1;
}
}
}
/* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then
initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
if (error_names == NULL)
{
nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
if ((error_names = (char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
{
memset (error_names, 0, nbytes);
for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
{
error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name;
}
}
}
#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
/* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then
initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
if (sys_errlist == NULL)
{
nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
if ((sys_errlist = (char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
{
memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes);
sys_nerr = num_error_names;
for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
{
sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg;
}
}
}
#endif
}
/*
NAME
errno_max -- return the max errno value
SYNOPSIS
int errno_max ();
DESCRIPTION
Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic
name or message is available. Note that in the case where
we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for
there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.
In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one
should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it,
since new error codes may be added to the system before they are
added to the table. Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value
implied by the largest errno value defined in <errno.h>.
We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
symbolic name or message.
*/
int
errno_max ()
{
int maxsize;
if (error_names == NULL)
{
init_error_tables ();
}
maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names);
return (maxsize - 1);
}
/*
NAME
strerror -- map an error number to an error message string
SYNOPSIS
char *strerror (int errnoval)
DESCRIPTION
Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of
which are implementation defined. On systems which have the external
variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same
as the ones used by perror().
If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular
error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the
error number.
If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist,
returns NULL.
The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
next call to strerror.
*/
char *
strerror (errnoval)
int errnoval;
{
char *msg;
static char buf[32];
#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
if (error_names == NULL)
{
init_error_tables ();
}
#endif
if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr))
{
/* Out of range, just return NULL */
msg = NULL;
}
else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL))
{
/* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */
sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
msg = buf;
}
else
{
/* In range, and a valid message. Just return the message. */
msg = sys_errlist[errnoval];
}
return (msg);
}
/*
NAME
strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string
SYNOPSIS
char *strerrno (int errnoval)
DESCRIPTION
Given an error number returned from a system call (typically
returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the
symbolic name of that error number, as found in <errno.h>.
If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular
error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is
the error number.
If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid
indices, then returns NULL.
BUGS
The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
valid until the next call to strerrno.
*/
char *
strerrno (errnoval)
int errnoval;
{
char *name;
static char buf[32];
if (error_names == NULL)
{
init_error_tables ();
}
if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names))
{
/* Out of range, just return NULL */
name = NULL;
}
else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL))
{
/* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */
sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
name = buf;
}
else
{
/* In range, and a valid name. Just return the name. */
name = error_names[errnoval];
}
return (name);
}
/*
NAME
strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value
SYNOPSIS
int strtoerrno (char *name)
DESCRIPTION
Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value.
If no translation is found, returns 0.
*/
int
strtoerrno (name)
char *name;
{
int errnoval = 0;
if (name != NULL)
{
if (error_names == NULL)
{
init_error_tables ();
}
for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++)
{
if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) &&
(strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0))
{
break;
}
}
if (errnoval == num_error_names)
{
errnoval = 0;
}
}
return (errnoval);
}
/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations
if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */
#ifdef MAIN
main ()
{
int errn;
int errnmax;
char *name;
char *msg;
char *strerrno ();
char *strerror ();
errnmax = errno_max ();
printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names);
printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr);
printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax);
/* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not
*either* table. Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not*
relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for
NULL. */
for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++)
{
name = strerrno (errn);
name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name;
msg = strerror (errn);
msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg;
printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg);
}
}
#endif

80
contrib/cvs/lib/strippath.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/* strippath.c -- remove unnecessary components from a path specifier
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
/* An ANSI string.h and pre-ANSI memory.h might conflict. */
#if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
#include <memory.h>
#endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and HAVE_MEMORY_H */
#else /* not STDC_HJEADERS and not HAVE_STRING_H */
#include <strings.h>
/* memory.h and strings.h conflict on some systems. */
#endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and not HAVE_STRING_H */
#include <stdio.h>
#if __STDC__
static void remove_component(char *beginc, char *endc);
void strip_trailing_slashes(char *path);
#else
static void remove_component();
void strip_trailing_slashes();
#endif /* __STDC__ */
/* Remove unnecessary components from PATH. */
void
strip_path (path)
char *path;
{
int stripped = 0;
char *cp, *slash;
for (cp = path; (slash = strchr(cp, '/')) != NULL; cp = slash)
{
*slash = '\0';
if ((!*cp && (cp != path || stripped)) ||
strcmp(cp, ".") == 0 || strcmp(cp, "/") == 0)
{
stripped = 1;
remove_component(cp, slash);
slash = cp;
}
else
{
*slash++ = '/';
}
}
strip_trailing_slashes(path);
}
/* Remove the component delimited by BEGINC and ENDC from the path */
static void
remove_component (beginc, endc)
char *beginc;
char *endc;
{
for (endc++; *endc; endc++)
*beginc++ = *endc;
*beginc = '\0';
}

44
contrib/cvs/lib/stripslash.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* stripslash.c -- remove trailing slashes from a string
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
/* An ANSI string.h and pre-ANSI memory.h might conflict. */
#if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
#include <memory.h>
#endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and HAVE_MEMORY_H */
#else /* not STDC_HJEADERS and not HAVE_STRING_H */
#include <strings.h>
/* memory.h and strings.h conflict on some systems. */
#endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and not HAVE_STRING_H */
/* Remove trailing slashes from PATH. */
void
strip_trailing_slashes (path)
char *path;
{
int last;
last = strlen (path) - 1;
while (last > 0 && path[last] == '/')
path[last--] = '\0';
}

40
contrib/cvs/lib/strstr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/******************************************************************************
* *
* s t r s t r *
* *
* Find the first occurrence of a string in another string. *
* *
* Format: *
* return = strstr(Source,What); *
* *
* Parameters: *
* *
* Returns: *
* *
* Scope: PUBLIC *
* *
******************************************************************************/
char *strstr(Source, What)
register const char *Source;
register const char *What;
{
register char WhatChar;
register char SourceChar;
register long Length;
if ((WhatChar = *What++) != 0) {
Length = strlen(What);
do {
do {
if ((SourceChar = *Source++) == 0) {
return (0);
}
} while (SourceChar != WhatChar);
} while (strncmp(Source, What, Length) != 0);
Source--;
}
return ((char *)Source);
}/*strstr*/

100
contrib/cvs/lib/strtoul.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/*
* strtol : convert a string to long.
*
* Andy Wilson, 2-Oct-89.
*/
#include <errno.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifndef ULONG_MAX
#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */
#endif
extern int errno;
unsigned long
strtoul(s, ptr, base)
const char *s; char **ptr; int base;
{
unsigned long total = 0;
unsigned digit;
const char *start=s;
int did_conversion=0;
int overflow = 0;
int negate = 0;
unsigned long maxdiv, maxrem;
if (s==NULL)
{
errno = ERANGE;
if (!ptr)
*ptr = (char *)start;
return 0L;
}
while (isspace(*s))
s++;
if (*s == '+')
s++;
else if (*s == '-')
s++, negate = 1;
if (base==0 || base==16) /* the 'base==16' is for handling 0x */
{
int tmp;
/*
* try to infer base from the string
*/
if (*s != '0')
tmp = 10; /* doesn't start with 0 - assume decimal */
else if (s[1] == 'X' || s[1] == 'x')
tmp = 16, s += 2; /* starts with 0x or 0X - hence hex */
else
tmp = 8; /* starts with 0 - hence octal */
if (base==0)
base = (int)tmp;
}
maxdiv = ULONG_MAX / base;
maxrem = ULONG_MAX % base;
while ((digit = *s) != '\0')
{
if (digit >= '0' && digit < ('0'+base))
digit -= '0';
else
if (base > 10)
{
if (digit >= 'a' && digit < ('a'+(base-10)))
digit = digit - 'a' + 10;
else if (digit >= 'A' && digit < ('A'+(base-10)))
digit = digit - 'A' + 10;
else
break;
}
else
break;
did_conversion = 1;
if (total > maxdiv
|| (total == maxdiv && digit > maxrem))
overflow = 1;
total = (total * base) + digit;
s++;
}
if (overflow)
{
errno = ERANGE;
if (ptr != NULL)
*ptr = (char *)s;
return (ULONG_MAX);
}
if (ptr != NULL)
*ptr = (char *) ((did_conversion) ? (char *)s : (char *)start);
return negate ? -total : total;
}

468
contrib/cvs/lib/system.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
/* system-dependent definitions for CVS.
Copyright (C) 1989-1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* $CVSid: @(#)system.h 1.18 94/09/25 $ */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
#undef S_ISBLK
#undef S_ISCHR
#undef S_ISDIR
#undef S_ISREG
#undef S_ISFIFO
#undef S_ISLNK
#undef S_ISSOCK
#undef S_ISMPB
#undef S_ISMPC
#undef S_ISNWK
#endif
/* Not all systems have S_IFMT, but we probably want to use it if we
do. See ChangeLog for a more detailed discussion. */
#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
# else
# define S_ISBLK(m) ((m) & S_IFBLK)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
# else
# define S_ISCHR(m) ((m) & S_IFCHR)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
# else
# define S_ISDIR(m) ((m) & S_IFDIR)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
# else
# define S_ISREG(m) ((m) & S_IFREG)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
# else
# define S_ISFIFO(m) ((m) & S_IFIFO)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
# else
# define S_ISLNK(m) ((m) & S_IFLNK)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
# else
# define S_ISSOCK(m) ((m) & S_IFSOCK)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
# define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
# else
# define S_ISMPB(m) ((m) & S_IFMPB)
# define S_ISMPC(m) ((m) & S_IFMPC)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
# if defined(S_IFMT)
# define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
# else
# define S_ISNWK(m) ((m) & S_IFNWK)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_MKFIFO)
#define mkfifo(path, mode) (mknod ((path), (mode) | S_IFIFO, 0))
#endif
#ifdef NEED_DECOY_PERMISSIONS /* OS/2, really */
#define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
#define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
#define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
#define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
#define S_IRGRP S_IREAD
#define S_IWGRP S_IWRITE
#define S_IXGRP S_IEXEC
#define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
#define S_IROTH S_IREAD
#define S_IWOTH S_IWRITE
#define S_IXOTH S_IEXEC
#define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
#else /* ! NEED_DECOY_PERMISSIONS */
#ifndef S_IRUSR
#define S_IRUSR 0400
#define S_IWUSR 0200
#define S_IXUSR 0100
/* Read, write, and execute by owner. */
#define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IXUSR)
#define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3) /* Read by group. */
#define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3) /* Write by group. */
#define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3) /* Execute by group. */
/* Read, write, and execute by group. */
#define S_IRWXG (S_IRWXU >> 3)
#define S_IROTH (S_IRGRP >> 3) /* Read by others. */
#define S_IWOTH (S_IWGRP >> 3) /* Write by others. */
#define S_IXOTH (S_IXGRP >> 3) /* Execute by others. */
/* Read, write, and execute by others. */
#define S_IRWXO (S_IRWXG >> 3)
#endif /* !def S_IRUSR */
#endif /* NEED_DECOY_PERMISSIONS */
#if defined(POSIX) || defined(HAVE_UNISTD_H)
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#else
off_t lseek ();
#endif
#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
# include <sys/time.h>
# include <time.h>
#else
# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
# include <sys/time.h>
# else
# include <time.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_IO_H
#include <io.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_DIRECT_H
#include <direct.h>
#endif
#ifdef timezone
#undef timezone /* needed for sgi */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H
#include <sys/timeb.h>
#else
struct timeb {
time_t time; /* Seconds since the epoch */
unsigned short millitm; /* Field not used */
short timezone;
short dstflag; /* Field not used */
};
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_FTIME) && !defined(HAVE_TIMEZONE)
#if !defined(timezone)
extern long timezone;
#endif
#endif
/*
** MAXPATHLEN and PATH_MAX
**
** On most systems MAXPATHLEN is defined in sys/param.h to be 1024. Of
** those that this is not true, again most define PATH_MAX in limits.h
** or sys/limits.h which usually gets included by limits.h. On the few
** remaining systems that neither statement is true, _POSIX_PATH_MAX
** is defined.
**
** So:
** 1. If PATH_MAX is defined just use it.
** 2. If MAXPATHLEN is defined but not PATH_MAX, then define
** PATH_MAX in terms of MAXPATHLEN.
** 3. If neither is defined, include limits.h and check for
** PATH_MAX again.
** 3.1 If we now have PATHSIZE, define PATH_MAX in terms of that.
** and ignore the rest. Since _POSIX_PATH_MAX (checked for
** next) is the *most* restrictive (smallest) value, if we
** trust _POSIX_PATH_MAX, several of our buffers are too small.
** 4. If PATH_MAX is still not defined but _POSIX_PATH_MAX is,
** then define PATH_MAX in terms of _POSIX_PATH_MAX.
** 5. And if even _POSIX_PATH_MAX doesn't exist just put in
** a reasonable value.
** *. All in all, this is an excellent argument for using pathconf()
** when at all possible. Or better yet, dynamically allocate
** our buffers and use getcwd() not getwd().
**
** This works on:
** Sun Sparc 10 SunOS 4.1.3 & Solaris 1.2
** HP 9000/700 HP/UX 8.07 & HP/UX 9.01
** Tektronix XD88/10 UTekV 3.2e
** IBM RS6000 AIX 3.2
** Dec Alpha OSF 1 ????
** Intel 386 BSDI BSD/386
** Intel 386 SCO OpenServer Release 5
** Apollo Domain 10.4
** NEC SVR4
*/
/* On MOST systems this will get you MAXPATHLEN.
Windows NT doesn't have this file, tho. */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# ifdef MAXPATHLEN
# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
# else
# include <limits.h>
# ifndef PATH_MAX
# ifdef PATHSIZE
# define PATH_MAX PATHSIZE
# else /* no PATHSIZE */
# ifdef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
# else
# define PATH_MAX 1024
# endif /* no _POSIX_PATH_MAX */
# endif /* no PATHSIZE */
# endif /* no PATH_MAX */
# endif /* MAXPATHLEN */
#endif /* PATH_MAX */
/* The NeXT (without _POSIX_SOURCE, which we don't want) has a utime.h
which doesn't define anything. It would be cleaner to have configure
check for struct utimbuf, but for now I'm checking NeXT here (so I don't
have to debug the configure check across all the machines). */
#if defined (HAVE_UTIME_H) && !defined (NeXT)
#include <utime.h>
#elif defined (HAVE_SYS_UTIME_H)
# include <sys/utime.h>
#else
#ifndef ALTOS
struct utimbuf
{
long actime;
long modtime;
};
#endif
int utime ();
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
/* An ANSI string.h and pre-ANSI memory.h might conflict. */
# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
# include <memory.h>
# endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and HAVE_MEMORY_H */
#else /* not STDC_HEADERS and not HAVE_STRING_H */
# include <strings.h>
/* memory.h and strings.h conflict on some systems. */
#endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and not HAVE_STRING_H */
#include <errno.h>
/* Not all systems set the same error code on a non-existent-file
error. This tries to ask the question somewhat portably.
On systems that don't have ENOTEXIST, this should behave just like
x == ENOENT. "x" is probably errno, of course. */
#ifdef ENOTEXIST
# ifdef EOS2ERR
# define existence_error(x) \
(((x) == ENOTEXIST) || ((x) == ENOENT) || ((x) == EOS2ERR))
# else
# define existence_error(x) \
(((x) == ENOTEXIST) || ((x) == ENOENT))
# endif
#else
# ifdef EVMSERR
# define existence_error(x) \
((x) == ENOENT || (x) == EINVAL || (x) == EVMSERR)
# else
# define existence_error(x) ((x) == ENOENT)
# endif
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *getenv ();
char *malloc ();
char *realloc ();
char *calloc ();
extern int errno;
#endif
/* SunOS4 apparently does not define this in stdlib.h. */
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
#if defined(USG) || defined(POSIX)
char *getcwd ();
#else
char *getwd ();
#endif
/* check for POSIX signals */
#if defined(HAVE_SIGACTION) && defined(HAVE_SIGPROCMASK)
# define POSIX_SIGNALS
#endif
/* MINIX 1.6 doesn't properly support sigaction */
#if defined(_MINIX)
# undef POSIX_SIGNALS
#endif
/* If !POSIX, try for BSD.. Reason: 4.4BSD implements these as wrappers */
#if !defined(POSIX_SIGNALS)
# if defined(HAVE_SIGVEC) && defined(HAVE_SIGSETMASK) && defined(HAVE_SIGBLOCK)
# define BSD_SIGNALS
# endif
#endif
/* Under OS/2, this must be included _after_ stdio.h; that's why we do
it here. */
#ifdef USE_OWN_TCPIP_H
#include "tcpip.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#else
#include <sys/file.h>
#endif
#ifndef SEEK_SET
#define SEEK_SET 0
#define SEEK_CUR 1
#define SEEK_END 2
#endif
#ifndef F_OK
#define F_OK 0
#define X_OK 1
#define W_OK 2
#define R_OK 4
#endif
#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
# include <dirent.h>
# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
#else
# define dirent direct
# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
# include <sys/ndir.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
# include <sys/dir.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_NDIR_H
# include <ndir.h>
# endif
#endif
/* Convert B 512-byte blocks to kilobytes if K is nonzero,
otherwise return it unchanged. */
#define convert_blocks(b, k) ((k) ? ((b) + 1) / 2 : (b))
#ifndef S_ISLNK
#define lstat stat
#endif
/*
* Some UNIX distributions don't include these in their stat.h Defined here
* because "config.h" is always included last.
*/
#ifndef S_IWRITE
#define S_IWRITE 0000200 /* write permission, owner */
#endif
#ifndef S_IWGRP
#define S_IWGRP 0000020 /* write permission, grougroup */
#endif
#ifndef S_IWOTH
#define S_IWOTH 0000002 /* write permission, other */
#endif
/* Under MS-DOS and its derivatives (like Windows NT), mkdir takes only one
argument; permission is handled very differently on those systems than in
in Unix. So we leave such systems a hook on which they can hang their
own definitions. */
#ifndef CVS_MKDIR
#define CVS_MKDIR mkdir
#endif
/* Some file systems are case-insensitive. If FOLD_FN_CHAR is
#defined, it maps the character C onto its "canonical" form. In a
case-insensitive system, it would map all alphanumeric characters
to lower case. Under Windows NT, / and \ are both path component
separators, so FOLD_FN_CHAR would map them both to /. */
#ifndef FOLD_FN_CHAR
#define FOLD_FN_CHAR(c) (c)
#define fnfold(filename) (filename)
#define fncmp strcmp
#endif
/* Different file systems have different path component separators.
For the VMS port we might need to abstract further back than this. */
#ifndef ISDIRSEP
#define ISDIRSEP(c) ((c) == '/')
#endif
/* On some systems, lines in text files should be terminated with CRLF,
not just LF, and the read and write routines do this translation
for you. LINES_CRLF_TERMINATED is #defined on such systems.
- OPEN_BINARY is the flag to pass to the open function for
untranslated I/O.
- FOPEN_BINARY_READ is the string to pass to fopen to get
untranslated reading.
- FOPEN_BINARY_WRITE is the string to pass to fopen to get
untranslated writing. */
#if LINES_CRLF_TERMINATED
#define OPEN_BINARY (O_BINARY)
#define FOPEN_BINARY_READ ("rb")
#define FOPEN_BINARY_WRITE ("wb")
#else
#define OPEN_BINARY (0)
#define FOPEN_BINARY_READ ("r")
#define FOPEN_BINARY_WRITE ("w")
#endif

25
contrib/cvs/lib/valloc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
/* valloc -- return memory aligned to the page size. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "system.h"
#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
#define getpagesize() 4096
#endif
void *
valloc (bytes)
size_t bytes;
{
long pagesize;
char *ret;
pagesize = getpagesize ();
ret = (char *) malloc (bytes + pagesize - 1);
if (ret)
ret = (char *) ((long) (ret + pagesize - 1) &~ (pagesize - 1));
return ret;
}

171
contrib/cvs/lib/vasprintf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must
be freed by the caller.
Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the libiberty library.
Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef __STDC__
#include <stdarg.h>
#else
#include <varargs.h>
#endif
extern int abs ();
#ifdef TEST
int global_total_width;
#endif
unsigned long strtoul ();
char *malloc ();
static int
int_vasprintf (result, format, args)
char **result;
const char *format;
va_list *args;
{
const char *p = format;
/* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc
to return NULL. */
int total_width = strlen (format) + 1;
va_list ap;
memcpy (&ap, args, sizeof (va_list));
while (*p != '\0')
{
if (*p++ == '%')
{
while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p))
++p;
if (*p == '*')
{
++p;
total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
}
else
total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
if (*p == '.')
{
++p;
if (*p == '*')
{
++p;
total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
}
else
total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
}
while (strchr ("hlL", *p))
++p;
/* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s. */
total_width += 30;
switch (*p)
{
case 'd':
case 'i':
case 'o':
case 'u':
case 'x':
case 'X':
case 'c':
(void) va_arg (ap, int);
break;
case 'f':
case 'e':
case 'E':
case 'g':
case 'G':
(void) va_arg (ap, double);
break;
case 's':
total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *));
break;
case 'p':
case 'n':
(void) va_arg (ap, char *);
break;
}
}
}
#ifdef TEST
global_total_width = total_width;
#endif
*result = malloc (total_width);
if (*result != NULL)
return vsprintf (*result, format, *args);
else
return 0;
}
int
vasprintf (result, format, args)
char **result;
const char *format;
va_list args;
{
return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args);
}
#ifdef TEST
void
checkit
#ifdef __STDC__
(const char* format, ...)
#else
(va_alist)
va_dcl
#endif
{
va_list args;
char *result;
#ifdef __STDC__
va_start (args, format);
#else
char *format;
va_start (args);
format = va_arg (args, char *);
#endif
vasprintf (&result, format, args);
if (strlen (result) < global_total_width)
printf ("PASS: ");
else
printf ("FAIL: ");
printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result);
}
int
main ()
{
checkit ("%d", 0x12345678);
checkit ("%200d", 5);
checkit ("%.300d", 6);
checkit ("%100.150d", 7);
checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333");
checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx");
}
#endif /* TEST */

32
contrib/cvs/lib/wait.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/* wait.h -- POSIX macros for evaluating exit statuses
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
#include <sys/types.h> /* For pid_t. */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
#include <sys/resource.h> /* for rusage */
#endif
#include <sys/wait.h>
#else
#define WIFSTOPPED(w) (((w) & 0xff) == 0x7f)
#define WIFSIGNALED(w) (((w) & 0xff) != 0x7f && ((w) & 0xff) != 0)
#define WIFEXITED(w) (((w) & 0xff) == 0)
#define WSTOPSIG(w) (((w) >> 8) & 0xff)
#define WTERMSIG(w) ((w) & 0x7f)
#define WEXITSTATUS(w) (((w) >> 8) & 0xff)
#endif

76
contrib/cvs/lib/waitpid.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "system.h"
#include "wait.h"
#include <stdio.h>
struct unreaped {
pid_t pid;
int status;
};
static struct unreaped *unreaped;
static int n;
static struct unreaped *ualloc (oldptr, n)
struct unreaped *oldptr;
int n;
{
n *= sizeof (struct unreaped);
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
if (oldptr)
oldptr = (struct unreaped *) realloc ((char *) oldptr, n);
else
oldptr = (struct unreaped *) malloc (n);
if (oldptr == 0)
{
fprintf (stderr, "cannot allocate %d bytes\n", n);
exit (1);
}
return oldptr;
}
pid_t waitpid (pid, status, options)
pid_t pid;
int *status;
int options;
{
int i;
/* initialize */
if (unreaped == 0)
{
unreaped = ualloc (unreaped, 1);
unreaped[0].pid = 0;
n = 1;
}
for (i = 0; unreaped[i].pid; i++)
if (unreaped[i].pid == pid)
{
*status = unreaped[i].status;
while (unreaped[i].pid)
{
unreaped[i] = unreaped[i+1];
i++;
}
n--;
return pid;
}
while (1)
{
pid_t p = wait3 (status, options, (struct rusage *) 0);
if (p == 0 || p == -1 || p == pid)
return p;
n++;
unreaped = ualloc (unreaped, n);
unreaped[n-1].pid = p;
unreaped[n-1].status = *status;
}
}

79
contrib/cvs/lib/xgetwd.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/* xgetwd.c -- return current directory with unlimited length
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
/* Derived from xgetcwd.c in e.g. the GNU sh-utils. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include "system.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef HAVE_GETWD
char *getwd ();
#define GETWD(buf, max) getwd (buf)
#else
char *getcwd ();
#define GETWD(buf, max) getcwd (buf, max)
#endif
/* Amount by which to increase buffer size when allocating more space. */
#define PATH_INCR 32
char *xmalloc ();
char *xrealloc ();
/* Return the current directory, newly allocated, arbitrarily long.
Return NULL and set errno on error. */
char *
xgetwd ()
{
char *cwd;
char *ret;
unsigned path_max;
errno = 0;
path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
cwd = xmalloc (path_max);
errno = 0;
while ((ret = GETWD (cwd, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
{
path_max += PATH_INCR;
cwd = xrealloc (cwd, path_max);
errno = 0;
}
if (ret == NULL)
{
int save_errno = errno;
free (cwd);
errno = save_errno;
return NULL;
}
return cwd;
}

42
contrib/cvs/lib/yesno.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* yesno.c -- read a yes/no response from stdin
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/* Read one line from standard input
and return nonzero if that line begins with y or Y,
otherwise return 0. */
int
yesno ()
{
int c;
int rv;
fflush (stderr);
fflush (stdout);
c = getchar ();
rv = (c == 'y') || (c == 'Y');
while (c != EOF && c != '\n')
c = getchar ();
return rv;
}

141
contrib/cvs/man/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
Wed Mar 13 17:06:39 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvsinit.8: Removed.
* Makefile.in, cvs.1, cvs.5: Remove references to cvsinit.
Tue Feb 13 22:30:54 1996 Samuel Tardieu <sam@inf.enst.fr>
* Makefile.in: Remove reference to mkmodules.1
Mon Feb 12 16:30:40 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.1, cvsinit.8: Remove references to mkmodules, rm, sort
* cvs.5: Remove references to mkmodules.
* mkmodules.1: Removed.
Tue Jan 30 18:32:27 1996 Jim Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in: Revise comment regarding install and installdirs.
Tue Nov 14 15:47:44 1995 Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>
* cvs.5:
- list filenames in alpha sort order
- describe the cvswrappers file
- describe the taginfo file
- fix cvsinit chapter number
(This is by no means complete -- it's just stuff I noticed.)
* cvs.1: put the filenames in alpha sort order
* cvsinit.8: remove the .pl extension from filenames
Wed Oct 18 11:07:07 1995 Vince Demarco <vdemarco@bou.shl.com>
* cvs.1 (Flag): Updated the CVSROOT/wrappers stuff. Everyone seems
to think this is a NEXT specific thing it isn't.
Tue Oct 17 17:38:27 1995 Warren Jones <wjones@tc.fluke.com>
* cvs.1: Change \. to \&. at start of line.
Tue Oct 3 13:43:33 1995 Del <del@matra.com.au>
* cvs.1: Updated man page for all the new features of 1.6
(including some that were missed in 1.5 and 1.4.xx). This includes:
- -f and -z global options.
- tag -F, and -r options.
- rtag -F options
- CVSROOT/taginfo and CVSROOT/wrappers files (the latter could use a touch
up because I don't really understand how wrappers work or why anyone would
use them -- I haven't ever played with a NEXT.
- export -k option
- New environment variables CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT, CVS_RSH, CVS_SERVER, and
CVSWRAPPERS. I left CVS_CLIENT_LOG, CVS_CLIENT_PORT, and CVS_SERVER_SLEEP
undocumented because these appear to be for testing / debugging only.
Note that TMPDIR, HOME and PATH are used as well and strictly speaking
should be documented.
- New files ~/.cvsrc and ~/.cvswrappers
Tue Aug 15 08:13:14 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (MANFILES): include $MAN8FILES too, so they get
tarred up in the distribution just like anything else.
Mon Jul 24 19:11:15 1995 James Kingdon <kingdon@harvey.cyclic.com>
* cvs.1: Remove references to -q and -Q command options.
Fri Jul 14 23:30:33 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.cyclic.com>
* Makefile.in (prefix): Don't forget to give this a value.
Sun Jul 9 21:22:56 1995 Karl Fogel <kfogel@floss.cyclic.com>
Greg Woods' change:
* cvsbug.8, cvsinit.8: new files.
Sun Jul 9 19:03:00 1995 Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>
* cvs.1: document 'cvs status [-qQ]'
- note reference to cvsinit(8) and cvsbug(8)
(from previous local changes)
* Makefile.in: add support for installing in man8, and new cvsbug
and cvsinit pages (from previous local changes)
Sat May 27 08:46:00 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com)
* Makefile.in (Makefile): Regenerate only Makefile in current
directory when Makefile.in is out of date. Depend on ../config.status.
Fri Apr 28 22:51:31 1995 Jim Blandy <jimb@totoro.bio.indiana.edu>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Updated.
(dist-dir): Renamed from dist; changed to work with DISTDIR
variable passed from parent.
Fri Jul 15 12:58:14 1994 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (install): Do not depend upon installdirs.
Sat Dec 18 01:23:13 1993 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* Makefile.in (VPATH): don't use $(srcdir), but @srcdir@ instead
Mon Jun 14 12:20:33 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (install): remove parentdir support
Mon Aug 31 01:42:43 1992 david d [zoo] zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (install): create $(man1dir) and $(man5dir) before
installing the man pages
Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
-subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers. Forced
copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
Tue Dec 10 04:07:08 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir.
Tue Dec 10 03:59:10 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at cygnus.com)
* cvs.man: small correction to an explanation of an example.
Thu Dec 5 22:45:59 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away. Added copyrights
and shift gpl to v2. Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
Wed Nov 27 02:46:20 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at sendai)
* brought Makefile.in's up to standards.text.
* fresh changelog.

96
contrib/cvs/man/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
# Makefile for GNU CVS documentation.
# Do not use this makefile directly, but only from `../Makefile'.
# Copyright (C) 1986-1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
MAN1FILES = cvs.1
MAN5FILES = cvs.5
MAN8FILES = cvsbug.8
MANFILES = $(MAN1FILES) $(MAN5FILES) $(MAN8FILES)
DISTFILES = .cvsignore ChangeLog Makefile.in $(MANFILES)
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = $(INSTALL)
prefix = @prefix@
mandir = $(prefix)/man
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
all:
.PHONY: all
# This used to depend on installdirs, but someone took it out (I think
# maybe it is/was some kind of Cygnus convention to not depend on installdirs;
# I'm not sure). I don't know what the pro(s) and con(s) are.
install: all
for f in $(MAN1FILES); do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$f $(man1dir)/$$f; \
done
for f in $(MAN5FILES); do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$f $(man5dir)/$$f; \
done
for f in $(MAN8FILES); do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$f $(man8dir)/$$f; \
done
installdirs:
$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(man1dir) $(man5dir) $(man8dir)
.PHONY: install installdirs
tags:
.PHONY: tags
TAGS:
.PHONY: TAGS
ls:
@true
.PHONY: ls
clean:
.PHONY: clean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile
.PHONY: distclean
realclean: distclean
.PHONY: realclean
dist-dir:
mkdir ${DISTDIR}
for i in ${DISTFILES}; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$${i} ${DISTDIR}; \
done
.PHONY: dist-dir
subdir = man
Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
#../config.status: ../configure
# cd .. ; $(SHELL) config.status --recheck
#../configure: ../configure.in
# cd $(top_srcdir) ; autoconf

2181
contrib/cvs/man/cvs.1 Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

325
contrib/cvs/man/cvs.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
.TH cvs 5 "12 February 1992"
.\" Full space in nroff; half space in troff
.de SP
.if n .sp
.if t .sp .5
..
.SH NAME
cvs \- Concurrent Versions System support files
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.na
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitinfo,v
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore,v
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvswrappers,v
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/editinfo,v
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/loginfo,v
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/modules,v
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/rcsinfo,v
.TP
.B $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/taginfo,v
.ad b
.hy 1
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B cvs
is a system for providing source control to hierarchical collections
of source directories. Commands and procedures for using \fBcvs\fP
are described in
.BR cvs ( 1 ).
.SP
.B cvs
manages \fIsource repositories\fP, the directories containing master
copies of the revision-controlled files, by copying particular
revisions of the files to (and modifications back from) developers'
private \fIworking directories\fP. In terms of file structure, each
individual source repository is an immediate subdirectory of
\fB$CVSROOT\fP.
.SP
The files described here are supporting files; they do not have to
exist for \fBcvs\fP to operate, but they allow you to make \fBcvs\fP
operation more flexible.
.SP
You can use the `\|modules\|' file to define symbolic names for
collections of source maintained with \fBcvs\fP. If there is no
`\|modules\|' file, developers must specify complete path names
(absolute, or relative to \fB$CVSROOT\fP) for the files they wish to
manage with \fBcvs\fP commands.
.SP
You can use the `\|commitinfo\|' file to define programs to execute
whenever `\|\fBcvs commit\fP\|' is about to execute.
These programs are used for ``pre-commit'' checking to verify that the
modified, added, and removed files are really ready to be committed.
Some uses for this check might be to turn off a portion (or all) of the
source repository from a particular person or group.
Or, perhaps, to verify that the changed files conform to the site's
standards for coding practice.
.SP
You can use the `\|cvswrappers\|' file to record
.B cvs
wrapper commands to be used when checking files into and out of the
repository. Wrappers allow the file or directory to be processed
on the way in and out of CVS. The intended uses are many, one
possible use would be to reformat a C file before the file is checked
in, so all of the code in the repository looks the same.
.SP
You can use the `\|loginfo\|' file to define programs to execute after
any
.BR commit ,
which writes a log entry for changes in the repository.
These logging programs might be used to append the log message to a file.
Or send the log message through electronic mail to a group of developers.
Or, perhaps, post the log message to a particular newsgroup.
.SP
You can use the `\|taginfo\|' file to define programs to execute after
any
.BR tag or rtag
operation. These programs might be used to append a message to a file
listing the new tag name and the programmer who created it, or send mail
to a group of developers, or, perhaps, post a message to a particular
newsgroup.
.SP
You can use the `\|rcsinfo\|' file to define forms for log messages.
.SP
You can use the `\|editinfo\|' file to define a program to execute for
editing/validating `\|\fBcvs commit\fP\|' log entries.
This is most useful when used with a `\|rcsinfo\|' forms specification, as
it can verify that the proper fields of the form have been filled in by the
user committing the change.
.SP
You can use the `\|cvsignore\|' file to specify the default list of
files to ignore during \fBupdate\fP.
.SP
You can use the `\|history\|' file to record the \fBcvs\fP commands
that affect the repository.
The creation of this file enables history logging.
.SH FILES
.TP
.B modules
The `\|modules\|' file records your definitions of names for
collections of source code. \fBcvs\fP will use these definitions if
you use \fBcvs\fP to check in a file with the right format to
`\|\fB$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/modules,v\fP\|'.
.SP
The `\|modules\|' file may contain blank lines and comments (lines
beginning with `\|\fB#\fP\|') as well as module definitions.
Long lines can be continued on the next line by specifying a backslash
(``\e'') as the last character on the line.
.SP
A \fImodule definition\fP is a single line of the `\|modules\|' file,
in either of two formats. In both cases, \fImname\fP represents the
symbolic module name, and the remainder of the line is its definition.
.SP
\fImname\fP \fB\-a\fP \fIaliases\fP\|.\|.\|.
.br
This represents the simplest way of defining a module \fImname\fP.
The `\|\fB\-a\fP\|' flags the definition as a simple alias: \fBcvs\fP
will treat any use of \fImname\fP (as a command argument) as if the list
of names \fIaliases\fP had been specified instead. \fIaliases\fP may
contain either other module names or paths. When you use paths in
\fIaliases\fP, `\|\fBcvs checkout\fP\|' creates all intermediate
directories in the working directory, just as if the path had been
specified explicitly in the \fBcvs\fP arguments.
.SP
.nf
\fImname\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fIdir\fP [ \fIfiles\fP\|.\|.\|. ] [ \fB&\fP\fImodule\fP\|.\|.\|. ]
.fi
.SP
In the simplest case, this form of module definition reduces to
`\|\fImname dir\fP\|'. This defines all the files in directory
\fIdir\fP as module \fImname\fP. \fIdir\fP is a relative path (from
\fB$CVSROOT\fP) to a directory of source in one of the source
repositories. In this case, on \fBcheckout\fP, a single directory
called \fImname\fP is created as a working directory; no intermediate
directory levels are used by default, even if \fIdir\fP was a path
involving several directory levels.
.SP
By explicitly specifying \fIfiles\fP in the module definition after
\fIdir\fP, you can select particular files from directory
\fIdir\fP. The sample definition for \fBmodules\fP is an example of
a module defined with a single file from a particular directory. Here
is another example:
.SP
.nf
.ft B
m4test unsupported/gnu/m4 foreach.m4 forloop.m4
.ft P
.fi
.SP
With this definition, executing `\|\fBcvs checkout m4test\fP\|'
will create a single working directory `\|m4test\|' containing the two
files listed, which both come from a common directory several levels
deep in the \fBcvs\fP source repository.
.SP
A module definition can refer to other modules by including
`\|\fB&\fP\fImodule\fP\|' in its definition. \fBcheckout\fP creates
a subdirectory for each such \fImodule\fP, in your working directory.
.br
.I
New in \fBcvs\fP 1.3;
avoid this feature if sharing module definitions with older versions
of \fBcvs\fP.
.SP
Finally, you can use one or more of the following \fIoptions\fP in
module definitions:
.SP
\&`\|\fB\-d\fP \fIname\fP\|', to name the working directory something
other than the module name.
.br
.I
New in \fBcvs\fP 1.3;
avoid this feature if sharing module definitions with older versions
of \fBcvs\fP.
.SP
\&`\|\fB\-i\fP \fIprog\fP\|' allows you to specify a program \fIprog\fP
to run whenever files in a module are committed. \fIprog\fP runs with a
single argument, the full pathname of the affected directory in a
source repository. The `\|commitinfo\|', `\|loginfo\|', and
`\|editinfo\|' files provide other ways to call a program on \fBcommit\fP.
.SP
`\|\fB\-o\fP \fIprog\fP\|' allows you to specify a program \fIprog\fP
to run whenever files in a module are checked out. \fIprog\fP runs
with a single argument, the module name.
.SP
`\|\fB\-e\fP \fIprog\fP\|' allows you to specify a program \fIprog\fP
to run whenever files in a module are exported. \fIprog\fP runs
with a single argument, the module name.
.SP
`\|\fB\-t\fP \fIprog\fP\|' allows you to specify a program \fIprog\fP
to run whenever files in a module are tagged. \fIprog\fP runs with two
arguments: the module name and the symbolic tag specified to \fBrtag\fP.
.SP
`\|\fB\-u\fP \fIprog\fP\|' allows you to specify a program \fIprog\fP
to run whenever `\|\fBcvs update\fP\|' is executed from the top-level
directory of the checked-out module. \fIprog\fP runs with a
single argument, the full path to the source repository for this module.
.TP
\&\fBcommitinfo\fP, \fBloginfo\fP, \fBrcsinfo\fP, \fBeditinfo\fP
These files all specify programs to call at different points in the
`\|\fBcvs commit\fP\|' process. They have a common structure.
Each line is a pair of fields: a regular expression, separated by
whitespace from a filename or command-line template.
Whenever one of the regular expression matches a directory name in the
repository, the rest of the line is used.
If the line begins with a \fB#\fP character, the entire line is considered
a comment and is ignored.
Whitespace between the fields is also ignored.
.SP
For `\|loginfo\|', the rest of the
line is a command-line template to execute.
The templates can include not only
a program name, but whatever list of arguments you wish. If you write
`\|\fB%s\fP\|' somewhere on the argument list, \fBcvs\fP supplies, at
that point, the list of files affected by the \fBcommit\fP.
The first entry in the list is the relative path within the source
repository where the change is being made.
The remaining arguments list the files that are being modified, added, or
removed by this \fBcommit\fP invocation.
.SP
For `\|taginfo\|', the rest of the
line is a command-line template to execute.
The arguments passed to the command are, in order, the
.I tagname ,
.I operation
(i.e.
.B add
for `tag',
.B mov
for `tag -F', and
.B del
for `tag -d`),
.I repository ,
and any remaining are pairs of
.B "filename revision" .
A non-zero exit of the filter program will cause the tag to be aborted.
.SP
For `\|commitinfo\|', the rest of the line is a command-line template to
execute.
The template can include not only a program name, but whatever
list of arguments you wish.
The full path to the current source repository is appended to the template,
followed by the file names of any files involved in the commit (added,
removed, and modified files).
.SP
For `\|rcsinfo\|', the rest of the line is the full path to a file that
should be loaded into the log message template.
.SP
For `\|editinfo\|', the rest of the line is a command-line template to
execute.
The template can include not only a program name, but whatever
list of arguments you wish.
The full path to the current log message template file is appended to the
template.
.SP
You can use one of two special strings instead of a regular
expression: `\|\fBALL\fP\|' specifies a command line template that
must always be executed, and `\|\fBDEFAULT\fP\|' specifies a command
line template to use if no regular expression is a match.
.SP
The `\|commitinfo\|' file contains commands to execute \fIbefore\fP any
other \fBcommit\fP activity, to allow you to check any conditions that
must be satisfied before \fBcommit\fP can proceed. The rest of the
\fBcommit\fP will execute only if all selected commands from this file
exit with exit status \fB0\fP.
.SP
The `\|rcsinfo\|' file allows you to specify \fIlog templates\fP for
the \fBcommit\fP logging session; you can use this to provide a form
to edit when filling out the \fBcommit\fP log. The field after the
regular expression, in this file, contains filenames (of files
containing the logging forms) rather than command templates.
.SP
The `\|editinfo\|' file allows you to execute a script \fIbefore the
commit starts\fP, but after the log information is recorded. These
"edit" scripts can verify information recorded in the log file. If
the edit script exits wth a non-zero exit status, the commit is aborted.
.SP
The `\|loginfo\|' file contains commands to execute \fIat the end\fP
of a commit. The text specified as a commit log message is piped
through the command; typical uses include sending mail, filing an
article in a newsgroup, or appending to a central file.
.TP
\&\fBcvsignore\fP, \fB.cvsignore\fP
The default list of files (or
.BR sh ( 1 )
file name patterns) to ignore during `\|\fBcvs update\fP\|'.
At startup time, \fBcvs\fP loads the compiled in default list of file name
patterns (see
.BR cvs ( 1 )).
Then the per-repository list included in \fB$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore\fP
is loaded, if it exists.
Then the per-user list is loaded from `\|$HOME/.cvsignore\|'.
Finally, as \fBcvs\fP traverses through your directories, it will load any
per-directory `\|.cvsignore\|' files whenever it finds one.
These per-directory files are only valid for exactly the directory that
contains them, not for any sub-directories.
.TP
.B history
Create this file in \fB$CVSROOT/CVSROOT\fP to enable history logging
(see the description of `\|\fBcvs history\fP\|').
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR cvs ( 1 ),
.SH COPYING
Copyright \(co 1992 Cygnus Support, Brian Berliner, and Jeff Polk
.PP
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
permission notice identical to this one.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
the original English.

269
contrib/cvs/man/cvsbug.8 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
.\" -*- nroff -*-
.\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" man page for send-pr (by Heinz G. Seidl, hgs@cygnus.com)
.\" updated Feb 1993 for GNATS 3.00 by Jeffrey Osier, jeffrey@cygnus.com
.\"
.\" This file is part of the Problem Report Management System (GNATS)
.\" Copyright 1992 Cygnus Support
.\"
.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
.\" License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
.\" version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
.\"
.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
.\" General Public License for more details.
.\"
.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
.\" License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
.\"
.\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
.nh
.TH CVSBUG 1 xVERSIONx "February 1993"
.SH NAME
cvsbug \- send problem report (PR) about CVS to a central support site
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B cvsbug
[
.I site
]
[
.B \-f
.I problem-report
]
[
.B \-t
.I mail-address
]
.br
.in +0.8i
[
.B \-P
]
[
.B \-L
]
[
.B \-\-request-id
]
[
.B \-v
]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B cvsbug
is a tool used to submit
.I problem reports
.\" SITE ADMINISTRATORS - change this if you use a local default
(PRs) to a central support site. In most cases the correct
.I site
will be the default. This argument indicates the support site which
is responsible for the category of problem involved. Some sites may
use a local address as a default.
.I site
values are defined by using the
.BR aliases (5).
.LP
.B cvsbug
invokes an editor on a problem report template (after trying to fill
in some fields with reasonable default values). When you exit the
editor,
.B cvsbug
sends the completed form to the
.I Problem Report Management System
(\fBGNATS\fR) at a central support site. At the support site, the PR
is assigned a unique number and is stored in the \fBGNATS\fR database
according to its category and submitter-id. \fBGNATS\fR automatically
replies with an acknowledgement, citing the category and the PR
number.
.LP
To ensure that a PR is handled promptly, it should contain your (unique)
\fIsubmitter-id\fR and one of the available \fIcategories\fR to identify the
problem area. (Use
.B `cvsbug -L'
to see a list of categories.)
.LP
The
.B cvsbug
template at your site should already be customized with your
submitter-id (running `\|\fBinstall-sid\fP \fIsubmitter-id\fP\|' to
accomplish this is part of the installation procedures for
.BR cvsbug ).
If this hasn't been done, see your system administrator for your
submitter-id, or request one from your support site by invoking
.B `cvsbug \-\-request\-id'.
If your site does not distinguish between different user sites, or if
you are not affiliated with the support site, use
.B `net'
for this field.
.LP
The more precise your problem description and the more complete your
information, the faster your support team can solve your problems.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.BI \-f " problem-report"
specify a file (\fIproblem-report\fR) which already contains a
complete problem report.
.B cvsbug
sends the contents of the file without invoking the editor. If
the value for
.I problem-report
is
.BR `\|\-\|' ,
then
.B cvsbug
reads from standard input.
.TP
.BI \-t " mail-address"
Change mail address at the support site for problem reports. The
default
.I mail-address
is the address used for the default
.IR site .
Use the
.I site
argument rather than this option in nearly all cases.
.TP
.B \-P
print the form specified by the environment variable
.B PR_FORM
on standard output. If
.B PR_FORM
is not set, print the standard blank PR template. No mail is sent.
.TP
.B -L
print the list of available categories. No mail is sent.
.TP
.B \-\-request\-id
sends mail to the default support site, or
.I site
if specified, with a request for your
.IR submitter-id .
If you are
not affiliated with
.IR site ,
use a
.I submitter-id
of
.BR net \|'.
.TP
.B \-v
Display the
.B cvsbug
version number.
.LP
Note: use
.B cvsbug
to submit problem reports rather than mailing them directly. Using
both the template and
.B cvsbug
itself will help ensure all necessary information will reach the
support site.
.SH ENVIRONMENT
The environment variable
.B EDITOR
specifies the editor to invoke on the template.
.br
default:
.B vi
.sp
If the environment variable
.B PR_FORM
is set, then its value is used as the file name of the template for
your problem-report editing session. You can use this to start with a
partially completed form (for example, a form with the identification
fields already completed).
.SH "HOW TO FILL OUT A PROBLEM REPORT"
Problem reports have to be in a particular form so that a program can
easily manage them. Please remember the following guidelines:
.IP \(bu 3m
describe only
.B one problem
with each problem report.
.IP \(bu 3m
For follow-up mail, use the same subject line as the one in the automatic
acknowledgent. It consists of category, PR number and the original synopsis
line. This allows the support site to relate several mail messages to a
particular PR and to record them automatically.
.IP \(bu 3m
Please try to be as accurate as possible in the subject and/or synopsis line.
.IP \(bu 3m
The subject and the synopsis line are not confidential. This is
because open-bugs lists are compiled from them. Avoid confidential
information there.
.LP
See the GNU
.B Info
file
.B cvsbug.info
or the document \fIReporting Problems With cvsbug\fR\ for detailed
information on reporting problems
.SH "HOW TO SUBMIT TEST CASES, CODE, ETC."
Submit small code samples with the PR. Contact the support site for
instructions on submitting larger test cases and problematic source
code.
.SH FILES
.ta \w'/tmp/pbad$$ 'u
/tmp/p$$ copy of PR used in editing session
.br
/tmp/pf$$ copy of empty PR form, for testing purposes
.br
/tmp/pbad$$ file for rejected PRs
.SH EMACS USER INTERFACE
An Emacs user interface for
.B cvsbug
with completion of field values is part of the
.B cvsbug
distribution (invoked with
.BR "M-x cvsbug" ).
See the file
.B cvsbug.info
or the ASCII file
.B INSTALL
in the top level directory of the distribution for configuration and
installation information. The Emacs LISP template file is
.B cvsbug-el.in
and is installed as
.BR cvsbug.el .
.SH INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION
See
.B cvsbug.info
or
.B INSTALL
for installation instructions.
.SH SEE ALSO
.I Reporting Problems Using cvsbug
(also installed as the GNU Info file
.BR cvsbug.info ).
.LP
.BR gnats (l),
.BR query-pr (1),
.BR edit-pr (1),
.BR gnats (8),
.BR queue-pr (8),
.BR at-pr (8),
.BR mkcat (8),
.BR mkdist (8).
.SH AUTHORS
Jeffrey Osier, Brendan Kehoe, Jason Merrill, Heinz G. Seidl (Cygnus
Support)
.SH COPYING
Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.PP
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
permission notice identical to this one.
.PP
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
the original English.

32
contrib/cvs/mkinstalldirs Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
#!/bin/sh
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
# Created: 1993-05-16
# Last modified: 1994-03-25
# Public domain
errstatus=0
for file in ${1+"$@"} ; do
set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
shift
pathcomp=
for d in ${1+"$@"} ; do
pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
case "$pathcomp" in
-* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
esac
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
mkdir "$pathcomp" || errstatus=$?
fi
pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
done
done
exit $errstatus
# mkinstalldirs ends here

1373
contrib/cvs/src/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

524
contrib/cvs/src/ChangeLog-9194 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
Thu Sep 15 08:20:23 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* subr.c (run_setup, run_args): Check USE_PROTOTYPES if defined
instead of __STDC__, just like cvs.h does.
Thu Sep 15 00:14:58 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn <zoo@monad.armadillo.com>
* main.c: rename nocvsrc to use_cvsrc, don`t read ~/.cvsrc when -H
has been seen
Wed Sep 14 21:55:17 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn <zoo@monad.armadillo.com>
* cvs.h, subr.c: use size_t for xmalloc, xrealloc, and xstrdup
parameters
* cvsrc.c: optimize away two calls of getenv
* commit.c, subr.c: use mode_t for file mode values (Thanks to jtc@cygnus.com)
* main.c: update copyrights in -v message
Tue Sep 6 10:29:13 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@rtl.cygnus.com)
* hash.c (hashp): Replace hash function with one from p436 of the
Dragon book (via libg++'s hash.cc) which has *much* better
behavior.
Wed Aug 17 09:37:44 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@cygnus.com)
* find_names.c (find_dirs): Use 4.4BSD filesystem feature (it
contains the file type in the dirent structure) to avoid
stat'ing each file.
Tue Aug 16 11:15:12 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@cygnus.com)
* rcs.h (struct rcsnode): add symbols_data field.
* rcs.c (RCS_parsercsfile_i): store value of rcs symbols in
symbols_data instead of parsing it.
(RCS_symbols): New function used for lazy symbols parsing.
Build a list out of symbols_data and store it in symbols if it
hasn't been done already, and return the list of symbols.
(RCS_gettag, RCS_magicrev, RCS_nodeisbranch, RCS_whatbranch):
Use RCS_symbols.
* status.c: (status_fileproc): Use RCS_symbols.
Thu Jul 14 13:02:51 1994 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* src/diff.c (diff_fileproc): add support for "cvs diff -N" which
allows for adding or removing files via patches. (from
K. Richard Pixley <rich@cygnus.com>)
Wed Jul 13 10:52:56 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
* cvs.h: Add macro CVSRFLPAT, a string containing a shell wildcard
expression that matches read lock files.
* lock.c (readers_exist): Reorganized to use CVSRFLPAT and to not
compute the full pathname unless the file matches.
* rcs.h: Add macro RCSPAT, a string containing a shell wildcard
expression that matches RCS files.
* find_names.c (find_rcs, find_dirs): Use RCSPAT.
Fri Jul 8 07:02:08 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* entries.c (Register): Pass two arguments to write_ent_proc, in
accordance with its declaration.
Thu Jun 30 09:08:57 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* logmsg.c (do_editor): Fix typo ("c)continue" -> "c)ontinue").
Thu Jun 23 18:28:12 1994 J.T. Conklin (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
* find_names.c (find_rcs, find_dirs): use fnmatch instead of
re_comp/re_exec for wildcard matching.
* lock.c (readers_exist): Likewise.
Fri May 20 08:13:10 1994 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
* modules.c (do_module): If something is aliased to itself, print
an error message rather than recursing.
Fri May 6 19:25:28 1994 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* cvsrc.c (read_cvsrc): use open_file for error checking
Sat Feb 26 10:59:37 1994 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* import.c: use $TMPDIR if available, instead of relying on /tmp
Mon Jan 24 19:10:03 1994 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* update.c (joining): compare join_rev1 with NULL instead of
casting pointer to an int
* options.h: remove S_IWRITE, S_IWGRP, S_IWOTH macros
* logmsg.c: #if 0 around gethostbyname prototype
* hash.c (printnode), find_names.c (add_entries_proc),
entries.c (write_ent_proc): correct declaration for function
(added void *closure)
* cvs.h: header include order reorganization: First include the
program config headers (config.h, options.h). Then include any
system headers (stdio.h, unistd.h). Last, get the program
headers and any cvs supplied library support
* commit.c: use xstrdup instead of strdup
* cvs.h: redefined USE(var) macro; comment after an #endif
* all .c files: remove the semicolon from after the USE(var)
Sat Dec 18 00:17:27 1993 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* cvs.h: include errno.h if available, otherwise declare errno if
it's not somehow else defined
* commit.c (checkaddfile): remove unused file argument from
RCS_nodeisbranch call
* rcs.c (RCS_nodeisbranch): remove file from arguments (was unused)
* rcs.h (RCS_nodeisbranch): remove file from prototype
* main.c: don't use rcsid when printing version number (the CVS
version number is independent of the repository that it comes
from)
* hash.c (printlist, printnode): use %p to print pointers, not %x
(avoids gcc format warnings)
* cvs.h: define USE if GCC 2, to avoid unused variable warning
* all .c files: use USE(rcsid)
* Makefile.in (VPATH): don't use $(srcdir), but @srcdir@ instead
(COMMON_OBJECTS): define, and use in several places
(OBJECTS): reorder alphabetically
* hash.c (nodetypestring): handle default return value better
* modules.c (do_module): remove extra argument to ign_dir_add
* main.c (main): initialize cvs_update_env to 0 (zero)
* modules.c (do_module): return error code when ignoring directory
(instead of a bare return). error code should be zero here
* cvs.h: add prototypes for ignore_directory, ign_dir_add
* ignore.c: add comments about ignore_directory
* root.c (Name_Root): remove unused variables has_cvsadm and path
* checkin.c (Checkin): only use -m<message> when message is non-NULL
* cvsrc.c (read_cvsrc): make sure homeinit is never used while
uninitialized (could have happened if getenv("HOME") had failed)
* cvs.h: include unistd.h if available
Fri Dec 17 23:54:58 1993 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* all files: now use strchr, strrchr, and memset instead of index,
rindex, and bzero respectively
Sat Dec 11 09:50:03 1993 david d zuhn (zoo@monad.armadillo.com)
* version.c (version_string): bump to +104z
* Makefile.in: set standard directory variables, CC, and other
variables needed to be able to do 'make all' in this directory
* import.c: implement -k<subst> options, for setting the RCS
keyword expansion mode
* all files: use PROTO() macro for ANSI function prototypes
instead of #ifdef __STDC__/#else/#endif around two sets of
declarations
Thu Nov 18 19:02:51 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* add.c (add), import.c (import), commit.c (commit): change
xmalloc & strcpy to xstrdup.
* commit.c (remove_file): correct another static buffer problem.
Wed Nov 10 15:01:34 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* recurse.c (start_recursion): directories in repository but not
in working directory should be added to dirlist. Fixes "update
-d dir" case.
* version.c (version_string): bump to +103r.
* commit.c (checkaddfile): mkdir attic only if it does not already
exist. comment changes. changed diagnostic about adding on a
branch. if a file is added on a branch, remove and replace the
internal representation of that rcs file.
Tue Nov 9 18:02:01 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* add.c (add): if a file is being added on a branch, then say so;
add quotes around file names in error messages.
Thu Nov 4 16:58:33 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* version.c (version_string): bump to +102r.
* recurse.c (unroll_files_proc, addfile): new files, forward
decls, and prototypes.
(recursion_frame): new struct.
(start_recursion): rewrite to handle the case of "file1 file2
dir1/file3".
* rcs.c (RCS_parsercsfile): trap and error out on the case where
getrcskey tells us it hit an error while reading the file.
* commit.c (lock_filesdoneproc): add comment about untrapped error
condition.
* hash.c (addnode): comment change.
* subr.c: add comment about caching.
* sanity.sh: updated copyright.
Wed Nov 3 14:49:15 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* version.c (version_string): bump to +101r.
* hash.c (walklist): add a closure for called routines. All
callers, callees, and prototypes changed.
* hash.c (nodetypestring, printnode, printlist): new functions for
dumping lists & nodes.
* tag.c (tag_fileproc): fatal out on failure to set tag.
Tue Nov 2 14:26:38 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* version.c (version_string): bump version to +99.
Mon Nov 1 15:54:51 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
Change buffer allocation for check in messages from static to
dynamic.
* add.c (add): dynamically allocate message.
(build_entry): check (message != NULL) now that message is a
pointer.
* commit.c (got_message, commit, commit_fileproc,
commit_filesdoneproc, commit_direntproc): removed. Replaced by
(message != NULL). Dynamically allocate message.
* cvs.h: adjust do_editor prototype and forward decl.
(MAXMESGLEN): removed.
* import.c (import): dynamically allocate message.
* logmsg.c (do_editor): change return type to char *. Remove
message parameter. Slight optimization to algorythm for
removing CVSEDITPREFIX lines. Add comment about fgets lossage.
* subr.c (xmalloc): change error message to print number of bytes
we were attempting to allocate.
Fri Oct 29 14:22:02 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
* add.c (add): prevent adding a directory if there exists a dead
file of the same name.
* sanity.sh: update argument to diff from "+ignore-file" to
"--exclude=".
* Makefile.in (TAGS): extend to work from an objdir.
Mon Oct 18 18:45:45 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
* tag.c, rtag.c: change the default actions to make writing over
existing tags harder (but not impossible)
Thu Oct 14 18:00:53 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
CVS/Root changes from Mark Baushke (mdb@cisco.com)
* Makefile.in: added new file called root.c
* create_adm.c: will create CVS/Root at the same time that the
other CVS files are being created
* cvs.h: new CVSADM_ROOT define plus new function externs
* main.c: default to using CVS/Root contents for CVSROOT
if neither the environment variable or the command line
"-d" switch is given. If either are given, perform a
sanity check that this directory belongs to that repository.
* update.c: if CVS/Root does not exist, then create it
during an update -- this may be removed if CVS/Root becomes a
standard feature
* root.c: implement new functions to manipulate CVS/Root
[this may be integrated with other utility functions in
a future revision if CVS/Root becomes a standard feature.]
Wed Sep 29 17:01:40 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
* patch.c (patch_fileproc): output an Index: line for each file
Mon Sep 6 18:40:22 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
* cvs.h: wrap definition of PATH_MAX in #ifndef PATH_MAX/#endif
Tue Aug 9 21:52:10 1994 Mark Eichin (eichin@cygnus.com)
* commit.c (remove_file): actually allocate space for the
filename, not just the directory.
Tue Jul 6 19:05:37 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@cygnus.com)
* diff.c: patches to print an Index: line
Mon Jun 14 12:19:35 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: update install target
Tue Jun 1 17:03:05 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: link cvs against libiberty
Wed May 19 14:10:34 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* ignore.c: add code for keeping lists of directories to ignore.
* modules.c: new syntax for modules file, !dirname is added to
the list of directories to ignore
* update.c: don't process directories on the ignore list
Tue Apr 6 14:22:48 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com)
* cvs.h: Removed gethostname prototype, since it is unnecessary
and does not match prototype in <unistd.h> on HP/UX.
Mon Mar 22 23:25:16 1993 david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: rename installtest to installcheck
Mon Feb 1 12:53:34 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (check, installtest): set RCSBIN so that we
explicitly test the appropriate version of rcs as well.
Fri Jan 29 13:37:35 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* version.c: bump version to +2.
Thu Jan 28 18:11:34 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* import.c (update_rcs_file): if a file was dead, be sure to check
in the new version.
* update.c (checkout_file): if file_is_dead and we *did* have an
entry, scratch it.
Tue Jan 26 16:16:48 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* sanity.sh: parcel into pieces for easier truncation when
debugging.
* update.c (checkout_file): print the "no longer pertinent"
message only if there was a user file.
Wed Jan 20 17:08:09 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* update.c (checkout_file): remove unused variable s.
(join_file): remove unused variables rev & baserev. Fix a typo.
* commit.c (commit_fileproc): remove unused variable magicbranch.
* sanity.sh: bring back test 45 even though it fails. Update
tests against imported files.
* add.c (add_directory): move declaration of unused variable.
* Makefile.in (xxx): when building in this directory, pass CC for
the recursion.
Mon Jan 18 13:48:33 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
* commit.c (remove_file): fix for files removed in trunk
immediately after import.
* commit.c (remove_file): initialize some variables. Otherwise we
end up free'ing some rather inconvenient things.
Wed Jan 13 15:55:36 1993 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (check, install, installtest): use the sanity test.
* sanity.el: make into real functions and bind to sun keys.
* sanity.sh: bring back to working order. Add test for death
after import.
Tue Dec 22 17:45:19 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
* commit.c (remove_file): when checking in a dead revision to a
branch as we are creating the branch, do not lock the underlying
revision. Also free some malloc'd memory.
Wed Dec 2 13:09:48 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
* RCS-patches: new file.
Fri Nov 27 20:12:48 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
Added support for adding previously removed files, as well as
adding and removing files in branches.
* add.c (build_entry): add new argument, tag, so as to store in
Entries the per directory sticky tag under which a file is
added. Changed prototype and caller.
(build_entry): Do not prevent file additions if the file exists
in the Attic.
(add): if the file being adding was previously dead, say so, and
mark the Entries file with the addition.
* checkin.c (Checkin): adding with a tag no longer means to add,
then tag. Hence, remove the tagging operation.
* classify.c (Classify_File): if the base RCS version is dead,
then the file is being added. If a file being added already
exists in the attic, and the base RCS version is NOT dead, then
we have a conflict.
* commit.c (checkaddfile): add the list of srcfiles to calling
convention. Change prototype and callers.
(remove_file): add message and list of srcfiles to calling
convention. Change prototype and callers. When removing a file
with a tag, remove the tag only when the tag does not represent
a branch. Remove files by committing dead revisions in the
appropriate branch. When removing files from the trunk, also
move the RCS file into the Attic.
(check_fileproc): when adding, and looking for previously
existing RCS files, do not look in the Attic.
(commit_fileproc): adding files with tags now implies adding the
file on a branch with that tag.
(checkaddfile): When adding a file on a branch, in addition to
creating the rcs file in the Attic, also create a dead, initial
revision on the trunk and stub in a magic branch tag.
* cvs.h (joining, gca): added prototypes.
* rcs.c (RCS_getbranch): now global rather than static.
remove prototype and forward decl.
(parse_rcs_proc): use RCS_addnode.
(RCS_addnode): new function.
(RCS_parsercsfile): recognize the new RCS revision
newphrase, "dead". Mark the node for the revision.
(RCS_gettag): requesting the head of a file in the attic now
returns the head of the file in the attic rather than NULL.
(RCS_isbranch): use RCS_nodeisbranch.
(RCS_nodeisbranch): new function.
(RCS_isdead): new function.
* rcs.h (RCSDEAD): new macro for new rcs keyword.
(struct rcsversnode): new field to flag dead revisions.
(RCS_nodeisbranch, RCS_isdead, RCS_addnode): new functions,
new prototypes, new externs.
(RCS_getbranch): now global, so prototype and extern moved
to here.
* subr.c (gca): new function.
* update.c (join_file): add entries list to calling
convention. Caller changed.
(update): also search the Attic when joining.
(checkout_file): when joining, checkout dead revisions too. If
a file has died across an update then say so.
(join_file): support joins of dead files against live ones, live
files against dead ones, and added files. Change the semantic
of a join with only rev specified to mean join specified rev
against checked out files via the greatest common ancestor of
the specified rev and the base rev of the checked out files.
(joining): new function.
* vers_ts.c (Version_TS): ALWAYS get the rcs version number.
* update.c (update): write the 'C' letter for conflicts.
* cvs.h (ParseTag): remove duplicate extern.
* add.c (add_directory): do not prompt for interactive
verification before adding a directory. Doing so prevents
scripted testing.
Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992 K. Richard Pixley (rich@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
-subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers. Forced
copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
Tue Dec 10 01:24:40 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at cygnus.com)
* diff.c: do not pass an empty -r option to rcsdiff.
* update.c: fix bug where return code from rcsmerge wasn't being
handled properly.
* main.c: "rm" and "delete" now synonyms for "remove".
* commit.c: abort if editor session fails, but remember to clear
locks.
* Makefile.in: remove conf.h and checkin.configured on clean.
infodir belongs in datadir.
Thu Dec 5 22:46:03 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away. Added copyrights
and shift gpl to v2. Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
Wed Nov 27 02:47:13 1991 K. Richard Pixley (rich at sendai)
* brought Makefile.in's up to standards.text.
* fresh changelog.
For older changes, there might be some relevant stuff in the bottom of
the NEWS file, but I'm afraid probably a lot of them are lost in the
mists of time.

3731
contrib/cvs/src/ChangeLog-9395 Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

198
contrib/cvs/src/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
# Makefile for GNU CVS program.
# Do not use this makefile directly, but only from `../Makefile'.
# Copyright (C) 1986, 1988-1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# $CVSid: @(#)Makefile.in 1.19 94/09/29 $
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
# Where to install the executables.
bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
# Where to put the system-wide .cvsrc file
libdir = $(prefix)/lib
# Where to put the manual pages.
mandir = $(prefix)/man
# Use cp if you don't have install.
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
LIBS = @LIBS@
SOURCES = add.c admin.c checkin.c checkout.c classify.c client.c commit.c \
create_adm.c cvsrc.c diff.c edit.c entries.c error.c expand_path.c \
fileattr.c find_names.c hash.c history.c ignore.c import.c \
lock.c log.c login.c logmsg.c main.c mkmodules.c modules.c myndbm.c no_diff.c \
parseinfo.c patch.c rcs.c rcscmds.c recurse.c release.c remove.c repos.c \
root.c rtag.c scramble.c server.c status.c subr.c filesubr.c run.c \
tag.c update.c watch.c wrapper.c vers_ts.c version.c
OBJECTS = add.o admin.o checkin.o checkout.o classify.o client.o commit.o \
create_adm.o cvsrc.o diff.o edit.o entries.o expand_path.o \
fileattr.o find_names.o hash.o history.o ignore.o import.o \
lock.o log.o login.o logmsg.o main.o mkmodules.o modules.o myndbm.o no_diff.o \
parseinfo.o patch.o rcs.o rcscmds.o recurse.o release.o remove.o repos.o \
root.o rtag.o scramble.o server.o status.o tag.o update.o \
watch.o wrapper.o vers_ts.o \
subr.o filesubr.o run.o version.o error.o
HEADERS = cvs.h rcs.h hash.h myndbm.h \
update.h server.h client.h error.h fileattr.h edit.h watch.h
TAGFILES = $(HEADERS) options.h.in $(SOURCES)
DISTFILES = .cvsignore Makefile.in ChangeLog ChangeLog-9395 ChangeLog-9194 \
NOTES README-rm-add \
sanity.sh cvsbug.sh $(TAGFILES)
PROGS = cvs cvsbug
DEFS = @DEFS@ @includeopt@
CC = @CC@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS =
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
INCLUDES = -I. -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
.c.o:
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
all: Makefile $(PROGS)
.PHONY: all
saber_cvs:
@cd ..; $(MAKE) saber SUBDIRS=src
lint:
@cd ..; $(MAKE) lint SUBDIRS=src
# CYGNUS LOCAL: Do not depend upon installdirs
install:
@for prog in $(PROGS); do \
echo Installing $$prog in $(bindir); \
$(INSTALL) $$prog $(bindir)/$$prog ; \
done
installdirs:
$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir)
.PHONY: install installdirs
installcheck:
RCSBIN=$(bindir) ; export RCSBIN ; $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/sanity.sh $(bindir)/cvs
.PHONY: installcheck
check: all
if [ -x ../../rcs/src/rcs ] ; then \
RCSBIN=`pwd`/../../rcs/src ; \
export RCSBIN ; \
fi ; \
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/sanity.sh `pwd`/cvs
.PHONY: check
# I'm not sure there is any remaining reason for this to be separate from
# `make check'.
remotecheck: all
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/sanity.sh -r `pwd`/cvs
.PHONY: remotecheck
tags: $(TAGFILES)
ctags $(TAGFILES)
TAGS: $(TAGFILES)
etags `for i in $(TAGFILES); do echo $(srcdir)/$$i; done`
ls:
@echo $(DISTFILES)
.PHONY: ls
clean:
/bin/rm -f $(PROGS) *.o core check.log check.plog
.PHONY: clean
distclean: clean
rm -f tags TAGS Makefile options.h
.PHONY: distclean
realclean: distclean
.PHONY: realclean
dist-dir:
mkdir ${DISTDIR}
for i in ${DISTFILES}; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$${i} ${DISTDIR}; \
done
.PHONY: dist-dir
# Linking rules.
$(PROGS): ../lib/libcvs.a
cvs: $(OBJECTS)
$(CC) $(OBJECTS) ../lib/libcvs.a $(LIBS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
xlint: $(SOURCES)
files= ; \
for i in $(SOURCES) ; do \
files="$$files $(srcdir)/$$i" ; \
done ; \
sh -c "lint $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $$files | grep -v \"possible pointer alignment problem\" \
| grep -v \"argument closure unused\""
saber: $(SOURCES)
# load $(CFLAGS) $(SOURCES)
# load ../lib/libcvs.a $(LIBS)
cvsbug: cvsbug.sh
echo > .fname \
cvs-`sed < $(srcdir)/version.c \
-e '/version_string/!d' \
-e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' \
-e q`
sed -e 's,xLIBDIRx,$(libdir)/cvs,g' \
-e "s,xVERSIONx,`cat .fname`,g" $(srcdir)/$@.sh > $@-t
rm -f .fname
mv $@-t $@
chmod a+x $@
# Compilation rules.
$(OBJECTS): $(HEADERS) options.h
subdir = src
Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
options.h: ../config.status options.h.in
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
#../config.status: ../configure
# cd .. ; $(SHELL) config.status --recheck
#../configure: ../configure.in
# cd $(top_srcdir) ; autoconf

60
contrib/cvs/src/NOTES Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
wishlist - Tue Nov 2 15:22:58 PST 1993
* bcopy -> memcpy & friends.
** done 12/18/93
* remove static buffers.
* replace list & node cache with recursive obstacks, (xmalloc,
getnode, getlist)
* check all io functions for error return codes. also check all
system calls.
* error check mkdir.
---
Old notes...
* All sizing limits are gone. The rest of these items were incidental
in that effort.
* login name from history was duplicated. taught existing routine to
cache and use that instead. Also add routines to cache uid, pid,
etc.
* ign strings were never freed. Now they are.
* there was a printf("... %s ...", cp) vs *cp bug in history.c. Now
fixed.
* The environment variables TMPDIR, HOME, and LOGNAME were not
honored. Now they are.
* extra line inserted by do_editor() is gone. Then obviated. Editor
is now called exactly once per checkin.
* revised editor behaviour. Never use /dev/tty. If the editor
session fails, we haven't yet done anything. Therefor the user can
safely rerun cvs and we should just fail. Also use the editor for
initial log messages on added files. Also omit the confirmation
when adding directories. Adding directories will require an
explicit "commit" step soon. Make it possible to prevent null login
messages using #define REQUIRE_LOG_MESSAGES
* prototypes for all callbacks.
* all callbacks get ref pointers.
* do_recursion/start_recursion now use recusion_frame's rather than a
list of a lot of pointers and global variables.
* corrected types on status_dirproc().
* CONFIRM_DIRECTORY_ADDS
* re_comp was innappropriate in a few places. I've eliminated it.
* FORCE_MESSAGE_ON_ADD
* So I built a regression test. Let's call it a sanity check to be
less ambitious. It exposed that cvs is difficult to call from
scripts.

31
contrib/cvs/src/README-rm-add Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
WHAT THE "DEATH SUPPORT" FEATURES DO:
(Some of the death support stuff is documented in the main manual, but
this file is for stuff which noone has gotten around to adding to the
main manual yet).
CVS with death support can record when a file is active, or alive, and
when it is removed, or dead. With this facility you can record the
history of a file, including the fact that at some point in its life
the file was removed and then later added.
Files can now be added or removed in a branch and later merged
into the trunk.
cvs update -A
touch a b c
cvs add a b c ; cvs ci -m "added" a b c
cvs tag -b branchtag
cvs update -r branchtag
touch d ; cvs add d
rm a ; cvs rm a
cvs ci -m "added d, removed a"
cvs update -A
cvs update -jbranchtag
Added and removed files may also be merged between branches.
Files removed in the trunk may be merged into branches.
Files added on the trunk are a special case. They cannot be merged
into a branch. Instead, simply branch the file by hand.

514
contrib/cvs/src/add.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1992, Brian Berliner and Jeff Polk
* Copyright (c) 1989-1992, Brian Berliner
*
* You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
* specified in the README file that comes with the CVS 1.4 kit.
*
* Add
*
* Adds a file or directory to the RCS source repository. For a file,
* the entry is marked as "needing to be added" in the user's own CVS
* directory, and really added to the repository when it is committed.
* For a directory, it is added at the appropriate place in the source
* repository and a CVS directory is generated within the directory.
*
* The -m option is currently the only supported option. Some may wish to
* supply standard "rcs" options here, but I've found that this causes more
* trouble than anything else.
*
* The user files or directories must already exist. For a directory, it must
* not already have a CVS file in it.
*
* An "add" on a file that has been "remove"d but not committed will cause the
* file to be resurrected.
*/
#include "cvs.h"
#include "savecwd.h"
static int add_directory PROTO((char *repository, char *dir));
static int build_entry PROTO((char *repository, char *user, char *options,
char *message, List * entries, char *tag));
static const char *const add_usage[] =
{
"Usage: %s %s [-k rcs-kflag] [-m message] files...\n",
"\t-k\tUse \"rcs-kflag\" to add the file with the specified kflag.\n",
"\t-m\tUse \"message\" for the creation log.\n",
NULL
};
int
add (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
char *message = NULL;
char *user;
int i;
char *repository;
int c;
int err = 0;
int added_files = 0;
char *options = NULL;
List *entries;
Vers_TS *vers;
if (argc == 1 || argc == -1)
usage (add_usage);
wrap_setup ();
/* parse args */
optind = 1;
while ((c = getopt (argc, argv, "k:m:")) != -1)
{
switch (c)
{
case 'k':
if (options)
free (options);
options = RCS_check_kflag (optarg);
break;
case 'm':
message = xstrdup (optarg);
break;
case '?':
default:
usage (add_usage);
break;
}
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
if (argc <= 0)
usage (add_usage);
/* find the repository associated with our current dir */
repository = Name_Repository ((char *) NULL, (char *) NULL);
#ifdef CLIENT_SUPPORT
if (client_active)
{
int i;
start_server ();
ign_setup ();
if (options) send_arg(options);
option_with_arg ("-m", message);
for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
/* FIXME: Does this erroneously call Create_Admin in error
conditions which are only detected once the server gets its
hands on things? */
if (isdir (argv[i]))
{
char *tag;
char *date;
char *rcsdir = xmalloc (strlen (repository)
+ strlen (argv[i]) + 10);
/* before we do anything else, see if we have any
per-directory tags */
ParseTag (&tag, &date);
sprintf (rcsdir, "%s/%s", repository, argv[i]);
Create_Admin (argv[i], argv[i], rcsdir, tag, date);
if (tag)
free (tag);
if (date)
free (date);
free (rcsdir);
}
send_file_names (argc, argv, SEND_EXPAND_WILD);
send_files (argc, argv, 0, 0);
send_to_server ("add\012", 0);
return get_responses_and_close ();
}
#endif
entries = Entries_Open (0);
/* walk the arg list adding files/dirs */
for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
{
int begin_err = err;
int begin_added_files = added_files;
user = argv[i];
strip_trailing_slashes (user);
if (strchr (user, '/') != NULL)
{
error (0, 0,
"cannot add files with '/' in their name; %s not added", user);
err++;
continue;
}
vers = Version_TS (repository, options, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
user, 0, 0, entries, (RCSNode *) NULL);
if (vers->vn_user == NULL)
{
/* No entry available, ts_rcs is invalid */
if (vers->vn_rcs == NULL)
{
/* There is no RCS file either */
if (vers->ts_user == NULL)
{
/* There is no user file either */
error (0, 0, "nothing known about %s", user);
err++;
}
else if (!isdir (user) || wrap_name_has (user, WRAP_TOCVS))
{
/*
* See if a directory exists in the repository with
* the same name. If so, blow this request off.
*/
char dname[PATH_MAX];
(void) sprintf (dname, "%s/%s", repository, user);
if (isdir (dname))
{
error (0, 0,
"cannot add file `%s' since the directory",
user);
error (0, 0, "`%s' already exists in the repository",
dname);
error (1, 0, "illegal filename overlap");
}
/* There is a user file, so build the entry for it */
if (build_entry (repository, user, vers->options,
message, entries, vers->tag) != 0)
err++;
else
{
added_files++;
if (!quiet)
{
if (vers->tag)
error (0, 0, "\
scheduling %s `%s' for addition on branch `%s'",
(wrap_name_has (user, WRAP_TOCVS)
? "wrapper"
: "file"),
user, vers->tag);
else
error (0, 0, "scheduling %s `%s' for addition",
(wrap_name_has (user, WRAP_TOCVS)
? "wrapper"
: "file"),
user);
}
}
}
}
else if (RCS_isdead (vers->srcfile, vers->vn_rcs))
{
if (isdir (user) && !wrap_name_has (user, WRAP_TOCVS))
{
error (0, 0, "the directory `%s' cannot be added because a file of the", user);
error (1, 0, "same name already exists in the repository.");
}
else
{
if (vers->tag)
error (0, 0, "file `%s' will be added on branch `%s' from version %s",
user, vers->tag, vers->vn_rcs);
else
error (0, 0, "version %s of `%s' will be resurrected",
vers->vn_rcs, user);
Register (entries, user, "0", vers->ts_user, NULL,
vers->tag, NULL, NULL);
++added_files;
}
}
else
{
/*
* There is an RCS file already, so somebody else must've
* added it
*/
error (0, 0, "%s added independently by second party", user);
err++;
}
}
else if (vers->vn_user[0] == '0' && vers->vn_user[1] == '\0')
{
/*
* An entry for a new-born file, ts_rcs is dummy, but that is
* inappropriate here
*/
error (0, 0, "%s has already been entered", user);
err++;
}
else if (vers->vn_user[0] == '-')
{
/* An entry for a removed file, ts_rcs is invalid */
if (vers->ts_user == NULL)
{
/* There is no user file (as it should be) */
if (vers->vn_rcs == NULL)
{
/*
* There is no RCS file, so somebody else must've removed
* it from under us
*/
error (0, 0,
"cannot resurrect %s; RCS file removed by second party", user);
err++;
}
else
{
/*
* There is an RCS file, so remove the "-" from the
* version number and restore the file
*/
char *tmp = xmalloc (strlen (user) + 50);
(void) strcpy (tmp, vers->vn_user + 1);
(void) strcpy (vers->vn_user, tmp);
(void) sprintf (tmp, "Resurrected %s", user);
Register (entries, user, vers->vn_user, tmp, vers->options,
vers->tag, vers->date, vers->ts_conflict);
free (tmp);
/* XXX - bugs here; this really resurrect the head */
/* Note that this depends on the Register above actually
having written Entries, or else it won't really
check the file out. */
if (update (2, argv + i - 1) == 0)
{
error (0, 0, "%s, version %s, resurrected", user,
vers->vn_user);
}
else
{
error (0, 0, "could not resurrect %s", user);
err++;
}
}
}
else
{
/* The user file shouldn't be there */
error (0, 0, "%s should be removed and is still there (or is back again)", user);
err++;
}
}
else
{
/* A normal entry, ts_rcs is valid, so it must already be there */
error (0, 0, "%s already exists, with version number %s", user,
vers->vn_user);
err++;
}
freevers_ts (&vers);
/* passed all the checks. Go ahead and add it if its a directory */
if (begin_err == err
&& isdir (user)
&& !wrap_name_has (user, WRAP_TOCVS))
{
err += add_directory (repository, user);
continue;
}
#ifdef SERVER_SUPPORT
if (server_active && begin_added_files != added_files)
server_checked_in (user, ".", repository);
#endif
}
if (added_files)
error (0, 0, "use 'cvs commit' to add %s permanently",
(added_files == 1) ? "this file" : "these files");
Entries_Close (entries);
if (message)
free (message);
return (err);
}
/*
* The specified user file is really a directory. So, let's make sure that
* it is created in the RCS source repository, and that the user's directory
* is updated to include a CVS directory.
*
* Returns 1 on failure, 0 on success.
*/
static int
add_directory (repository, dir)
char *repository;
char *dir;
{
char rcsdir[PATH_MAX];
struct saved_cwd cwd;
char message[PATH_MAX + 100];
char *tag, *date;
if (strchr (dir, '/') != NULL)
{
error (0, 0,
"directory %s not added; must be a direct sub-directory", dir);
return (1);
}
if (strcmp (dir, CVSADM) == 0)
{
error (0, 0, "cannot add a `%s' directory", CVSADM);
return (1);
}
/* before we do anything else, see if we have any per-directory tags */
ParseTag (&tag, &date);
/* now, remember where we were, so we can get back */
if (save_cwd (&cwd))
return (1);
if (chdir (dir) < 0)
{
error (0, errno, "cannot chdir to %s", dir);
return (1);
}
#ifdef SERVER_SUPPORT
if (!server_active && isfile (CVSADM))
#else
if (isfile (CVSADM))
#endif
{
error (0, 0, "%s/%s already exists", dir, CVSADM);
goto out;
}
(void) sprintf (rcsdir, "%s/%s", repository, dir);
if (isfile (rcsdir) && !isdir (rcsdir))
{
error (0, 0, "%s is not a directory; %s not added", rcsdir, dir);
goto out;
}
/* setup the log message */
(void) sprintf (message, "Directory %s added to the repository\n", rcsdir);
if (tag)
{
(void) strcat (message, "--> Using per-directory sticky tag `");
(void) strcat (message, tag);
(void) strcat (message, "'\n");
}
if (date)
{
(void) strcat (message, "--> Using per-directory sticky date `");
(void) strcat (message, date);
(void) strcat (message, "'\n");
}
if (!isdir (rcsdir))
{
mode_t omask;
Node *p;
List *ulist;
#if 0
char line[MAXLINELEN];
(void) printf ("Add directory %s to the repository (y/n) [n] ? ",
rcsdir);
(void) fflush (stdout);
clearerr (stdin);
if (fgets (line, sizeof (line), stdin) == NULL ||
(line[0] != 'y' && line[0] != 'Y'))
{
error (0, 0, "directory %s not added", rcsdir);
goto out;
}
#endif
omask = umask (cvsumask);
if (CVS_MKDIR (rcsdir, 0777) < 0)
{
error (0, errno, "cannot mkdir %s", rcsdir);
(void) umask (omask);
goto out;
}
(void) umask (omask);
/*
* Set up an update list with a single title node for Update_Logfile
*/
ulist = getlist ();
p = getnode ();
p->type = UPDATE;
p->delproc = update_delproc;
p->key = xstrdup ("- New directory");
p->data = (char *) T_TITLE;
(void) addnode (ulist, p);
Update_Logfile (rcsdir, message, (char *) NULL, (FILE *) NULL, ulist);
dellist (&ulist);
}
#ifdef SERVER_SUPPORT
if (!server_active)
Create_Admin (".", dir, rcsdir, tag, date);
#else
Create_Admin (".", dir, rcsdir, tag, date);
#endif
if (tag)
free (tag);
if (date)
free (date);
(void) printf ("%s", message);
out:
if (restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL))
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
free_cwd (&cwd);
return (0);
}
/*
* Builds an entry for a new file and sets up "CVS/file",[pt] by
* interrogating the user. Returns non-zero on error.
*/
static int
build_entry (repository, user, options, message, entries, tag)
char *repository;
char *user;
char *options;
char *message;
List *entries;
char *tag;
{
char fname[PATH_MAX];
char line[MAXLINELEN];
FILE *fp;
if (noexec)
return (0);
/*
* The requested log is read directly from the user and stored in the
* file user,t. If the "message" argument is set, use it as the
* initial creation log (which typically describes the file).
*/
(void) sprintf (fname, "%s/%s%s", CVSADM, user, CVSEXT_LOG);
fp = open_file (fname, "w+");
if (message && fputs (message, fp) == EOF)
error (1, errno, "cannot write to %s", fname);
if (fclose(fp) == EOF)
error(1, errno, "cannot close %s", fname);
/*
* Create the entry now, since this allows the user to interrupt us above
* without needing to clean anything up (well, we could clean up the
* ,t file, but who cares).
*/
(void) sprintf (line, "Initial %s", user);
Register (entries, user, "0", line, options, tag, (char *) 0, (char *) 0);
return (0);
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More